of 281 /281
2 A INTRODUCTION This manual consists of the following 11 sections: A B C D E F G H I J K No. GROUND POINTS OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM SYSTEM CIRCUITS INDEX POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart) ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING RELAY LOCATIONS GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS ABBREVIATIONS TROUBLE– SHOOTING HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL INTRODUCTION INDEX Section Description Index of the contents of this manual. Brief explanation of each section. Instructions on how to use this manual. Describes the basic inspection procedures for electrical circuits. Defines the abbreviations used in this manual. Defines the symbols and functions of major parts. Shows position of the Electronic Control Unit, Relays, Relay Block, etc. This section is closely related to the system circuit. Describes position of Parts Connectors, Splice points, Ground points, etc. This section is closely related to the system circuit. Describes power distribution from the power supply to various electrical loads. Index of the system circuits. Electrical circuits of each system are shown from the power supply through ground points. Wiring connections and their positions are shown and classified by code according to the connection method. (Refer to the section, “How to sue this manual”). The “System Outline” and “Service Hints” useful for troubleshooting are also contained in this section. Shows ground positions of all the parts decribed in this manual. Provides circuit diagrams showing the circuit connections.

Wiring Diagram

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: Wiring Diagram

2

A INTRODUCTIONThis manual consists of the following 11 sections:

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

No.

GROUND POINTS

OVERALLELECTRICALWIRING DIAGRAM

SYSTEM CIRCUITS

INDEX

POWER SOURCE(Current Flow Chart)

ELECTRICALWIRING ROUTING

RELAY LOCATIONS

GLOSSARY OFTERMS ANDSYMBOLS

ABBREVIATIONS

TROUBLE–SHOOTING

HOW TO USETHIS MANUAL

INTRODUCTION

INDEX

Section Description

Index of the contents of this manual.

Brief explanation of each section.

Instructions on how to use this manual.

Describes the basic inspection procedures for electrical circuits.

Defines the abbreviations used in this manual.

Defines the symbols and functions of major parts.

Shows position of the Electronic Control Unit, Relays, Relay Block, etc.This section is closely related to the system circuit.

Describes position of Parts Connectors, Splice points, Ground points, etc.This section is closely related to the system circuit.

Describes power distribution from the power supply to various electricalloads.

Index of the system circuits.

Electrical circuits of each system are shown from the power supply throughground points. Wiring connections and their positions are shown andclassified by code according to the connection method. (Refer to the section, “How to sue this manual”). The “System Outline” and “Service Hints” useful for troubleshooting are also contained in this section.

Shows ground positions of all the parts decribed in this manual.

Provides circuit diagrams showing the circuit connections.

Page 2: Wiring Diagram

3

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL B

This manual provides information on the electrical circuits installed on vehiclesby dividing them into a circuit for each system.

The actual wiring of each system circuit is shown from the point where the powersource is received from the battery as far as each ground point. (All circuitdiagrams are shown with the switches in the OFF position.)

When troubleshooting any problem, first understand the operation of the circuitwhere the problem was detected (see System Circuit section), the power sourcesupplying power to that circuit (see Power Source section), and the groundpoints (see Ground Points section). See the System Outline to understand thecircuit operation.

When the circuit operation is understood, begin troubleshooting of the problemcircuit to isolate the cause. Use Relay Location and Electrical Wiring Routingsections to find each part, junction block and wiring harness connectors, wiringharness and wiring harness connectors, splice points, and ground points of eachsystem circuit. Internal wiring for each junction block is also provided for betterunderstanding of connection within a junction block.Wiring related to each system is indicated in each system circuit by arrows(from ,to ). When overall connections are required, see the Overall ElectricalWiring Diagram at the end of this manual.

Page 3: Wiring Diagram

* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual

circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.

4

B HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

Page 4: Wiring Diagram

5

B

I : Junction Block (The number in the circle is the J/B No. and the connector code is shown besideit). Junction Blocks are shaded to clearlyseparate them from other parts (different junctionblocks are shaded differently for further clarification).

A : System Title

B : Indicates a Relay Block. No shading is used and only theRelay Block No. is shown to distinguish it from the J/B.

Example: 1 Indicates Relay Block No. 1.

C : Indicates the connector to be connected to a part (the numeral indicates the pin No.)Explanation of pin use.

J : Indicates the wiring color.Wire colors are indicated by an alphabetical code.

B = BlackBR = BrownG = GreenGR = Gray

L = BlackLG = Light GreenO = OrangeP = Pink

R = RedV = VioletW = WhiteY = Yellow

The first letter indicates the basic wire color and the secondletter indicates the color of the stripe.

D : Connector Color Connectors not indicated are milky white in color:

E : ( ) is used to indicate different wiring and connector, etc.when the vehicle model, engine type, or specification isdifferent.

F : Indicates related system.

G : Indicates the wiring harness and wiring harness connector. The wiring harness with male terminal is shown with arrows ( ).

Example: L – Y

K : Indicates a wiring Splice Point (Codes are “E” forthe Engine Room, “I” for the Instrument Panel, and “B” for the Body).

Example:

The Location of Splice Point I 5 is indicated by the shadedsection.

L : Page No.

M : Indicates a shielded cable.

Example:

N : Indicates a ground point.

The first letter of the code for each ground point(s) indicatesthe component’s location, e.g. “E” for the Engine Compartment, “I” for the Instrument Panel and Surrounding area, and “B” for the Body and Surrounding area.

The first letter of the code for each wiring harness and wiringharness connector(s) indicates thecomponent’s location, e.g,“E” for the Engine Compartment, “I” for the Instrument Panel and Surrounding area, and “B” for the Body and Surroundingarea.

When more than one code has the first and second letters incommon, followed by numbers (e.g, IH1, IH2), this indicates the same type of wiring harness and wiring harness connector.

P : When 2 parts both use one connector in common, the partsconnector name used in the wire routing section is shown insquare brackets [ ].

O : Indicates the pin number of the connector.The numbering system is different for female and male connectors.

H : Represents a part (all parts are shown in skyblue). The code is the same as the code used inparts position.

3B indicatesthat it is insideJunction BlockNo. 3.

vv

The pins shown are only for the highest grade, or onlyinclude those in the specification.

lower right lower left

(blue) (yellow)

Page 5: Wiring Diagram

6

B HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROLRELAY AND TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW THROUGH THE DOOR FUSE.

1. DRIVER’S WINDOW “MANUAL UP” OPERATION BY MASTER SW

HOLDING MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) ON “UP” POSITION LOCATED IN POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOW CON-TROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 2 TO OPERATE A POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT INSIDE THE RELAYFLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY TERMI-NAL 3 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR TURNS TO ASCENT THE WINDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTOR IS STOPPED AND THE WINDOWS CAN STOP ATWILL POINT.

(FOR THE “MANUAL DOWN” OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOW ARE CHANGED).

2. DRIVER’S WINDOW “AUTO DOWN” OPERATION BY MASTER SW

ONCE THE “AUTO DOWN” BUTTON OF THE MASTER SW IS PUSHED, THE CURRENT FLOW TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL 3OF THE MASTER SW TERMINALS 8 AND 9 TO OPERATE THE RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT INSIDE THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OFTHE RELAY TERMINAL 4 TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TERMINAL 2 TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 3 TO GROUND. THEMOTOR CONTINUES THE ROTATION ENABLING TO DESCENT THE WINDOW.

THE WINDOW DESCENDS TO THE END POSITION. THE CURRENT WILL BE CUT OFF TO RELEASE THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION BASED ON THE INCREASING CURRENTBETWEEN TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY AND TERMINAL 1 IN RELAY.

3. DRIVER’S WINDOW AUTO DOWN RELEASE OPERATION BY MASTER SW

HOLDING THE MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) ON “UP” POSITION IN OPERATING AUTO DOWN. THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW PASSING TERMINAL 2FLOWS TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY AND RELEASES THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION IN THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY. RELEASING THE HAND FROM SW, WINDOWSTOPS AND CONTINUING ON TOUCHING SW. THE FUNCTION SWITCHES TO MANUAL UP OPERATION.

4. PASSENGER’S WINDOW UP OPERATION (MASTER SW) AND WINDOW LOCK SW OPERATION

HOLDING PASSENGER’S WINDOW SW (MASTER SW) ON “UP”, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW PASSING TERMINAL 6 TO TERMINAL 3 OF THEPOWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S) TERMINAL 4 TERMINAL 2 OF THE MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW TERMINAL 7

TERMINAL 1 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 4 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR RUNS TO ASCENT THE WINDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTOR ISSTOPPED AND WINDOW CAN STOP AT WILL PLACE. SWITCHING THE WINDOW LOCK SW IN “LOCK” POSITION, THE CIRCUIT IS OPENED AND STOPPED THE MOTOR ROTA-TION.(FOR THE DOWN OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOWS ARE CHANGED).

P 2 POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY

3–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY

2–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION

5–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE MASTER SW AT UP POSITION

8–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE MASTER SW AT AUTO DOWN POSITION

9–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE MASTER SW AT DOWN OR AUTO DOWN POSITION

P 4 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW

4–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY

3–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION

WINDOW LOCK SW

OPEN WITH THE WINDOW LOCK SW AT LOCK POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

P2 21 P4 21 P6 21

P3 21 P5 21

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCK (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

1 16 R/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

38 14 J/B NO. 3 AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT SIDE)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

ID1 26 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IH1 26 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINT LOCATION

IC 24 COWL LEFT

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

I 5 24 COWL WIRE

Q

R

S

T

U

V

W

X

SERVICE HINTS

SYSTEM OUTLINE

Page 6: Wiring Diagram

7

B

Q : Explains the system outline.

R : Indicates values or explain the function for reference during troubleshooting.

S : Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of the parts in the system circuit.

Example: Part “P 4” (Power Window Master SW) is on page 21 of the manual.* The letter in the code is from the first letter of the part, and the number indicates its order in

parts starting with the letter.Example: P 4

HINTS:

Part is 4th in orderPower Window Master SW

Junction connector (code: J1 to J19) in this manualinclude a short terminal which is connected to anumber of wire harnesses. Always perform inspec-tion with the short terminal installed. (When instal-ling the wire harnesses, the harnesses can be con-nected to any position within the short terminalgrouping. Accordingly, in other vehicles, the sameposition in the short terminal may be connected toa wire harness from a different part.)Wire harness sharing the same short terminalgrouping have the same color.

T : Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of Relay Block Connectors in the systemcircuit.

Example: Connector “1” is described on page 16 on this manual and is installed on the left side of the instrument panel.

U : Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of J/B and Wire Harness in the systemcircuit.

Example: Connector “3B”connects the Cowl Wire and J/B No. 3. It is described on page 14 of this manual,and is installed on the instrument panel left side.

V : Indicates the reference page describing the wiring harness and wiring harness connector (the female wiringharness is shown first, followed by the male wiring harness).

Example: Connector “ID1”connects the front door RH wire (female) and cowl wire (male). It is describedon page 26 of this manual, and is installed on the right side kick panel.

W : Indicates the reference page showing the position of the ground points on the vehicle.

Example: Ground point “IC” is described on page 24 of this manual and is installed on the cowl left side.

X : Indicates the reference page showing the position of the splice points on the vehicle.

Example: Splice point “I 5” is on the Cowl Wire Harness and is described on page 24 of this manual.

Page 7: Wiring Diagram

8

B HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

The “Current Flow Chart” section, describes which parts each power source (fuses, fusible links, and circuitbreakers) transmits current to. In the Power Source circuit diagram, the conditions when battery power issupplied to each system are explained. Since all System Circuit diagrams start from the power source, the powersource system must be fully understood.

* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.

H POWER SOURCE (CURRENT FLOW CHART)

The chart below shows the route by which current flows from the battery to each electrical source (Fusible Link, Circuit Breaker, Fuse,

etc.) and other parts.

The next page and following pages shown the parts to which each electrical source outputs current.

POWER SOURCE

Page 8: Wiring Diagram

9

B

The ground points circuit diagram shows the connections from all major parts to the respective ground points.When troubleshooting a faulty ground point, checking the system circuits which use a common ground mayhelp you identify the problem ground quickly. The relationship between ground points ( , and shown below) can also be checked this way.

EA IB IC

* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.

J GROUND POINT

Page 9: Wiring Diagram

10

C TROUBLESHOOTING

(a) Disconnect the battery terminal or wire so there is novoltage between the check points.

(b) Contact the two leads of an ohmmeter to each of thecheck point.

If the circuit has diodes, reverse the two leads and checkagain.When contacting the negative lead to the diode positive sideand the positive lead to the negative side, there should becontinuity.When contacting the two leads in reverse, there should be no continuity.

(c) Use the volt/ohmmeter with high impedance (10kΩ/Vminimum) for troubleshooting of the electrical circuit.

CONTINUITY AND RESISTANCE CHECK

VOLTAGE CHECK(a) Establish conditions in which voltage is

check point.

Example:A – Ignition SW onB – Ignition SW and SW 1 onC – Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (SW2 off)

(b) Using a voltmeter, connect the negative lead to aground point or negative battery terminal, and apositive lead to the connector or component terminal.This check can be done with a test light instead of a voltmeter.

Page 10: Wiring Diagram

11

C

(a) Remove the blown fuse and disconnect all loads of the fuse.

(b) Connect a test light in place of the fuse.(c) Establish conditions in which the test light comes on.

Example:A – Ignition SW onB – Ignition SW and SW 1 onC – Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (Connect the Relay) and SW 2 off (or Disconnect SW 2)

(d) Disconnect and reconnect the connectors while watchingthe test light.The short lies between the connector where the testlight stays lit and the connector where the light goesout.

(e) Find the exact location of the short by lightly shaking the problem wire along the body.

(a) Do not open the cover or the case of the ECU unlessabsolutely necessary. (If the IC terminals are touched,the IC may be destroyed by static electricity.)

(b) When replacing the internal mechanism (ECU part) ofthe digital meter, be careful that no part of your bodyor clothing comes in contact with the terminals of leads from the IC, etc. of the replacement part (sparepart).

CAUTION:

FINDING A SHORT CIRCUIT

DISCONNECTION OF MALE AND FEMALECONNECTORSTo pull apart the connectors, pull on the connector itself, not thewire harness.

HINT: Check to see what kind of connector you are disconnectingbefore pulling apart.

Page 11: Wiring Diagram

12

C TROUBLESHOOTING

HOW TO REPLACE TERMINAL(with terminal retainer or secondary lockingdevice)1. PREPARE THE SPECIAL TOOL

HINT: To remove the terminal from the connector, pleaseconstruct and use the special tool or like object shown on the left.

2. DISCONNECT CONNECTOR

3. DISENGAGE THE SECONDARY LOCKING DEVICE ORTERMINAL RETAINER(a) Locking device must be disengaged before the terminal

locking clip can be released and the terminal removed from the connector.

(b) Use a special tool or the terminal pick to unlock thesecondary locking device or terminal retainer.

NOTICE:Do not remove the terminal retainer from connector body.

A For Non–Waterproof Type Connector

HINT: The needle insertion position varies according tothe connector’s shape (number of terminalsetc.), so check the position before inserting it.

“Case 1”Raise the terminal retainer up to the temporarylock position.

“Case 2”Open the secondary locking device.

Page 12: Wiring Diagram

13

C

For Waterproof Type Connector

HINT: Terminal retainer color is differentaccording to connector body.

“Case 1”Type where terminal retainer is pulled up to the temporary lock position (Pull Type).

Insert the special tool into theterminal retainer access hole (Mark)and pull the terminal retainer up tothe temporary lock position.

HINT: The needle insertion position variesaccording to the connector’s shape(number of terminals etc.), so checkthe position before inserting it.

“Case 2”Type which cannot be pulled as far asPower Lock insert the tool straightinto the access hole of terminal retainer as shown.

B

Example:Terminal Retainer :Connector Body:Black or White :GrayBlack or White :Dark GrayGray or White :Black

Page 13: Wiring Diagram

14

C TROUBLESHOOTING

(a) Insert the terminal.

HINT:1. Make sure the terminal is positioned correctly.2. Insert the terminal until the locking lug locks firmly.3. Insert the terminal with terminal retainer in the

temporary lock position.

(c) Release the locking lug from terminal and pull the terminal out from rear.

4. INSTALL TERMINAL TO CONNECTOR

5. CONNECT CONNECTOR

Push the terminal retainer down to the temporary lockposition.

(b) Push the secondary locking device or terminal retainerinto the full lock position.

Page 14: Wiring Diagram

ABBREVIATIONS D

15

ABBREVIATIONS

The following abbreviations are used in this manual.

ABS = Anti–Lock Brake System

A/C = Air Conditioning

ACIS = Acoustic Control Induction System

A/T = Automatic Transaxle

CD = Compact Disc

COMB. = Combination

ECU = Electronic Control Unit

EGR = Exhaust Gas Recirculation

ESA = Electronic Spark Advance

EVAP = Evaporative Emission

FL = Fusible Link

J/B = Junction Block

LH = Left–Hand

O/D = Overdrive

R/B = Relay Block

RH = Right–Hand

SFI = Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection

SRS = Supplemental Restraint System

SW = Switch

TEMP. = Temperature

TRAC = Traction Control

VSV = Vacuum Switching Valve

w/ = With

w/o = Without

* The titles given inside the components are the names of the terminals (terminal codes) and arenot treated as being abbreviations.

Page 15: Wiring Diagram

16

E GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS

METER, ANALOGCurrent flow activates a magneticcoil which causes a needle tomove, thereby providing a relativedisplay against a backgroundcalibration.

LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE)Upon current flow, these diodesemit light without producing theheat of a comparable light.

IGNITION COILConvert low–voltage DC currentinto high–voltage ingition currentfor firing the spark plugs.

1. SINGLEFILAMENT

GROUNDThe point at which wiring attachesto the Body, thereby providing areturn path for an electrical circuit;without a ground, current cannotflow.

Current flow causes a headlightfilament to heat up and emit light.A headlight may have either a single (1) filament or a double (2) filament.

BATTERYStores chemical energy and converts it into electrical energy.Provides DC current for the auto’s various electrical circuits.

CAPACITOR (Condenser)A small holding unit for temporarystorage of electrical voltage.

CIRCUIT BREAKERBasically a reusable fuse, a circuitbreaker will heat and open if toomuch current flows through it.Some units automatically reset whencool, others must be manually reset.

DIODEA semiconductor which allowscurrent flow in only one direction.

DIODE, ZENERA diode which allows current flow in one direction but blocksreverse flow only up to a specificvoltage. Above that potential, itpasses the excess voltage. This acts as a simple voltage regulator.

PHOTODIODEThe photodiode is a semiconductor which controls thecurrent flow according to theamount of light.

FUSEA thin metal strip which burnsthrough when too much currentflows through it, thereby stop–ping current flow and protecting a circuit from damage.

FUSIBLE LINKA heavy–gauge wire placed inhigh amperage circuits whichburns through on overloads,thereby protecting the circuit.The numbers indicate the cross–section surface area of the wires.

HORNAn electric device which sounds a loud audible signal.

LIGHTCurrent flow through a filamentcauses the filament to heat up and emit light.

METER, DIGITALCurrent flow activates one ormany LED’s, LCD’s, or fluoresentdisplays, which provide a relativeor digital display.

MOTORA power unit which convertselectrical energy into mechanicalenergy, especially rotary motion.

CIGARETTE LIGHTERAn electric resistance heatingelement.

DISTRIBUTOR, IIAChannels high–voltage currentfrom the ignition coil to theindividual spark plugs.

2. DOUBLEFILAMENT

HEADLIGHTS

FUEL

M

(for High Current Fuse or

Fusible Link.)

(for Medium Current Fuse)

Page 16: Wiring Diagram

17

E

1. NORMALLYOPEN

Open andcloses circuits,therebystopping (1) orallowing (2)current flow.

RESISTORAn electrical component with afixed resistance, placed in a circuitto reduce voltage to a specificvalue.

RESISTOR, TAPPEDA resistor which supplies two ormore different non adjustableresistance values.

SENSOR (Thermistor)A resistor which varies itsresistance with temperature.

SHORT PINUsed to provide an unbrokenconnection within a juction block.

SOLENOIDAn electromagnetic coil whichforms a magnetic field whencurrent flows, to move a plunger,etc.

SWITCH, DOUBLE THROWA switch which continuouslypasses cureent through one set ofcontacts or the other.

SWITCH,IGNITION

A key operated switch with severalpositions which allows variouscircuits, particularly the primaryignition circuit, to becomeoperational.

Wires are always drawn as straight lineson wiring diagrams.Crossed wires (1)without a black dot atthe junction are notjoined;crossed wires (2) anda black dot oroctagonal ( ) mark at the juction as spliced(joined) connections.

RELAY, DOUBLE THROWA relay which passes currentthrough one set of contacts or theother.

SENSOR, SPEEDUses magnetic impulses to openand close a switch to create a signal for activation of othercomponents.

TRANSISTORA solid state device typically usedas an electronic relay; stops orpasses current depending on thevoltage applied at “base.”

SWITCH, WIPER PARKAutomatically returns wipers tothe stop position when the wiperswitch is turned off.

SWITCH, MANUAL

SPEAKERAn electromechanical devicewhich creates sound waves fromcurrent flow.

2. NORMALLYCLOSED

RESISTOR, VARIABLE orRHEOSTAT

A controllable resistor with a variable rate of resistance.Also called a potentiometer orrheostat.

2. NORMALLYOPEN

RELAY

1. NORMALLYCLOSED

Basically, an electricallyoperated switch whichmay be normally closed(1) or open (2). Currentflow through a smallcoil creates a magneticfield which either opensor closes an attachedswitch.

(2) SPLICED

WIRES

(1) NOTCONNECTED

Page 17: Wiring Diagram

18

+

F RELAY LOCATIONS

[Engine Compartment]

[Instrument Panel]

Page 18: Wiring Diagram

19

F

(Body)

[Seat]

Page 19: Wiring Diagram

20

F RELAY LOCATIONS

: Engine Room J/B Engine Compartment Left (See Page 18)

Page 20: Wiring Diagram

21

F

(Engine Room J/B Inner Circuit)

Page 21: Wiring Diagram

22

F RELAY LOCATIONS

1 : Engine Room R/BEngine Compartment Left (See Page 18)

1 : Engine Room R/B(Inside Engine Room J/B)

F sible Link BlockEngine Compartment Left (See Page 18)

Fusibl e Link Block(Inside Engine Room J/B)

Page 22: Wiring Diagram

23

F

2 : Engine Room No. 2 R/B Engine Compartment Left (See Page 18)(Canada)

3 : Engine Room No.3 R/B Radiator Upper Support RH (See Page 18)

Page 23: Wiring Diagram

24

F RELAY LOCATIONS

: Instrument Panel J/B Lower Finish Panel (See Page 18)

Page 24: Wiring Diagram

25

F

(Instrument Panel J/B Inner Circuit)

Page 25: Wiring Diagram

Position of Parts in Engine Compartment

A 1 Ambient Temp. Sensor A 2 A/C Condenser Fan MotorA 3 A/C Magnetic Clutch and Lock SensorA 4 A/C Triple Pressure SW (A/C Dual and

Single Pressure SW)A 5 ABS ActuatorA 6 ABS ActuatorA 7 ABS and Traction ActuatorA 8 ABS and Traction ActuatorA 9 ABS Speed Sensor Front LHA 10 ABS Speed Sensor Front RHA 11 Absorber Control Acuator Front LHA 12 Absorber Control Acuator Front RH

B 1 Brake Fluid Level Warning SW

C 1 Camshaft Position SensorC 2 Crankshaft Position SensorC 3 Cruise Control Actuator

D 1 Data Link Connector 1D 2 Diode (A/C)

E 1 EGR Gas Temp. SensorE 2 EGR Valve Position SensorE 3 Electronically Controlled Transmission

SolenoidE 4 Engine Coolant Temp. SensorE 5 Engine Hood Courtesy SWE 6 Engine Oil Level Warning SW

F 1 Front Fog Light LHF 2 Front Fog Light RHF 3 Front Turn Signal and Front Parking Light LHF 4 Front Turn Signal and Front Parking Light RHF 5 Front Wiper MotorF 6 Fusible Link BlockF 7 Fusible Link BlockF 8 Fusible Link BlockF 9 Fusible Link BlockF 10 Fusible Link BlockF 11 Fusible Link Block

G 1 GeneratorG 2 Generator

H 1 Headlight LH (HI)H 2 Headlight LH (LO)H 3 Headlight RH (HI)H 4 Headlight RH (LO)H 5 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 1)H 6 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 2 Sensor 1)H 7 Horn LHH 8 Horn RH

26

2 6

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

Page 26: Wiring Diagram

Position of Parts in Engine Compartment

I 1 Idle Air Control ValveI 2 IgniterI 3 Ignition Coil No. 1I 4 Ignition Coil No. 2 I 5 Ignition Coil No. 3I 6 Injector No. 1I 7 Injector No. 2I 8 Injector No. 3I 9 Injector No. 4I 10 Injector No. 5I 11 Injector No. 6

K 1 Knock Sensor 1K 2 Knock Sensor 2

M 1 Mass Air Flow Meter

N 1 Noise Filter (Ignition)

O 1 Oil Pressure SW

P 1 Park/Neutral Position SW,A/T IndicatorLight SW and Back–Up Light SW

P 2 Power Steering Oil Pressure SW

R 1 Radiator Fan Motor

S 1 StarterS 2 Starter

T 1 Theft Deterrent HornT 2 Throttle Position Sensor

V 1 Vapor Pressure SensorV 2 Vehicle Speed Sensor (Combination Meter)V 3 Vehicle Speed Sensor

(Electronically Controlled Transmission)V 4 VSV (EGR)V 5 VSV (EVAP)V 6 VSV (Intake Air Control)V 7 VSV (Vapor Pressure Sensor)

W 1 Water Level Warning SWW 2 Washer MotorW 3 Water Temp. SenderW 4 Water Temp. SW No.1W 5 Water Temp. SW No.2W 6 Wireless Door Lock Buzzer

27

G

Page 27: Wiring Diagram

Position of Parts in Instrument Panel

A 13 A/C Blower Motor Linear ControllerA 14 A/C Control AssemblyA 15 A/C Control AssemblyA 16 A/C Room Temp. SensorA 17 A/C Solar SensorA 18 A/C ThermistorA 19 ABS and Traction ECUA 20 ABS and Traction ECUA 21 ABS and Traction ECUA 22 ABS ECUA 23 ABS ECUA 24 Absorber Control ECUA 25 Absorber Control SWA 26 Air Inlet Control Servo MotorA 27 Air Mix Control Servo MotorA 28 Air Vent Mode Control Servo MotorA 29 Airbag Sensor AssemblyA 30 Airbag Squib (Front Passenger Airbag Assembly)A 31 Airbag Squib (Steering Wheel Pad)A 32 Automatic Light Control Sensor

B 2 Blower MotorB 3 Blower Resistor

C 4 CD Automatic ChangerC 5 Cigarette LighterC 6 ClockC 7 Combination MeterC 8 Combination MeterC 9 Combination MeterC 10 Combination Meter

C 11 Combination SWC 12 Combination SWC 13 Combination SWC 14 Cruise Control ECU

D 3 Data Link Connector 2D 4 Data Link Connector 3D 5 Daytime Running Light Relay (Main)D 6 Diode (Courtesy)

E 7 Engine Control ModuleE 8 Engine Control ModuleE 9 Engine Control ModuleE 10 Engine Control Module

F 12 Front Fog Light Relay F 13 Fuel Lid and Luggage Compartment

Door Opener SW

G 3 Generator Box LightG 4 Generator Box Light SW

H 9 Hazard SWH 10 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 2)

I 12 Ignition Key Cylinder LightI 13 Ignition SWI 14 Integration RelayI 15 Integration Relay

26

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

Page 28: Wiring Diagram

Position of Parts in Instrument Panel

J 1 Junction ConnectorJ 2 Junction ConnectorJ 3 Junction ConnectorJ 4 Junction ConnectorJ 5 Junction ConnectorJ 6 Junction ConnectorJ 7 Junction ConnectorJ 8 Junction ConnectorJ 9 Junction ConnectorJ 10 Junction ConnectorJ 11 Junction ConnectorJ 12 Junction ConnectorJ 13 Junction ConnectorJ 14 Junction ConnectorJ 15 Junction ConnectorJ 16 Junction ConnectorJ 17 Junction ConnectorJ 18 Junction ConnectorJ 19 Junction ConnectorJ 20 Junction ConnectorJ 21 Junction ConnectorJ 22 Junction ConnectorJ 23 Junction ConnectorJ 24 Junction ConnectorJ 25 Junction ConnectorJ 26 Junction ConnectorJ 27 Junction ConnectorJ 28 Junction ConnectorJ 29 Junction ConnectorJ 30 Junction ConnectorJ 31 Junction ConnectorJ 32 Junction ConnectorJ 33 Junction ConnectorJ 34 Junction ConnectorJ 35 Junction Connector

K 3 Key Interlock Solenoid

L 1 Luggage Compartment Door Opener Main SW

O 2 O/D Main SW and A/T Shift Lever Illumination

P 3 Parking Brake SWP 4 Power Outlet

R 2 Radio and PlayerR 3 Radio and PlayerR 4 Remote Control Morror SWR 5 Rheostat

S 3 Seat Heater SW (Driver’s Seat)S 4 Seat Heater SW (Front Passenger’s Seat)S 5 Shift Lock Control ECUS 6 Steering SensorS 7 Stereo Component AmplifierS 8 Stereo Component AmplifierS 9 Stereo Component AmplifierS 10 Stop Light SW

T 3 Theft Deterrent ECUT 4 Theft Deterrent ECUT 5 TRAC OFF SWT 6 Turn Signal Flasher Relay

U 1 Unlock Warning SW (Ignition Key)

W 7 Wireless Door Lock Buzzer Volume SWW 8 Wireless Door Lock ECU

27

G

Page 29: Wiring Diagram

Position of Parts in Body

A 33 ABS Speed Sensor Rear LHA 34 ABS Speed Sensor Rear RHA 35 Absorber Control Actuator Rear LHA 36 Absorber Control Actuator Rear RH

C 15 Cellular Phone (Hand Set)C 16 Cellular Phone (Hand Set)C 17 Choke Coil

D 7 Door Courtesy Light Front LHD 8 Door Courtesy Light Front RHD 9 Door Courtesy SW Front LHD 10 Door Courtesy SW Front RHD 11 Door Courtesy SW Rear LHD 12 Door Courtesy SW Rear RHD 13 Door Key Lock and Unlock SW Front LHD 14 Door Key Lock and Unlock SW Front RHD 15 Door Lock Control SW Front RHD 16 Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock

Detection SW Front LHD 17 Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock

Detection SW Front RHD 18 Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock

Detection SW Rear LHD 19 Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock

Detection SW Rear RH

F 14 Front Door Speaker LHF 15 Front Door Speaker RH F 16 Front Tweeter Speaker LHF 17 Front Tweeter Speaker RH F 18 Fuel Lid Opener MotorF 19 Fuel Pump and Fuel Sender

H 11 High Mounted Stop Light

I 16 Interior Light

J 36 Junction ConnectorJ 37 Junction ConnectorJ 38 Junction Connector

L 2 License Plate Light LHL 3 License Plate Light RHL 4 Light Failure SensorL 5 Luggage Compartment Key Unlock SWL 6 Luggage Compartment LightL 7 Luggage Compartment Light SW

and Luggage Compartment Door Opener Motor

26

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

Page 30: Wiring Diagram

27

G

Position of Parts in Body

M 2 Moon Roof Control SW and Moon Roof Control RelayM 3 Moon Roof Moon and Limit SW

P 5 Personal LightP 5 Personal LightP 6 Power Window Control SW Front RHP 7 Power Window Control SW Rear LHP 8 Power Window Control SW Rear RHP 9 Power Window Master SW and

Door Lock Control SW Front LHP 10 Power Window Motor Front LHP 11 Power Window Motor Front RHP 12 Power Window Motor Rear LHP 13 Power Window Motor Rear RH

R 6 Rear Combination Light LHR 7 Rear Combination Light LHR 8 Rear Combination Light RHR 9 Rear Combination Light RH

R 10 Rear Door Speaker LHR 11 Rear Door Speaker RHR 12 Rear Side Marker Light LHR 13 Rear Side Marker Light RHR 14 Rear Turn Signal Light LHR 15 Rear Turn Signal Light RHR 16 Remote Control Mirror and Mirror Heater LHR 17 Remote Control Mirror and Mirror Heater RH

T 7 Telephone Transceiver and Speaker RelayT 8 Telephone Transceiver and Speaker Relay

V 8 Vanity Light LHV 9 Vanity Light RH

W 9 Woofer Speaker

Page 31: Wiring Diagram

Position of Parts in Seat

B 4 Buckle SW

P 14 Power Seat Control SW(Driver’s Seat Lumber Support Control)

P 15 Power Seat Control SW(Driver’s Seat )

P 16 Power Seat Control SW(Front Passenger’s Seat))

P 17 Power Seat Motor(Driver’s Seat Front Vertical Control)

P 18 Power Seat Motor(Driver’s Seat Lumber Support Control)

P 19 Power Seat Motor(Driver’s Seat Rear Vertical Control)

P 20 Power Seat Motor(Driver’s Seat Reclining Control)

P 21 Power Seat Motor(Driver’s Seat Slide Control)

P 22 Power Seat Motor(Front Passenger’s Seat Front Vertical Control)

P 23 Power Seat Motor(Front Passenger’s Seat Rear Vertical Control)

P 24 Power Seat Motor(Front Passenger’s Seat Reclining Control)

P 25 Power Seat Motor(Front Passenger’s Seat Slide Control)

P 26 Power Seat Position Sensor(Driver’s Seat Front Vertical Control)

P 27 Power Seat Position Sensor(Driver’s Seat Rear Vertical Control)

P 28 Power Seat Position Sensor(Driver’s Seat Reclining Control)

P 29 Power Seat Position Sensor(Driver’s Seat Slide Control)

S 11 Seat Heater (Driver’s Seat)S 12 Seat Heater (Front Passenger’s Seat)S 13 Seat Memory SWS 14 Seat Position Control ECUS 15 Seat Position Control ECU

26

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

Page 32: Wiring Diagram

28

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness: Location of Ground Points

:Location of Splice Points

Page 33: Wiring Diagram

29

G

CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

EA1 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN NO. 3 WIRE (BEHIND HEADLIGHT LH)

EB1COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (UNDER THE ENGINE ROOM J/B)

EB2COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (UNDER THE ENGINE ROOM J/B)

EC1 ENGINE WIRE AND SENSOR WIRE (LEFT BANK OF THE CYLINDER HEAD)

Page 34: Wiring Diagram

30

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

: Location of Ground Points

Page 35: Wiring Diagram

31

G

Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

ID1FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

ID2FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IE1FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IE2FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IF1

IF2 FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IF3( )

IG1INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT SIDE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B)

IG2INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT SIDE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B)

IH1 COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (BEHIND RADIO AND PLAYER)

Page 36: Wiring Diagram

32

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

:Location of Splice Points

Page 37: Wiring Diagram

33

G

Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

II1 FLOOR NO.3 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (UNDER THE CONSOLE BOX)

IJ1 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

IK1

IK2 EWNGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

IK3( )

IL1 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

IM1

IM2 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IM3( )

IN1 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IO1FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IO2FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IP1 FRONT NO. 2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

Page 38: Wiring Diagram

34

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness: Location of Ground Points

:Location of Splice Points

Page 39: Wiring Diagram

35

G

Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

BQ1 REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)

BR1 REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)

Page 40: Wiring Diagram

36

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

:Location of Splice Point

Page 41: Wiring Diagram

37

G

Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

BS1FLOOR WIRE AND SEAT NO 1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)

BS2FLOOR WIRE AND SEAT NO.1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)

BT1 FLOOR NO.2 WIRE AND SEAT NO. 2 WIRE (UNDER THE FRONT PASSENGER’S SEAT)

Page 42: Wiring Diagram

1 2

60A ABS

3

1

1

3

3

3

EC

D1 F1 F2 E1

A1 C1 B1

E 2

1

1

1

3

3

3

3

3

6

5

1

1

4

41

3

4

3

2

3

2

5

2

B

B

B–R

L–W

L–B L–R

L–B

W–B

B–G

GR–L

R–L

GR GR–R

W–L

W–B

W–R

B–R

W–B

W–B

W–R

R–B

R

B–G

B–G

B–R

B–R

B–R

L–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–B

BATTERY

FL

MA

IN 3

. 0W

100AALT

50AHTR

FUS

IBLE

LIN

K B

LOC

K

BF

6,

F 7

A

EF

9,

F10

D

C, F

8

ABS SOL RELAY

ABS MOTOR RELAY

(*1)

(*1)

( US

A)

GR

–R

R–G

F, F

11

(*1)

2B2

2A1

2B

3 1 2

40A MAIN

2L

4

2G

3

2G4

2C5

2F

4

41

3

1

4

2

5

2

3

HTR RELAY

ENGINE MAIN RELAY

15A EFI

10A HAZARD

20A RADIO NO. 1

10A HORN

30A AM2

SHORT PIN

5A ALT–S

HEAD RELAY

15A HEAD (RH)

15A HEAD (LH)

30A CDS

30A RDI

10A ECU–B

7. 5A DOME

2C

7

1 2

1 2

5A TEL

1 2

56

POWER SOURCE

Page 43: Wiring Diagram

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

I 1

1 2

II

1 2

1 2

10A H–LP RH (LWR)

10A H–LP LH (LWR)

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

IGNITION SW

J15

B–R

B–R

W

B–R

W–B

Y–G

L–R

B–Y

B–R

R

W–R

R

W–R

(*1)

W–R

R–G

R

A

W–B

2

R–B

(*1)

R–G

R–L

R–B

R–GDRL NO. 2 RELAY

(*1)

1 3

2

2

4

R

W–R

1 2

30A POWER

1 2

40A DEF

1 2

40A AM1

1B

4

1B1

1K2

1K6

1K1

1K3

1K4

1K5

1B5

1J7

1J12

25A DOOR

15A STOP

7. 5A ODB

TAILLIGHT RELAY10A TAIL

7. 5A PANEL

POWER RELAY

NOISE FILTER

NOISE FILTERDEFOGGER RELAY

10A MIRROR–HEATER

15A CIG

7. 5A RAD–NO. 2

15A POWER–OUTLET

15A ECU–IG

10A HEATER

10A GAUGE

20A WIPER

7. 5A TURN

5A IGN

5A STARTER

5A DRL NO. 2

1

1

5

1

5

1

5

1

3

2

3

2

2

2

3

2

R–L

15A FOG

20A SEAT–HEATERAM1

AM27

2

3

6

ACC

IG1

IG2

ST2

4

8

I13

57

* 1 : CANADA

Page 44: Wiring Diagram

1 1 1 1 1

1 2X 2 3 4

X 6 7 8

A A

A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

AF 6 BF 7 CF 8 DF 9 EF10

FF11 I13 J15

58

POWER SOURCE

TAILIGHT RELAY5–3: CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION

HEAD RELAY(USA)1–2: CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR THE DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION

HEAD RELAY(CANADA)1–2: CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR THE DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION

CLOSED WITH THE ENGINE RUNNING AND THE PARKING BRAKE PEDAL RELEASED (PARKING BRAKE SW OFF)

I13 IGNITION SW2–3: CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION KEY AT ACC OR ON POSITION2–4: CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION KEY AT ON OR ST. POSITION7–6: CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION KEY AT ON OR ST POSITION7–8: CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION KEY AT ST POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

F 6 A 26 F 9 D 26 I13 28

F 7 B 26 F10 E 26 J15 29

F 8 C 26 F11 F 26

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

1 22 ENGINE ROOM R/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

2 23 ENGINE ROOM NO.2 R/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

3 23 ENGINE ROOM NO.3 R/B (RADIATION UPPER SUPPORT RH)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1B1J 24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)1K

24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

2A2B2C 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)2F

20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

2G2L 20 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

EC 34 LEFT RADIATION SIDE SUPPORT

II 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

E 2 34 COWL WIRE I 1 38 COWL WIRE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 45: Wiring Diagram

59

MEMO

Page 46: Wiring Diagram

M

1

A1B–R

B–R

B–G

B–R

R

FUSIBLE LINKBLOCK

BATTERY

FL MAIN3. 0W

B

CF 6 , F 8A

R

R

STARTER

BS 1 , S 2A

W–B

IK211

IK210

IK2

8

GR

B

B B–W

GRGR

GR

GR

B–W

W–R

B–R

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J26

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BJ 8 , J 9A

C1

BC

A1

AB AB

B–W

B–W

IG21

9

THEFT DETERRENTECU

T 3

W–B

B

SRLY

W PARK/NEUTRALPOSITION SW

P 1P

N

5

6

IGNITION SWI13

7 6

8

AM2

AM1

ACC

IG1

IG2

ST2

2L4

2A1

B

3 2

5 1

30AAM2

STRELAY

2D5 2K9 2J11

40AMAIN

W–

2B3

B

1

2

–B

1B5

1K5

5ASTARTE

1J3

1K4

R

60

STARTING AND IGNITION

Page 47: Wiring Diagram

IK312

RL Y G

B–R

EE

B–R

B–W

GR

W L B

BR

MODULE

37654

–R G–B

R–Y

GR

BR

B–

A

B–R

A

B–R

A

B–R

A

AA

JUNCTION CONNECTORJ22

2

1

2

1

2

1

B–R

IGN

ITIO

N C

OIL

NO

. 3I 5 IG

NIT

ION

CO

IL N

O. 2

I 4 IGN

ITIO

N C

OIL

NO

. 1I 3

2 1 10 9

IGNITERI 2

IGF IGT3 IGT2 IGT1 GND

IGC3 IGC2 IGC1 +B

14 12 15 16 24

13ENGINE CONTROLE10

IGF

IGT3

IGT2

IGT1

NS

W

STA

2

1

NO

ISE

FIL

TE

R( IG

NIT

ION

)

N 1

1K3

1C8

B–R

61

Page 48: Wiring Diagram

62

STARTING AND INGNITION

I13 IGNITION SW7–8 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION7–6 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION

S 1 A , S 2 B STARTERPOINTS CLOSED WITH THE PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW IN P OR N POSITION AND THE IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION

P1 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW5–6 : CLOSED WITH THE A/T SHIFT LEVER IN P OR N POSITION

SERVICE HINTS

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

E10 28 I 5 27 N 1 27

F 6 A 26 I13 28 P 1 27

F 8 C 26 J 8 A 29 S 1 A 27

I 2 27 J 9 B 29 S 2 B 27

I 3 27 J22 29 T 3 29

I 4 27 J26 29

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1B

1C24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1J24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1K

2A

2B 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

2D

( )

2J

2K 20 COWL WIRE AND ENIGNE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

2L

( )

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IG2 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT SIDE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B)

IK238 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

IK338 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

EE 34 REAR SIDE OF SURGE TANK

Page 49: Wiring Diagram

63

X X X 2 4 X X

X X

1 2 1 4 1 5 1 6

X XX

X

1 3

1 1

1 2 3 4 5 1 09X76

1 2 1 2 1 2

X

X 6 7 8

B B B

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

C C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A A A A

A A A A A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

B

B B B

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

1 2

X5 6

1

1

X 9

E10 BLACKI 2

BLACKI 3 BLACKI 4 BLACKI 5

ORANGEJ22 J26 GRAYN 1

GRAYP 1

I13

ORANGET 3

AF 6 CF 8

AJ 8

BJ 9

AS 1 B BLACKS 2

GRAY

GRAY

Page 50: Wiring Diagram

S L IG B

IC REGULATOR

BG 1 , G 2A

GENERATOR

B3 B1 B2 A1

2

7

4

6AM2

AM1

ACC

IG1

IG2

ST2

E 2

D1 F1 F2

B2

A1 C1

A10

WB

–R

B–G

W–R

W B–Y

B–R

B–Y

B–

R–L

Y

W

TO D

AY

TIM

E R

UN

NIN

GLI

GH

T R

ELA

Y (

MA

IN)

FUS

IBLE

LIN

K B

LOC

K

CF

6, F

8A

D, F

9F

, F11

CH

AR

GE

WA

RN

ING

LIG

HT

[CO

MB

. M

ETE

R]B

C 7

, C 8

A

B–R

B–R

B

BB–G

Y

R–L

Y

100AALT

BATTERY

FL MAIN3. 0W

W Y R–L B–G

EB26

IG24

IM24

IGNITION SWI13

B–G

Y( *2)

( *2)

( *2

Y ( *1)

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BJ1

8, J

19A

AB AB

BB

)

5A I

GN

1K3

1T8

R

10A

GA

UG

E

1K1

1J2

1K2 1K5

1B5

1B1

40A

AM

1

W–R

1

2

30A

AM

2

5A A

LT–S

2L4 2C3

2A1

64

CHARGING * 2 : CANADA* 1 : USA

Page 51: Wiring Diagram

XXX 1 0 X X 2X X

1

1

1 2

1

1 2 3

X 2 4

X 6 7

B B

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

B B

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

I13

A BLUEC 7 BC 8 AF 6

B BLACKG 2AG 1FF11CF 8

A BLACKJ18 B BLACKJ19

1

DF 9

65

G 2 B GENERATORB 3–GROUND : 13.9–15.1 VOLTS WITH THE ENGINE RUNNING AT 2000 RPM AND 25C (77F)

13.5–14.3 VOLTS WITH THE ENGINE RUNNING AT 2000 RPM AND 115C (239F)

B 2–GROUND : 0–4 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND ENGINE NOT RUNNING

SERVICE HINTS

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

C 7 A 28 F 9 D 26 I13 28

C 8 B 28 F11 F 26 J18 A 29

F 6 A 26 G 1 A 26 J19 B 29

F 8 C 26 G 2 B 26

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1B

1J 24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1K24 ( )

1T 24 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

2A20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

2C20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

2L 20 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

EB2 34 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (UNDER THE ENGINE ROOM J/B)

IG2 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT SIDE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B)

IN2 38 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

E 2 34 COWL WIRE

Page 52: Wiring Diagram

66

ENGINE CONTROL

THIS SYSTEM UTILIZES AN ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AND MAINTAINS OVERALL CONTROL OF THE ENGINE,TRANSMISSION AND SO ON. AN OUTLINE OF THE ENGINE CONTROL IS EXPLAINED HERE.

1. INPUT SIGNALS( 1) ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SIGNAL CIRCUIT

THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR DETECTS THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. AND HAS A BUILT–IN THERMISTOR WITH A RESISTANCE WHICH VARIES ACCORDING TO THE WATER TEMP. IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL THW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.

( 2) INTAKE AIR TEMP. SIGNAL CIRCUITTHE INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR IS INSTALLED IN THE MASS AIR FLOW METER AND DETECTS THE INTAKE AIR TEMP., WHICH IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL INTO TERMINAL THA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE.

( 3) OXYGEN SENSOR SIGNAL SYSTEMTHE OXYGEN DENSITY IN THE EXHAUST GASES IS DETECTED AND INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL INTO TERMINALS OXL1, OXR1 AND OXS OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE TO MAINTAIN STABLE DETECTION PERFORMANCE BY THE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR, A HEATER IS USED FOR WARMING THE SENSOR. THE HEATER IS ALSO CONTROLLED BY THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (HTL, HTR AND HTS).

( 4) RPM SIGNAL SYSTEMCAMSHAFT POSITION AND CRANKSHAFT POSITION ARE DETECTED BY THE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR AND CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR. THE CAMSHAFT POSITION IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL G22+ OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, AND THE ENGINE RPM IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL NE+.

( 5) THROTTLE SIGNAL CIRCUITTHE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR DETECTS THE THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ANGLE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL,WHICH IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL VTA1 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE.

( 6) VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL SYSTEMTHE VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR, INSTALLED INSIDE THE TRANSMISSION, DETECTS THE VEHICLE SPEED AND INPUTS A CONTROL SIGNAL INTO TERMINAL SPD OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE.

( 7) PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW SIGNAL SYSTEMTHE PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW DETECTS WHETHER THE SHIFT POSITION IS IN NEUTRAL, PARKING OR NOT, AND INPUTS A CONTROL SIGNAL INTO TERMINAL STA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

( 8) A/C SW SIGNAL SYSTEMTHE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY INPUTS THE A/C OPERATIONS INTO TERMINAL A/C OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.

( 9) BATTERY SIGNAL CIRCUITVOLTAGE IS CONSTANTLY APPLIED TO TERMINAL BATT OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, VOLTAGE FOR THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE OPERATION IS APPLIED TO TERMINAL +B OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE VIA THE EFI RELAY.

(10) INTAKE AIR VOLUME SIGNAL CIRCUITINTAKE AIR VOLUME IS DETECTED BY THE MASS AIR FLOW METER AND A SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL VG OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.

(11) NSW SIGNAL CIRCUITTO CONFIRM WHETHER THE ENGINE IS CRANKING, THE VOLTAGE APPLIED TO THE STARTER MOTOR DURING CRANKING IS DETECTED AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL NSW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.

(12) ENGINE KNOCK SIGNAL CIRCUITENGINE KNOCKING IS DETECTED BY THE KNOCK SENSOR 1 AND 2, THEN THE SIGNALS ARE INPUT INTO TERMINALS KNKR AND KNKL OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

Page 53: Wiring Diagram

67

2. CONTROL SYSTEM SFI (SEQUENTIAL MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION) SYSTEM

THE SFI SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITION THROUGH THE SIGNALS, WHICH ARE INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS (1) TO (12)). THE BEST FUEL INJECTION VOLUME IS DECIDED BASED ON THIS DATA

AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED BY THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, AND THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS OUTPUT TO

TERMINALS #10, #20, #30, #40, #50, AND #60 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE TO OPERATE THE INJECTOR (INJECT THE FUEL). THE SFI SYSTEM PRODUCES CONTROL OF FUEL INJECTION OPERATION BY THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE IN RESPONSE TO THE DRIVING CONDITIONS.

ESA (ELECTRONIC SPARK ADVANCE) SYSTEMTHE ESA SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITION THROUGH THE SIGNALS, WHICH ARE INPUT TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM 1, 3, 4, 12). THE BEST IGNITION TIMINGIS DECIDED ACCORDING TO THIS DATA AND THE MEMORIZED DATA IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AND THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS OUTPUT TO TERMINALS IGT1, IGT2 AND IGT3. THIS SIGNAL CONTROLS THE IGNITER TO PROVIDE THE BEST IGNITION TIMING FOR THE DRIVING CONDITIONS.

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL SYSTEMTHE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM TURNS THE HEATER ON WHEN THE INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS LOW (TEMP. OF EXHAUST EMISSIONS IS LOW), AND WARMS UP THE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR TO IMPROVE DETECTION PERFORMANCE OF THE SENSOR. THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM 1, 4, 9, 10), CURRENT IS OUTPUT TO TERMINALS HTL, HTR AND HTS, CONTROLLING THE HEATER.

IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEMTHE IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM (ROTARY SOLENOID TYPE) INCREASES THE RPM AND PROVIDES IDLE STABILITY FOR FAST IDLE–UP WHEN THE ENGINE IS COLD, AND WHEN THE IDLE SPEED HAS DROPPED DUE TO ELECTRICAL LOAD AND SO ON, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM 1, 4, 5, 8, 9), CURRENT IS OUTPUT TO TERMINALS RSO AND RSC TO CONTROL IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE.

EGR CONTROL SYSTEMTHE EGR CONTROL SYSTEM DETECTS THE SIGNAL FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM 1, 4, 9, 10), AND OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINAL EGR TO CONTROL THE VSV (EGR).THE EGR VALVE POSITION SENSOR IS MOUNTED ON THE EGR VALVE. THIS SENSOR CONVERTS THE EGR VALVE OPENING HEIGHT INTO A VOLTAGE AND SENDS IT TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AS THE EGR VALVE POSITION SIGNAL.

ACIS (ACOUSTIC CONTROL INDUCTION SYSTEM)ACIS INCLUDES A VALVE IN THE BULKHEAD SEPARATING THE SURGE TANK INTO TWO PARTS. THIS VALVE IS OPENED AND CLOSED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DRIVING CONDITIONS TO CONTROL THE INTAKE MANIFOLD LENGTH IN TWO STAGES FOR INCREASED ENGINE OUTPUT IN ALL RANGES FROM LOW TO HIGH SPEEDS.THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE JUDGES THE ENGINE SPEED BY THE SIGNALS ((4), (5)) FROM EACH SENSOR AND OUTPUTS SIGNALS TO THE TERMINAL ACIS TO CONTROL THE VSV (INTAKE AIR CONTROL).

3. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEMWITH THE DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM, WHEN THERE IS A MALFUNCTION IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE SIGNALSYSTEM, THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM IS RECORDED IN THE MEMORY.

4. FAIL–SAFE SYSTEMWHEN A MALFUNCTION OCCURS IN ANY SYSTEMS, IF THERE IS A POSSIBILITY OF ENGINE TROUBLE BEINGCAUSED BY CONTINUED CONTROL BASED ON THE SIGNALS FROM THAT SYSTEM, THE FAIL–SAFE SYSTEMEITHER CONTROLS THE SYSTEM BY USING DATA (STANDARD VALUES) RECORDED IN THE ENGINE CONTROLMODULE MEMORY OR ELSE STOPS THE ENGINE.

Page 54: Wiring Diagram

7 6

8

AM2 IG2

ST21 1

1 1

EB25

IK312

EB24

ID17IK23

M

5

4

2 3

1 5

C1

A1

BN

A A A A A A A A A A

A

A

G–R

G

R–L

W

Y

R

L

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

R

B–R

B–R

R

W–R

B–G

–R

B–R

L–B

L–B

L–B

W–B

G–R

G–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

GR–LWYRL

G–R

IGNITION SW CIR OPNRELAY

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

FUELPUMP

I13

J22

F19

J37

FUS

IBLE

LIN

KB

LOC

K

CF

6,

F 8

A

FL MAIN3. 0W

TTERY

30AAM2

2L4

2A1

BW

5AIGN

1W71K3

1C8B

–R

1K5

1B5

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

INJE

CT

OR

NO

. 1

INJE

CT

OR

NO

. 2

INJE

CT

OR

NO

. 3

INJE

CT

OR

NO

. 4

INJE

CT

OR

NO

. 5

INJE

CT

OR

NO

. 6

I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I10

I11

BA

68

ENGINE CONTROL

Page 55: Wiring Diagram

C18 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10

A23 A14 D13

EC

IK2

8

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

IK39

B

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

B–YR

B–R

B–R

G–R

G

R–L

W

Y

R

L

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–W

B–W

GRB–Y

B–Y

B–W

B–W

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

B–R

W–B

GR

G R–L W Y R L

W–B

JO

R

BJ2

8, J

29A JUNCTION

CONNECTOR

J 8 , J 9A

J CJ

B–Y

+B BATT STA

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

BE 7 , E 8A C, E 9 D, E10

FC #60 #50 #40 # 30 #20 #10

W–B

GR

GR

D14

NSW

B–W

IK211

IK210

A19

NEO

BR

–W

A26

EFI+

W

A25

EFI–B

A28

TRC+

G

A27

TRC–

L

FROM TRACTIONCONTROL ECU

B9

IK21

FRO

M F

AN

NR

ELA

YG

–WG

–W

CF

P

N

5

PA

RK

/NE

UT

RA

LP

OS

ITIO

N S

W

6P 1

2K7

2F4 2C10 2J2 2J8

2 3

1 5

15AEFI

EFIRELAY

2C5

1K4

1J3

5A ST

AR

TER

O. 1

B

UN

CT

ION

ON

NE

CTO

R

26

B

AB

BC

B

BB BB

AB AB

UN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

T

69

Page 56: Wiring Diagram

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

B2B12B8B6A2A3

B7C8 C21D12D15D16D24

A24

EE

2439111

A A A A

2 1 10 7 6 5 4

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

E2GTHAVGIGFIGT3IGT2IGT1

L

Y

G

EVP1EGRTPCACISSTPELS2ELS

LGY–G

W–R

R–Y

G–W

G–W

WW

B–Y

G–O

G–O

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

R–B

L–YP

W–R

LG–B

BR

–Y

GR

B–YBRB

–R

VS

V (

IL)

VS

V (

VE

NS

OR

)

V 6

V 7

J23

IGNITERI 2

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

BE 7 , E 8A C, E 9 D, E10

AA

BC

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BJ1

8, J

19A

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J27

A

A

1

2

BR

IGFIGT3IGT2IGT1IGC1IGC2IGC3

+B GND

2 2 2

IGN

ITIO

N C

OIL

NO

. 1

IGN

ITIO

N C

OIL

NO

. 2

IGN

ITIO

N C

OIL

NO

. 3

I 3 I 4 I 5

5 1 3

MASS AIR FLOW METERM 1

STO

P L

IGH

T S

WS

10

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

NTA

KE

AIR

CO

NT

RO

AP

OR

PR

ES

SU

RE

S

VS

V (

EG

R)

VS

V (

EV

AP

)

V 4

V 5

AA

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

10AMIRROR–HEATER

1J11

15ASTOP

1C7

10ATAIL

1C9

1R5

1R4

G–

70

ENGINE CONTROL

Page 57: Wiring Diagram

I 5 I 5

I 5 I 5

I 5

I 5

I 6

1

2

1

2

D23 D22 A17 A18 B11 C13 B10 C19 B5

C22 C7 C1 B14 C20 B13 B15 D31

IK12

8

3131

A A AB–Y

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

Y

BR

E2 VTA1 VC THG THW PTNK EGLS PS

RSO RSC HTS OXS HTR OXR1 HTL OXL1 TC

B–L

W–G

L–R

BR

BRY Y

BR

BR

G–B

G–Y

YLBR

BR Y

R–W Y–B P

–B B L–B

W Y–R B

L–W

B–Y BR

BR

BR

BR

B–YBR

B–Y

BR

BR

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

(SHIELDED)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

Y

A

ID

HE

SO

R( B

A

HE

AT

ES

OR

( BA

NK H

EA

TED

OX

YG

EN

SE

NS

OR

R1)

DA

TA L

INK

CO

NN

EC

TO

R 1

I

H10

H 5

H 6

D 1

JUNCTION CONNECTORJ23

T 2THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

EG

R G

AS

TE

MP

. S

EN

SO

R

EN

GIN

E C

OO

LAN

T T

EM

P.

SE

NS

OR

VA

R

EG

RO

R

E 1

E 4

V 1

E 2

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

BE 7 , E 8A C, E 9 D, E10

BR

31

42

AT

ED

OX

YG

EN

SE

NN

K 1

SE

NS

OR

2)

+B E1

HT OX

42

D O

XY

GE

N S

EN

1 S

EN

SO

R 1

)

+B E1

HT OX

42

(BA

NK

2 S

EN

SO

+B E1

HT OX

31

2

LE A

IR C

ON

TRO

L V

ALV

E1

312

TE1

E1+B

3 1 2 1

PO

R P

SO

VA

LVE

NS

2 3

RE

SS

UR

E S

EN

E P

OS

ITIO

N S

PTNK

VCC E2

2 3 1

E2 VTA VC

1

PO

WE

R S

TEE

RIN

GO

IL P

RE

SS

UR

E S

W

P 2

71

Page 58: Wiring Diagram

I 5

I 6

I 6

I 6

EC14 EC12 EC11 EC13

ED

1 1

AF AF

BD

1221

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

AA

A

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

W

G–R

V–W

B–O

BR

BR

BR

BR

WW

WW B–O

B–O

B–O

B–Y

LG–B

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

LL

BR

BR

W

BR

B–R

IGNAC1ACT

(SHIELDED)(SHIELDED)( S

HIE

LDE

D)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

( SH

IELD

ED

)( S

HIE

LDE

D)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

( SH

IELD

ED

)( S

HIE

LDE

D)

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J24

CRANKSHAFTPOSITION SENSOR

CAMSHAFT POSITIONSENSOR

C 2 C 1

KN

OC

K S

EN

SO

R 2

KN

OC

K S

EN

SO

R 1

K 2

K 1

B10 B13 A16

V

A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY

BA14 , A15A

B14

TW2

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BJ2

8, J

29A

B–W

(SHIELDED)

BD

B–O

TO A

BS

OR

BE

RC

ON

TRO

L E

CU

C5 C6 C17 B16 D1 A8 B3 A12

D33 D28D34A13A16A5C15C14

KNKL KNKR ACT A/C TACH E01 E02 E03

SPDWSILADJ2E1G22+NE–NE+

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

BE 7 , E 8A C, E 9 D, E10

A9

THWO

72

ENGINE CONTROL

Page 59: Wiring Diagram

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

I11

IJ16 IJ110

IIEE

A13 D5 D13D4C9

AA

AC

BA

BB

D3 C10

IL17 IL12

IK22

IK36

IJ1

3

IK13

TAC

HO

ME

TE

R

IJ

7 4

A

D

A

C

165

D

1

CV–W

G–R

W

B–O

BR

BR

BR

V–W

V–W

R–L

R–L

R–L

R–L

R–L

B–O

G–R L P

PL

G–R

B–O

G–R

R–L

BR

V–W

R–L

W–B

W–B

W–B

BR

BR

BR

B

CGSIL

BATSG

(SHIELDED)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

MA

LFU

NC

TIO

NIN

DIC

ATO

R L

AM

P

SP

EE

DO

ME

TER

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BJ

8,

J 9

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BJ 8 , J 9A

COMBINATION METER

CC 7 , C 9A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 4

J25

J17JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

DA

TA L

INK

CO

NN

EC

TO

R 3

D 4

V 2

BF

AD

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BJ28 , J29A

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J15

D, C10

10AGAUGE

1D2

7. 5AOBD

1J10 1J1

23

IG+

SESI

VE

HIC

LE S

PE

ED

SE

NS

OR

( CO

MB

INA

TIO

N M

ETE

R)

1J7

1J8

73

Page 60: Wiring Diagram

74

ENGINE CONTROL

CIR OPN RELAY1 5 – 1 3 : CLOSED WITH THE STARTER RUNNING

EFI RELAY5–3 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION

E 4 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR1–2 : 10.0 –20.0 KΩ (–20C, –4F)

4.0 –07.0 KΩ (000C, 32F)2.0 –03.0 KΩ (020C, 68F)0.9 –01.3 KΩ (–40C, 104F)0.4 –00.7 KΩ (–60C, 140F)0.2 –00.4 KΩ (–80C, 176F)

E7 A , E 8 B , E 9 C , E10 D ENGINE CONTROL MODULEVOLTAGE AT ENGINE CONTROL MODULE WIRING CONNECTORBATT–E1 : ALWAYS 9.0–14.0 VOLTS

+B–E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW TO ON POSITION)VC–E2 : ALWAYS 4.5–5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)

VTA1–E2 : 0.3–0.8 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)3.2–4.9 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN)

VG–E2G : 1.1–1.5 VOLTS (ENGINE IDLING AND A/C SW OFF)THA–E2 : 0.5–3.4 VOLTS (ENGINE IDLING AND INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20C, 68F)THW–E2 : 0.2–1.0 VOLTS (ENGINE IDLING AND COOLANT TEMP. 80C, 176F)

IGF–E1 : 4.5–5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING)

G22+–NE : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING)NE+–NE : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING)

SIL–E1 : PULSE GENERATION (DURING TRANSMISSION)TACH–E1 : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING)

STA–E1 : 6.0 VOLTS OR MORE (ENGINE CRANKING)THG–E2 : 4.5–5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)

EGR–EO1: 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)FC–E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)

0–3.0 VOLTS (ENGINE IDLING)SPD–E1 : PULSE GENERATION (IGNITION SW ON AND ROTATE DRIVING WHEEL SLOWLY)

W–E1 : BELOW 3.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)A/C–E1 : BELOW 2.0 VOLTS (ENGINE IDLING AND A/C SW ON)

9.0–14.0 VOLTS (A/C SW OFF)ACT–E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (ENGINE IDLING AND A/C SW ON)

BELOW 2.0 VOLTS (A/C SW OFF)ACIS–EO1: 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)NSW–E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND OTHER SHIFT POSITION IN P OR N POSITION)

0–3.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND SHIFT POSITION IN P OR N POSITION)EVP–E01 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)

TC–E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)STP–E1 : 7.5–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED)

0–1.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED)CF–E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (COOLING FAN IS OPERATING ON HIGH SPEED)

: 0–2.0 VOLTS (COOLING FAN IS OPERATING ON LOW SPEED OR OFF)TPC–E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND DISCONNECT THE VACUUM HOSE FROM THE VAPOR PRESSURE SENSOR)

PTNK–E1 : 3.0–3.6 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)1.3–2.1 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND APPLY VACUUM 2.0 KPA)

RSC,RSO–E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)KNKL,KNKR–E1 : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING)HTS, HTL, HTR–E03 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)

0–3.0 VOLTS (ENGINE IDLING)OXS, OXL1, OXR1–E1 : PULSE GENERATION (MAINTAIN ENGINE SPEED AT 2500 RPM FOR TWO MINUTES AFTER WARMING UP)IGT1, IGT2, IGT3–E1:PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING)#10, #20, #30, #40, #50, #60–EO1:9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)

:PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING)

I 6, I 7, I 8, I 9 , I10, I 11 INJECTOR2–1 : APPROX. 13.8 Ω

T 2 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR2–1 : 3.75 KΩ

SERVICE HINTS

Page 61: Wiring Diagram

75

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

A14 A 28 H10 28 J23 29

A15 B 28 I 1 27 J24 29

C 1 26 I 2 27 J25 29

C 2 26 I 3 27 J26 29

C 7 A 28 I 4 27 J27 29

C 9 C 28 I 5 27 J28 A 29

C10 D 28 I 6 27 J29 B 29

D 1 26 I 7 27 J37 30

D 4 28 I 8 27 K 1 27

E 1 26 I 9 27 K 2 27

E 2 26 I10 27 M 1 27

E 4 26 I11 27 P 1 27

E 7 A 28 I13 28 P 2 27

E 8 B 28 J 4 29 S10 29

E 9 C 28 J 8 A 29 T 2 27

E10 D 28 J 9 B 29 V 1 27

F 6 A 26 J15 29 V 2 27

F 8 C 26 J17 29 V 4 27

F19 30 J18 A 29 V 5 27

H 5 26 J19 B 29 V 6 27

H 6 26 J22 29 V 7 27

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

1 22 ENGINE ROOM R/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1B24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1C24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1D 24 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1J

1K24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1R24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1W

2A

2C 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

2F20 ( )

2J

2K 20 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

2L20 ( )

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

EB2 34 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (UNDER THE ENGINE ROOM J/B)

EC1 34 ENGINE WIRE AND SENSOR WIRE (LEFT BANK OF THE CYLINDER HEAD)

Page 62: Wiring Diagram

76

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)SEE PAGE

ID1 36 FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IJ1 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

IK1

IK2 38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

IK3

( )

IL1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

Page 63: Wiring Diagram

16 X X

X

10 X X 13 14 X

1 2 1 2

13XXX X X 109X 13543

X X 3 X X

X 8 X X

X X X X X

X

XX

16 X X X X X X X

X 7 X 5 4 X X X

1 2

1 2 321

X X X 22 23 24 X X

1 X X 6 7 8 9

12 14 15 16

28 X 31 X 33 34X

X

13

5 10

X 13 14 15 X 17

1 X 5 6

87 X

2218 19 20 21

X

8 10 11

X 2 3 X

5 6 7

1312 15 16

14 16 17 18 19 X X

2 3 X 5 8

9 12 13

X 23 24 25 26 27 28

1 1

4 5

21

3 4

C 1 C 2

BLACKD 1 D 4 DARK GRAYE 1

BLACKE 2 DARK GRAYE 4

F19 DARK GRAYH 5

AA14 BA15

A BLUEC 7 D BROWNC10C GRAYC 9

AE 7 BE 8 CE 9

CF 8AF 6DE10

12

BLACK BLACK

9

14

77

ENGINE CONTROL

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

EC 34 LEFT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT

ED 34 SURGE TANK RH

EE 34 REAR SIDE OF SURGE TANK

II 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH

IJ 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE RH

BN 40 UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

I 538 ENGINE WIRE

I11 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

I 638 ENGINE WIRE

Page 64: Wiring Diagram

1 2 1 2 1 21 2 1 2 1 2

1 2 1 2 1 2

X

X 6 7 8

D D D

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A A A A A

B B B C C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A A A A A

B B B C C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A

A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

C C

C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A BLACKJ18

B GRAYJ 9A GRAYJ 8

BLACKI 3 BLACKI 4 BLACKI 5 GRAYI 6 GRAYI 7 GRAYI 8

BLACKJ 4I13GRAYI11GRAYI10GRAYI 9

J15 BLUEJ17

C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A A A A

A A A A A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A A A

A A A A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A A A

A A A A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A

A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

B B

D D X X F F

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

B B

D D X X F F

A A

A A A A

1 1

B BLACKJ19

AJ28 BJ29

ORANGEJ22 J23

J 2 7J 2 5J 2 4

J37 DARK GRAYK 1 DARK GRAYK 2

B

B B B

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

J 2 6

21

3 4

21

3 4

1 2 3

1 2 3 4 5 1 09X76

DARK GRAYH 6 DARK GRAYH10 GRAYI 1 BLACKI 2

X X X

XA

78

Page 65: Wiring Diagram

1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 31 2 1 2

1 2 1 2

BLACKT 2 GRAYV 1 BLACKV 2 BROWNV 4 BLUEV 5

BLUEV 7BROWNV 6

54321 X5 6

1

BLACKM 1 BLACKP 2GRAYP 1

1 2

BLUES10

79

ENGINE CONTROL

Page 66: Wiring Diagram

X X 7 1 5 5X3

X 7 8

X 1 3 X 1 6

X X

1 1

1 2

X

2 31 2

X

2 3

3 4A A A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

X X

D D

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

X X

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A

A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A A A A

A A A A A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

D D D

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

E E E

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

C C

X X

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

C11

BLACKH 1 BLACKH 2 BLACKH 3 BLACKH 4

J15

ORANGEJ16

GRAYJ 8

BC 8 C GRAYC 9

CF 8AF 6

BI15 AJ10 BJ11

A BLACKJ20B BLACKJ19A BLACKJ18

BJ32B BLACKJ21 AJ31

X X

F F

80

HEADLIGHT (USA)

Page 67: Wiring Diagram

CTIONNECTOR

JUNCON

J15

R–B

II

R–BW

–R

–B

R–B

B

BA

TTE

RY

FL MAIN3. 0W

AC AC

BABAA1

C1

IG13

FUS

IBLE

LIN

K B

LOC

K

CF

6, F

8A

R–Y

–W

R–W

R–B

B–G

R–B

BE

AD AD

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BJ18 , J19A

2

1

2

1

3

2

3

2

BC

AA

IG14

EC EA

R–W

R–WRR

R–W

R–B

R–B

W–B

W–B

R–W

HE

AD

LIG

HT

LH (

LO)

HE

AD

LIG

HT

LH (

HI)

HE

AD

LIG

HT

RH

(H

I)

HE

AD

LIG

HT

RH

(LO

)

H 2

H 1

H 3

H 4

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BJ2

0, J

21A

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BJ3

1, J

32A

W–B

W–B

R–B

R–B

R–W

B3

B4

AD

AD

BF

C5 B15

B7C3

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BJ10 , J11A

CO

MB

INA

TIO

N M

ET

ER

CC

8, C

9B

HIG

H

HE

AD

R–W

IG

A

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J16

W–B

W–B

INTE

GR

AT

ION

RE

LAY

I15

B

13

16

OFF

TAIL

HEAD

LOW

HIGH

FLASH

LIG

HT

CO

NT

RO

LS

WD

IMM

ER

SW

B

COMBINATION SWC11

8 7

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 8

B

A

A

15AHEAD(LH)

15AHEAD(RH)

2K8 2G3 2G4

HEADRELAY

3 2

4 1

40AMAIN

2B3

1

2

2G6 2C82G5 2G2 2J5

1J7

W–B

1J8

81

HEADLIGHT (USA)

Page 68: Wiring Diagram

82

HEAD RELAY1–2 : CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR THE DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION

LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF OPERATIONPLEASE REFER TO THE LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 115)

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

C 8 B 28 H 3 26 J16 29

C 9 C 28 H 4 26 J18 A 29

C11 28 I15 B 28 J19 B 29

F 6 A 26 J 8 29 J20 A 29

F 8 C 26 J10 A 29 J21 B 29

H 1 26 J11 B 29 J31 A 29

H 2 26 J15 29 J32 B 29

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1J 24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

2B

2C 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

2G( )

2J20 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

2K20 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IG1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT SIDE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

EA 34 RIGHT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT

EC 34 LEFT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT

IG 36 LEFT KICK PANEL

II 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH

SERVICE HINTS

Page 69: Wiring Diagram

10AH–LPLH (LWR)

2

2

1

2

2

2

1

5ADRLNO. 2

2

2

1

2

3

2

3

2

2 3

1

4 1

3 2

1

2

EC EA

C1

A1

2 2

2 2

2 2

2

2

1

B–G

R–B

R

R–G

R

R

R R–L

R–Y

R–G R

R–B

R–Y

W–R

W–B

W–B

R–W

W–B

R–B

R–B

HE

AD

LIG

HT

LH (

LO)

H 2

HE

AD

LIG

HT

RH

(LO

)H

4

BA

TTE

RY

FL MAIN3. 0W

B

10AH–LPRH (LWR)

DR

L N

O. 2

RE

LAY

R–B

DR

L N

O. 4

RE

LAY

HEADLIGHTRH (HI)

H 3

HEADLIGHTLH (HI)

H 1

R–B

FUS

IBLE

LIN

KB

LOC

K

CF

6, F

8A

W–B

W–B

2

4

R–L

R–L

W–B

W–B

W–R

W–B

15AHEAD(LH)

2G5

15AHEAD(RH)

2G22G4

40AMAIN

1

2

2C7

2B3

2 3

1 4

2G3 2K8

HE

AD

RE

LAY

83

HEADLIGHT(CANADA)

Page 70: Wiring Diagram

2

2

5

2

2 2

EC

2

EB27

BC

AA

IG14

1J7

1J8

BE BE

AD AD

4

R

R–B

R–Y

W–R

W–B

W–B

R–W

R

R–B

R–Y

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–Y

R–B

R–W

RR

–WR

–W

W–B

W–B

R–Y

R–B

R–B

R–B

R–B

COMBINATIONSW

C11

R

W–B

16 7

1

3

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BJ18 , J19A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BJ 8 , J 9A

INTE

GR

ATIO

NR

ELA

Y

DR

L N

O. 3

REL

AY

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NNE

CTO

R

BJ2

0, J

21A

R–W

A

R–W

IG13

R–W

B3

B4

I15

B

II

3

5

–W

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J15

JUNC

TIO

NC

ON

NEC

TO

J10

D

D

HIG

H B

EAM

IND

ICAT

OR

LIG

HT

[CO

MB.

ME

TER

]

C 9

OFF

TAIL

HEAD

LOW

HIGH

FLASH

LIG

HT

CO

NTR

OL

SW

DIM

ME

R SW

13 8

AA

AA

BA

84

Page 71: Wiring Diagram

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

EB28

EB26

BB

AB

R–B R R R–L

R R–L

R–

W–

R–W

R–W

R–W

YY

Y

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BJ18 , J19A

JUNCTION

BJ20 , J21A

IONECTOR

PARKINBRAKE

P 3

L

R

R–B

R–Y

W–B

W–B

R–W

FR

OM

BR

AK

E W

AR

NIN

GLI

GH

T [C

OM

B.

ME

TE

R]

W–B

1

2

1

A

II

J15JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

D

D

1

JUNCTCONN

J28

GENERATORG 2

G SW B

RA

KE

FLU

ID L

EV

EW

AR

NIN

G S

W

B 1

L

Y B

8 6 4 10 5

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTRELAY (MAIN)

D 5

2 9 7 1

HI E PKB BRK CHG–

IG+BDRLH

B

B

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J 2

B

7. 5ADOME

2J12

10AGAUGE

1J1

1W1

1V7

BA

AC AC

CONNECTOR

85

HEADLIGHT(CANADA)

Page 72: Wiring Diagram

86

CURRENT FROM THE BATTERY IS ALWAYS FLOWING FROM THE FL MAIN → MAIN FUSE → HEAD RELAY (COIL SIDE) →TERMINAL 2 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN) AND TEINRMINAL 8 OF THE DIMMER SW, HEAD RELAY (COIL SIDE)→ TERMINAL B 3 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY → TERMINAL B 4 → TERMINAL 13 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW, FL MAIN →MAIN FUSE → DRL NO.2 RELAY (COIL SIDE) → TERMINAL 9 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN).

1. DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT OPERATIONWHEN THE ENGINE IS STARTED, VOLTAGE GENERATED AT TERMINAL ‘L’ OF THE GENERATOR IS APPLIED TO TERMINAL 5 OFTHE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN).IF THE PARKING BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (PARKING BRAKE SW ON) AT THIS TIME, THE RELAY IS NOT ENERGIZED, SOTHE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM DOES NOT OPERATE. IF THE PARKING PEDAL LEVER IS RELEASED (PARKING BRAKESW OFF), THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY. THIS ACTIVATES THE RELAY AND CURRENT FROM MAIN FUSEFLOWS TO DRL NO. 2 RELAY (POINT SIDE) → HEAD (LH) FUSE → TERMINAL 1 OF THE HEADLIGHT LH (LH) → TERMINAL 2 →TERMINAL 2 OF THE HEADLIGHT RH (HI) → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE DRL NO.3 RELAY → TERMINAL 4 → TOGROUND, CAUSING THE HEADLIGHTS TO LIGHT UP DIMMER THAN NORMAL BRIGHTNESS.THIS IS HOW THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM OPERATES ONCE THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM OPERATES ANDTHE HEADLIGHTS HAVE LIGHT UP, THE HEADLIGHTS REMAIN ON EVEN IF THE PARKING BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED(PARKING BRAKE SW ON).EVEN IF THE ENGINE STALLS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THERE IS NO VOLTAGE FROM TERMINAL ‘L’ OF THEGENERATOR, THE HEADLIGHTS REMAIN ON. IF THE IGNITION SW IS THEN TURNED OFF, HEADLIGHT ARE TURNED OFF.IF THE ENGINE IS STARTED WHILE THE PARKING BRAKE PEDAL IS RELEASED (PARKING BRAKE SW OFF), THE DAYTIMERUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM OPERATES AND THE HEADLIGHTS LIGHT UP AS THE ENGINE STARTS.

2. HEADLIGHT OPERATIONWHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT THE HEAD POSITION

WHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS SET TO HEAD POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO THE HEAD RELAY (COIL SIDE) FLOWS TO TERMINAL B 3 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY → TERMINAL B 4 → TERMINAL 13 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW →TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, TURNING THE HEAD RELAY ON.THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT FLOWING TO THE HEAD RELAY (POINT SIDE) → DRL NO. 2 FUSE → DRL NO.3 RELAY (COIL SIDE) AND DRL NO.4 RELAY (COIL SIDE) → GROUND, TURNING THE DRL NO.3 AND NO.4 RELAY ON. ALSO, CURRENT FROM THE HEAD RELAY (POINT SIDE) TO HEAD (LWR) FUSES → TERMINAL 2 OF THE HEADLIGHT (LO) → TERMINAL 3 → GROUND, SO THE HEADLIGHTS (LO SIDE) LIGHT UP.

DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITIONWHEN THE DIMMER SW IS SET TO FLASH POSITION, CURRENT FLOWS FROM HEAD RELAY (COIL SIDE) → TERMINAL 8 OF THE DIMMER SW → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, TURNING THE HEAD RELAY ON. AT THE SAME TIME, SIGNALS ARE OUTPUT FROM TERMINAL 7 AND TERMINAL 8 OF THE DIMMER SW TO TERMINAL 8 AND TERMINAL 2 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTRELAY (MAIN), ACTIVATING THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN) AND ALSO THE DRL NO.2 RELAY. WHEN THE HEAD RELAY AND DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN) ARE ACTIVATED, THE HEADLIGHTS (LO AND HI) THEN LIGHT UP.

DIMMER SW AT HIGH POSITIONWHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS SET TO HEAD POSITION, A SIGNAL IS OUTPUT FROM TERMINAL 13 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW → TERMINAL B 4 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY → TERMINAL B 3 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAY (MAIN). WHEN DIMMER SW IS SET TO HIGH POSITION, A SIGNAL IS OUTPUT FROM TERMINAL 7 OF THE DIMMER SW TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN). THESE SIGNALS ACTIVATE DRL NO.2 RELAY, SO CURRENT FLOWS FROM DRL NO.2 RELAY (POINT SIDE) → HEAD (LH) FUSE → TERMINAL 1 OF THE HEADLIGHT LH (HI) →TERMINAL 2 → DRL NO.4 RELAY (POINT SIDE) → GROUND, AND CURRENT ALSO SIMULTANEOUSLY FLOWS FROM HEAD (RH) FUSE → DRL NO.3 RELAY (POINT SIDE) → TERMINAL 1 OF THE HEADLIGHT RH (HI) → TERMINAL 2 → DRL NO.4 RELAY (POINT SIDE), CAUSING THE HEADLIGHTS (HI SIDE) TO LIGHT UP.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

D 5 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN)1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION7–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS4–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE PARKING BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED (PARKING BRAKE SW ON)5–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

SERVICE HINTS

Page 73: Wiring Diagram

87

HEADLIGHT(CANADA)

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

B 1 26 H 2 26 J15 29

C 9 28 H 3 26 J18 A 29

C11 28 H 4 26 J19 B 29

D 5 28 I15 B 28 J20 A 29

F 6 A 26 J 2 29 J21 B 29

F 8 C 26 J 8 A 29 J28 29

G 2 26 J 9 B 29 P 3 29

H 1 26 J10 29

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

2 23 ENGINE ROOM NO.2 R/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IJ

1V 24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1W

( )

2B

2C 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

2G

( )

2J20 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

2K20 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

EB2 34 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (UNDER THE ENGINE ROOM J/B)

IG1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT SIDE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

EA 34 RIGHT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT

EC 34 LEFT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT

II 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH

Page 74: Wiring Diagram

1 2 5X3

X 7 8

X 13 X 16

X X1098765

4X21

1 1

11 2

X

2 3

1 2

X

2 33 4

BBB

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7 )

A A A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

X X

D D

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A

A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

B B

D D D

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

B B

E E E

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

GRAYB 1 GRAYC 9 C11 GRAYD 5

BLACKG 2 BLACKH 1 BLACKH 2

BLACKH 3 BLACKH 4 BLACKJ 2

J15J10

AF 6 CF 8

BI15 A GRAYJ 8

B BLACKJ19A BLACKJ18B GRAYJ 9

A BLACKJ20

A A C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

D D X X

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

1

J28 P 3B BLACKJ21

88

Page 75: Wiring Diagram

B 3B 3 B 3

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

AE AE

BD

IP17

IIIF

R

R

R R

RR

R

RR

R

W–B

R–W

W–B

R–G

R–

R–G

–GW–B

W–

DO

OFR

ON

D10

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BJ34 , J35A

W–B

BQ

W–B

( *1)

AE AE

R–G

FR

OM

TH

EF

T D

ET

ER

RE

NT

EC

UR

G–R

R–W

R–G

B 2

–BW

–B

W–B

R

B 4 : *1B 2 : *2

B 2

2

1

1

2

1

2

OFF

ON

DO

OR

W–B

R–W

VA

NIT

Y L

IGH

T LH

VA

NIT

Y L

IGH

T R

H

PE

RS

ON

AL

LIG

HT

INT

ER

IOR

LIG

HT

V 8

V 9

I16

B1 (*2)A1 (*1)

A2 (*1)

B2 (*2)

BP

5A

,

IGN

ITIG

HT

I12

ION

KE

Y C

YLI

ND

ER

L

2

1

A

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J15

2

1

GDIO

DE

(C

OU

RT

ES

Y)

D 6

1

R

R C

OU

RTE

SY

SW

T R

H

7. 5ADOME

2J12

R

1W1 1S9 1G8

1F2 1J71F5

A6102

1 INTEGRATION RELAY

I14 A

1M11M2 R–W

1F3

1V3

BW

89

INTERIOR LIGHT

Page 76: Wiring Diagram

IP19

R

R

R–Y

R R

R–W

R–W R–B

R–G

OP

EN

DO

OR

WA

RN

ING

LIG

HT

[CO

C 9

LUG

CO

MH

T

L 6

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

Y S

WF

R

LN

TL

D12

D 9

L 7

AE AE

BE JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

BJ1

0,

J11

A

IE218

IE217

DO

OR

GH

T LH

D 7

18 IO2

IO217

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

Y L

IGH

T R

HD

8

RR

R–G

R–G

RR

R–G

R–G

B 8

FRO

M T

HE

FT

DE

TER

RE

NT

EC

U

E B

FRO

M A

UTO

MA

TIC

LIG

HT

CO

NTR

OL

SE

NS

OR

FR

OM

TH

EFT

DE

TE

RR

EN

T E

CU

AD AD AD

BE BE

FR

OM

TH

EFT

DE

TE

RR

EN

T E

CU

FRO

M W

IRE

LES

SD

OO

R L

OC

K E

CU

R–G

AAA

A

R–G

R–G

R–G

R–W

R–W

R–G

R–G

R–Y

R–Y

R–W

R–W

R–W

R–W

R–W

A,

J35

J34

B

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

JUNCTION CONNECTORJ 5

1 1 1

2

2

1

6

8

MB

. M

ETE

R]

GA

GE

PA

RTM

EN

T LI

G

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

Y S

WR

EA

R R

H

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

Y S

WR

EA

R L

H

ON

T LH

UG

GA

GE

CO

MP

AR

TME

IGH

T S

W

D11

1

2

CO

UR

TES

Y L

I

1

2

1G4 1S12 1H11

4

1G1 1S7

R–W

6INTEGRATION RELAY

I14 A

90

* 1 : W/ MOON ROOF* 2 : W/O MOON ROOF

Page 77: Wiring Diagram

91

INTERIOR LIGHT

INTEGRATION RELAY1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS4–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH EACH DOOR (FRONT RH, REAR LH AND RH) OPEN6–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE FRONT LH DOOR OPEN

D 9, D10, D11, D12 DOORCOURTESY SW FRONT LH, RH, REAR, LH, RH1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH THE DOOR OPEN

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

C 9 28 I12 28 J35 B 29

D 6 28 I14 A 28 L 6 30

D 7 30 I16 30 L 7 30

D 8 30 J 5 29P 5

A 31

D 9 30 J10 A 29P 5

B 31

D10 30 J11 B 29 V 8 31

D11 30 J15 29 V9 31

D12 30 J34 A 29

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IF 24 ROOF WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

IG24 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1H24 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

IJ24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1M24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1S 24 FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1V24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1W24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

2J 20 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IE2 36 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

I02 38 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IP1 38 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

IF 36 COWL SIDE PANEL LH

II 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH

BQ 40 ROOF LEFT

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

B 240 ROOF WIRE

B 4 40 FLOOR WIRE

B 340 ROOF WIRE

B 8 40 ROOF WIRE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 78: Wiring Diagram

86X

1 2 1 2 1 21 1

1 1

1 2 1 X X X X

XXXXXXX

1

2

A A A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

X X

E E

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

X X

E E

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A

A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

D D D

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

D D D E E E

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

1 2

2 1 2

GRAYC 9 BLACKD 6 GRAYD 7 GRAYD 8 D 9 D10

D11 D12 I12 I16

GRAYJ 5 J15

GRAYL 6 BLACKL 7

A ORANGEI14

AJ10 BJ11

B BLACKJ35A BLACKJ34 AP 5

1

2

BP 5

1 2 1 2

BLUEV 8 BLUEV 9

6

E E E

(*1) (*2)

92

* 1 : W/ MOON ROOF* 2 : W/O MOON ROOF

Page 79: Wiring Diagram

2

1

2

1

1

2

1

2

EC EA

B14

B12

E 2

B 5

BB

AB AB

A1

F1 F2

A

16

A

G–B

W–B

W–B

G–B

G–B

G–B

G–BG

–O

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–G

W–B

–BW

W–B

W–B

G–O

G–O

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

FRO

NT

PA

RK

ING

LIG

HT

LH

FRO

NT

PA

RK

ING

LIG

HT

RH

LIC

EN

SE

PLA

TE L

IGH

T L

H

LIC

EN

SE

PLA

TE L

IGH

T R

H

F 3

F 4 L

2

L 3

BJ31 , J32A

FU

SIB

LE L

INK

BLO

CK

FF

6, F

11A

100AALT

FL MAIN3. 0W

BATTERY

N OR

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

COMBINATION SWC11

J 8

G–BG

–RG

INTE

GR

AT

ION

RE

LAY

G–R

RNCTION

ONNECTOR

B8 , J19A

1

2

1

2

B11

B 5

W–B

W–B

G G

GR

EA

R S

IDE

MA

RK

ER

LIG

HT

LH

RE

AR

SID

E M

AR

KE

R L

IGH

T R

H

R12

R13

B13W–BW–B

W–B

B2

B1

I15

B

G–O

II

A

14

C

C

OFF

TAIL

HEADLIG

HT

CO

NTR

OL

SW

JUN

CTI

OC

ON

NE

CT

J15

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

J 2

2 3

1 5

10ATAIL

1C6 1C9 1S81B4

TAILLIGHTRELAY

AA

BC

JUC

J1

1J7

1J8

W–B

93

TAILLIGHT

Page 80: Wiring Diagram

BP

B13

B13W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

G G

G–B

TA

[R]

TA

[RR

R

W–B

G–B

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

IF35

D3

A7R

–L

R–L

Y–G

R–L

REAR LIGHTSWARNING LIGHT[COMB. METER]

DC 7 , C10A

W–B

B14

W–B

W–BT

A[R T

A[R

]

R

R

BN

NO

R

B10 B15

B14

GG

W–B

W–B

G

W–B

1

2

1

2

9

3

LIG

HT

FAIL

UR

E S

EN

SO

R

ILLI

GH

T R

HE

AR

CO

MB

. LI

GH

T R

H

ILLI

GH

T L

HE

AR

CO

MB

. LI

GH

T L

H]

8 6

L 4

11

48

D

D

Y–G

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 4

3

4

3

4

ILLI

GH

T L

HE

AR

CO

MB

. LI

GH

T L

H]

ILLI

GH

T R

HE

AR

CO

MB

. LI

GH

T R

H

7 9

A

JUN

CT

IOC

ON

NE

CT

J37

G

DELAY

IGT+ IL

T– GND

10AGAUGE

1S1

1D

2

94

Page 81: Wiring Diagram

95

TAILLIGHT

WHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS TURNED TO TAIL OR HEAD POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THELIGHT FAILURE SENSOR THROUGH THE TAIL FUSE.WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE LIGHT FAILURESENSOR, AND ALSO FLOWS THROUGH THE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR.

TAILIGHT DISCONNECTION WARNINGWITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THE LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO TAIL OR HEAD POSITION, IF THE TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT ISOPEN, THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR DETECTS THE FAILURE BY THE CHANGE IN CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THELIGHT FAILURE SENSOR TO TERMINAL 9 AND THE WARNING CIRCUIT OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR IS ACTIVATED.AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR TERMINAL 11 GROUND ANDTURNS THE REAR LIGHTS WARNING LIGHT ON, WHICH REMAINS ON UNTIL THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS TURNED OFF.

TAILLIGHT RELAY5–3 : CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION

L4 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR4,8–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION4,3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION,11–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUTIY

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

C 7 A 28 J 4 29 L 3 30

C10 D 28 J 8 29 L 4 30

C11 28 J15 29 R 6 31

F 3 26 J18 A 29 R 7 31

F 4 26 J19 B 29 R 8 31

F 6 A 26 J31 A 29 R 9 31

F11 F 26 J32 B 29 R12 31

I15 B 28 J37 30 R13 31

J 2 29 L 2 30

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1B24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1C24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1D 24 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1J 24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1S 24 FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IF3 36 FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

EA 34 RIGHT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT

EC 34 LEFT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT

II 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH

BN 40 UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR

BP 40 BACK PANEL CENTER

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

E 2 34 COWL WIRE B12

B1040 FLOOR WIRE

B13 40 FLOOR WIRE

B1140 FLOOR WIRE

B14

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 82: Wiring Diagram

7XXX X X 3

14 16

1 2 1 2

1

1 2 1 2

C C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

D D D

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A

A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

B B

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

B B

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A

A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

1 2 1 2

X43X 8 9 X 11 X

1 2 X

3

1 2 X

3

1 2

1 2

A BLUEC 7 D BROWNC10

AF 6 FF11 BI15

A BLACKJ18 B BLACKJ19

AJ31 BJ32

C11

F 3 GRAY F 4 GRAY J 2 BLACK

J 4 BLACK J 8 GRAY J15

J37 L 2 GRAY L 3 GRAY

R12 GRAYR 9R 8 GRAYR 7R 6 GRAYL 4

R13 GRAY

X

X X X

X

X X X X

4 4

96

Page 83: Wiring Diagram

F1 F2

A1

E 2

II

BE BE

AD AD AD

BD BD BD

AEAE

B–R

G

G

B

B

W–B

W–B

W–B

B–G

GB–R

B–R

B–R

G–R

G–R

GG G G G

B B B B

A

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BJ20 , J21A

FL MAIN3. 0W

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 8

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BJ18 , J19A

G

B

BATTERY

F

FF

6, F

11A

100AALT

B1

B2

INTEGRATIONRELAY

I15 B

952

1

312

6 8

CIG

AR

ET

TELI

GH

TE

RIL

LUM

INA

TIO

N

C 5 A/C

CO

NTR

OL

AS

SE

MB

LY

A14

HA

ZAR

D S

WH

9

AB

SO

RB

ER

CO

NT

RO

L S

W

A25

OFF

TAIL

HEADLIG

HT

CO

NTR

OL

SW

16

14

COMBINATIONSW

C11

US

IBLE

LIN

K B

LOC

K

J15JUNCTIONCONNECTO

C

C

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 2

2 3

1 5

1B4

1C6

7. 5APANEL

1J4

TAILLIGHTRELAY

1D5

R

A

1J8

1J7

1H

4

1V

6

97

ILLUMINATION

Page 84: Wiring Diagram

I 9

I 9

BA BA BA

AA AA AAAAAA

II13

II11

BC BC BC

AB AB AB

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BJ12 , J13A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BJ 5 , J 6A

B

B

B

B

B

G

GGGGG

GG

B

G G G G

BB

W–G B B

G–W

W–B

26333

15111G

4

GLO

VE

BO

X L

IGH

TG

3

RE

MO

TE C

ON

TRO

LM

IRR

OR

SW

R 4

A/T

SH

IFT

LEV

ER

ILLU

MIN

ATI

ON

[O/D

MA

IN S

W]

O 2

R

SE

AT

HE

ATE

RS

W( F

RO

NT

PA

SS

EN

GE

R’

SS

EA

T)

S 4

SE

AT

HE

ATE

R S

W( D

RIV

ER

’S

SE

AT

)

S 3

G

B

G

G

B

W–B

2

1

GLO

VE

BO

X L

IGH

TS

W

9

2

RA

DIO

AN

D P

LAY

ER

2

98

Page 85: Wiring Diagram

B8 D3

B15 D2D1

IG

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

W–B

W–B

R–L

R–L

GR–L

B–R

W–B

W–B

W–B

B

W–B

B

B–R

G

G

R–L

D

DD

B–R

B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 4

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 4

COMBINATIONMETER

DC 8 , C10B

TO A/C

CO

NT

RO

LA

SS

EM

BLY

TA

IL

( *1)

( *1)

1263

57 RHEOSTATR 5

T IG

EILL–TCTR

A

A

A

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J16

BB

B

10AGAUGE

1D2

99

ILLUMINATION * 1 : CANADA

Page 86: Wiring Diagram

100

TAILIGHT RELAY5–3 : CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION (WHEN THE LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM IS OFF)

C11 COMBINATION SW14–16:CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

A14 28 I15 B 28 J19 B 29

A25 28 J 2 29 J20 A 29

C 5 28 J 4 29 J21 B 29

C 8 B 28 J 5 A 29 O 2 29

C10 D 28 J 6 B 29 R 2 29

C11 28 J 8 29 R 4 29

F 6 A 26 J12 A 29 R 5 29

F11 F 26 J13 B 29 S 3 29

G 3 28 J15 29 S 4 29

G 4 28 J16 29

H 9 28 J18 A 29

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1B24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1C24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1D24 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINSIH PANEL)

1H24 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINSIH PANEL)

1J24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1V24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

II1 38 FLOOR NO.3 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (UNDER THE CONSOLE BOX)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

IG 36 LEFT KICK PANEL

II 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

E 2 34 COWL WIRE I 9 38 FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 87: Wiring Diagram

2 1 2

X X

5 6

3

1

8X X 1 5 321

X

X 1 4 X 1 6

X X

1

1 2

1 21 2 X

8 9 X 1 2

C C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

BB

D D D

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) B B B

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

C C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A

A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A A A A

A A A A A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A14 A25 BLACK C 5

C11

G 3 G 4 BLACK H 9 BLACK

J 2 BLACK J 4 BLACK J 8 GRAY

J15 J16 ORANGE

BC 8 D BROWNC10

AF 6 FF11 BI15

A GRAYJ 5 B GRAYJ 6

B GRAYJ13A GRAYJ12

B

E E E

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

D D D

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

D D D

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

E E E

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

3

1

A BLACKJ18 B BLACKJ19 A BLACKJ20 B BLACKJ21 O 2 BLUE

X

101

ILLUMINATION

Page 88: Wiring Diagram

2

X 9X 5 6

1 2 3 X 5 6 7

1

3 X

1

3 X

S 3 BLACKR 5 BLUER 2

S 4 BLUE

R 4 BLACK

102

Page 89: Wiring Diagram

10AH–LPLH (LWR)

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

2

BC

AAIM34

A

II

J15JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

AA AA

BC

EC EA

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BJ2

0, J

21A

R

R

L–Y

R

R–W

(*1)

( *2)

R–W

R–B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BJ31 , J32A

R–W

R–W

16

2 2

1 1

A

A

W–B

W–B

W–B W–B

FRONT FOGLIGHT RH

F 2FRONT FOGLIGHT LH

F 1

COMBINATIONSW

C11

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 8

W–B

( *2)

OGLAY

10 17

R–L

2

2 3

1 5

FRONT FLIGHT RE

F12

15AHEAD(RH)

2J5

–W ( *1)

15AFOG

1C1

LOW

HIGH

FLASHDIM

ME

R S

WFO

GLI

GH

TS

W

OFF

ON

11

1J8

1J7

103

FRONT FOG LIGHT * 2 : CANADA* 1 : USA

Page 90: Wiring Diagram

104

F12 FRONT FOG LIGHT RELAY3–5 : CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION, DIMMER SW AT LOW POSITION AND FRONT FOG LIGHT SW ON

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

C11 28 J 8 29 J31 A 29

F 1 26 J15 29 J32 B 29

F 2 26 J20 A 29

F12 26 J21 B 29

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

2 23 ENGINE ROOM NO.2 R/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1C24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1J24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

2J 20 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMAPRTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IN3 38 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

EA 34 RIGHT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT

EC 34 LEFT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT

II 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH

X

X 10 11 X 16 17

X X 1 2 1 2

A A A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A AA A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

C11 F 1 F 2

J 8 GRAY J15 AJ20

AJ31 BJ32

BJ21BLACK BLACK

5 3

1

2

F12

X XA A

X X

SERVICE HINTS

Page 91: Wiring Diagram

5 4 1 2

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

II EC BP IG

2

3

1

2

B13

15

W–B

G–Y

G–B

G–B

G–Y

W–B

W–B

W–B W

–B

G–B

G–Y

G–B

G–B

W–B

G–R

G–W

–R W

G–B

G–B

IND

ICA

TO

R L

IGH

T[C

OM

B.

ME

TER

]

FRO

NT

TU

RN

SIG

NA

LLI

GH

T L

H

F 3

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J15

EB21

G–B

B

W–B

G–B

G–Y

G–B

G–B

RE

AR

TU

RN

SIG

NA

L LI

GH

T L

HR

14

HAZARDOFF

ON

7 6HAZARD SWH 9

G

3

12

TURN SIGNALFLASHERRELAY

T 6

B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J17B

1311

LH RHTU

RN

SIG

NA

LC

8

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J16

A

A

10AHAZARD

2K3

7. 5ATURN

1L2

1A5 1S11

1V8 1H8

105

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LIGHT

Page 92: Wiring Diagram

EA

2

3

1

2

BD

AF

G–Y

G–B

G–B

G–Y

W–B

G–Y

G–Y

G–B

G–Y

G–Y

W–B

W–B

G–Y

BJ31 , J32A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

FRO

NT

TU

RN

SIG

NA

LLI

GH

T R

H

F 4

JUN

CTO

RJ

2

G–Y

REAR TURN SIGNALLIGHT RH

R15

TIO

N C

ON

NE

C

D

DD

2 1 3

LH

RHTURN

TURN SIGNAL SW[COMB. SW]

C11

1S6

1H6 1C10 1A2

106

Page 93: Wiring Diagram

107

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LIGHT

T 6 TURN SIGNAL FLASHER RELAY2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON OR THE HAZARD SW ON.1–GROUND : CHANGES FROM APPROX. 12 TO 0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THE TURN SIGNAL SW LEFT OR

RIGHT, OR THE HAZARD SW ON.3–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

C 8 28 J 2 29 J32 B 29

C11 28 J15 29 R14 31

F 3 26 J16 29 R15 31

F 4 26 J17 29 T 6 29

H 9 28 J31 A 29

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1A24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1C24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1H 24 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1L 24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1S 24 FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINSIH PANEL)

1V 24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

2K 20 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

EB2 34 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (UNDER THE ENGINE ROOM J/B)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

EA 34 RIGHT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT

EC 34 LEFT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT

IG 36 LEFT KICK PANEL

II 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH

BP 40 BACK PANEL CENTER

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

B13 40 FLOOR WIRE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 94: Wiring Diagram

11X 13X 151 2 X

X X

X X32 2

1 2

5

X 4

6 7 X

D D D

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A

A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A A A A

A A A A A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

B B

B

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

X X F F

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

D D X X

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

1 2 1 2

C 8 C11 F 3 GRAY F 4 GRAY

H 9 BLACK J 2 BLACK J15 J16 ORANGE

R15 GRAYR14 GRAYJ17 BLUE AJ31 BJ32

T 6

33

2

1

3

108

Page 95: Wiring Diagram

B13

B 7

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

BP

A

W–B

W–B

W–B

G–R

RG

–WG

–W

T

SENSOR

B13W–B W–B

W–B

IF35

D3

A7

REAR LIGHTSWARNING LIGHT[COMB. METER]

DC 7 , C10A

R–L

R–L

Y–G

R–L

–GR

–L

2

7

L 4 11

8 4

1

DELAY

LIGHT FAILURE

Y

W

2

1

STOP LIGHSW

S10 D

D

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 4

1

3

1

3

W–B

G–R

G–R

HIG

H M

OU

NTE

DS

TO

P L

IGH

T

STO

P L

IGH

T LH

[RE

AR

CO

MB

. LI

GH

T L

H]

STO

P L

IGH

T R

H[R

EA

R C

OM

B.

LIG

HT

RH

]

H11

R 6

R 8

1

2

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J37

BN

15ASTOP

1C7

10AGAUGE

1S1 1D2

1S2

1R4

109

STOP LIGHT

Page 96: Wiring Diagram

7XXX X X 31 2 D D D

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A

A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

X421

X 7 8 X 11 X1 1 1 2

A BLUEC 7 D BROWNC10 H11

R 8 GRAYR 6 GRAYL 4J37

J 4 BLACK

S10 BLUE

3 3

110

CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH A STOP FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE STOP LIGHT SW. WHEN THE IGNITIONSW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR, AND ALSOFLOWS THROUGH THE REAR LIGHTS WARNING LIGHT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR.

STOP LIGHT DISCONNECTION WARNINGWHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON AND THE BRAKE PEDAL IS PRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON), IF THE STOP LIGHTCIRCUIT IS OPEN, THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 7 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR TO TERMINALS 1, 2CHANGES, SO THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR DETECTS THE DISCONNECTION AND THE WARNING CIRCUIT OF THE LIGHTFAILURE SENSOR IS ACTIVATED. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR TERMINAL 11 GROUND AND TURNS THE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT ON. BY PRESSING THE BRAKE PEDAL, THECURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR KEEPS THE WARNING CIRCUIT ON AND THE WARNINGLIGHT ON UNTIL THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF.

S10 STOP LIGHT SW2–1 : CLOSED WITH THE BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED

L 4 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR1, 2, 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE STOP LIGHT SW ON1, 4, 8–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION ,1, 11–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUTIY

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

C 7 A 28 J 4 29 R 6 31C10 D 28 J37 30 R 8 31

H11 30 L 4 30 S10 29

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1C 24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)1D 24 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)1R 24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)1S 24 FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IF3 36 FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATIONBN 40 UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR

BP 40 BACK PANEL CENTER

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTSB 7 40 FLOOR WIRE B13 40 FLOOR WIRE

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 97: Wiring Diagram

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

IK22

IK33

A

A

A

BN

R–

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

R–L

R–L

R–B

R–B

R–B

R–B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

R–B

W–B

J25

R–L

AD

BF

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BJ28 , J29A

1

B14

.

B 9

W–B

R–B

BACK–UP LSW[PARK/NEU POSITION

P 1

W–B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J37

AC

AC

J28 A3

1

BACK–UPLIGHT RH[REAR COMB LIGHT RH]

R 9BACK–UPLIGHT LH[REAR COMB. LIGHT LH]

R 7

3

8

2

IGHT

TRALSW]

10AGAUGE

1J1

L

1V5

1S13

111

BACK–UP LIGHT

Page 98: Wiring Diagram

112

P 1 BACK–UP LIGHT SW (PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW)2–8 : CLOSED WITH THE SHIFT LEVER IN R POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

J25 29 J37 30 R 9 31

J28 A 29 P 1 27

J29 B 29 R 7 31

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IJ 24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1S 24 FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1V 24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IK238 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

IK338 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

BN 40 UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

B 9 40 FLOOR WIRE B14 40 FLOOR WIRE

C C

D D X X

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

X X F F

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A

A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

X 2

83

1

3

1

J25 J37

P 1 GRAY R 7 R 9

AJ28 BJ29

XA

A A X X X

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

X X

SERVICE HINTS

Page 99: Wiring Diagram

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

IJ17IG110

BE

AE

IG11

E 2

F2F1C1

A1

BB

AB

R–B

G–R

R R

R

R–G

R–G

W–B

B–G

B

B–R

B–R

B–R

G–R

R–B

R–B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

B–R

R–B

R–B

G–R

G–R

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BJ3

4, J

35A

C,

F 8

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

UNCTIONONNECTOR

9

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BJ10 , J11A

100A

ALT

FUS

IBLE

LIN

K B

LOC

K

F 6

A

F11

F

,

FL MAIN3. 0W

BATTERY

COURTESYONT LH

AF

AF

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J10

A

1

A

II

J15JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

2157

A

E

C

A

36

A

C

E

A

R–G

W–

J 5

J 2

JC

J1

AUTOMATIC LIGHTCONTROL SENSOR

A32

R–L

DOOR SW FR

D 9

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 8

T H IG B

A CTY

OFF

TAIL

HEAD

LIG

HT

CO

NTR

OL

SW

AUTO

12

16

W–B

R–L

COMBINATIONSW

C11

15AECU–IG

1D8

7. 5ADOME

2J12

1W1

1G8

3 2

1

2

2B3

14

HE

AD

RE

LAY

40A

MA

IN

2G32K8

1

2 3

1C6

1B4

5TAIL

LIG

HT

RE

LAY

1G1

1S7

1J8

1J7

B

113

AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL

Page 100: Wiring Diagram

114

WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE ECU–IG FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE AUTOMATIC LIGHTCONTROL SENSOR. VOLTAGE IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSORTHROUGH THE DOME FUSE, AND TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR THROUGH THE TAILLIGHTRELAY (COIL SIDE), AND TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR THROUGH THE HEAD RELAY (COILSIDE).

AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROLWHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS AT AUTO POSITION, IF THE AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR DETECTS A DECREASEIN THE AMBIENT LIGHT (TO BETWEEN APPROX. 90 AND APPROX. 475 LUX), THE AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR ISACTIVATED. ABOUT 5 SECONDS AFTER IT IS ACTIVATED, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 6 OF THE SENSOR TO TERMINAL12 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW TERMINAL 16 GROUND, LIGHTING UP THE HEADLIGHT AND TAILLIGHT.IF THE AMBIENT LIGHT DROPS BELOW APPROX. 90 LUX, THE AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR IS ACTIVATED ANDABOUT 3 SECONDS LATER, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 6 OF THE SENSOR TO TERMINAL 12 OF THE LIGHT CONTROLSW TERMINAL 16 GROUND, LIGHTING UP THE HEADLIGHT AND TAILLIGHT.WHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS AT AUTO POSITION AND ACTIVATION OF THE AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR HASTURNED ON THE HEADLIGHTS AND TAILLIGHTS, IF THE AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR DETECTS THE AMBIENT LIGHTABOVE APPROX. 1000 LUX, THE SENSOR IS TURNED OFF AFTER ABOUT 5 SECONDS. SO THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 6OF THE SENSOR TO TERMNAL 12 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS CUT OFF, AND THE HEADLIGHTS AND TAILLIGHTS TURN OFF.

A32 AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR2–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION6–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT AUTO POSITION3–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN

C11 COMBINATION SW12–16 : CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT AUTO POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

A32 28 F11 F 26 J11 B 29

C11 28 J 2 29 J15 29

D 9 30 J 5 29 J19 29

F 6 A 26 J 8 29 J34 A 29

F 8 C 26 J10 A 29 J35 B 29

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1B24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1C24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1D24 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1G24 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1J 24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1S 24 FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1W 24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL

2B20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

2G20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

2J20 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

2K20 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IG1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT SIDE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B)

IJ1 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

II 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 101: Wiring Diagram

115

AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

E 2 34 COWL WIRE

1 2 3 X 5 6 7 X X

X 12 X 16

X X

1

1 1

1 2C C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

X X

E E F F

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

X X

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A

A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

E E E

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

B B

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

B B

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A32 BLACK C11 D 9

J 2 BLACK J 5 GRAY J 8 GRAY

J15 J19 BLACK

AF 6 CF 8

AJ10

BJ11

FF11

A BLACKJ34 B BLACKJ35

E E

Page 102: Wiring Diagram

X

X 13 14 X 16

X X

11 1

1 2

1 2 3 4

C C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A

A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

D D D

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

E E E

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

AF 6 CF 8 FF11

BI15 A BLACKJ18

B BLACKJ19

C11 D 9

BLACKJ 2 J15GRAYJ 8

116

LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF

Page 103: Wiring Diagram

A1

C1 F1 F2

E 2

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTE

II

1J7 1J8

OFF

TAIL

HEADLIG

HT

CO

NTR

OL

SW

1S7

16

B–G

B–R

B–RB

B–R

G–R

G–R

R

R–B

R–B

R–G

R–Y

W–B

W–B

W–B

G

ONCTOR

URTESY SWH

TIONECTOR

COMBINATION SWC11

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

CF 6 , F 8A

INTEGRATION RELAY

I15 B

B

10AGAUGE

BATTERY

1314

, F11

FL MAIN3. 0W

BE

AD

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BJ18 , J19A

A A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 8

100AALT

C

C

JUNCCONN

J 2

A

JUNCTICONNE

J15

1

DOOR COFRONT L

D 9

40AMAIN

2

1

2B3

3 2

4 1

2K8

7. 5ADOME

M (SEE PAGE 56)

2J12

HEADRELAY

2 3

1 5

1C61B4

TAILLIGHTRELAY

1W1

B3B2

B1 B4 610

7

F

1

117

LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF

Page 104: Wiring Diagram

118

WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY THROUGH GAUGE FUSE.VOLTAGE IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES TO TERMINAL B 2 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY THROUGH THE TAILLIGHT RELAY (COILSIDE), AND TO TERMINAL B 3 THROUGH THE HEAD RELAY (COIL SIDE).

1. NORMAL LIGHTING OPERATION(TURN TAILLIGHT ON).WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO TAIL POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL B 1 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY.ACCORDING TO THIS SIGNAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL B 2 OF THE REALY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL B 1 →TERMINAL 14 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND AND TAILLIGHT RELAY CAUSES TAILLIGHT TO TURN ON.

(TURN HEADLIGHT ON)WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO HEAD POSITION, THE SIGNALS ARE INPUT INTO TERMINALS B 1 AND B 4 OF THEINTEGRATION RELAY. ACCORDING TO THESE SIGNALS, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL B 3 OF THE RELAY FLOWS TOTERMINAL B 4 → TERMINAL 13 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND IN THE HEADLIGHT CIRCUIT, ANDCAUSES TAILLIGHT AND HEAD RELAY TO TURN THE LIGHT ON. THE TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT IS SAME AS ABOVE.

2. LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF OPERATIONWITH THE LIGHTS ON AND THE IGNITION SW TURNED OFF (INPUT SIGNAL GOES TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE REALY), WHEN DOOR ONFRONT LH SIDE IS OPENED (INPUT SIGNAL GOES TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE RELAY), THE RELAY OPERATES AND THE CURRENT IS CUTOFF WHICH FLOWS FROM TERMINAL B 2 OF THE RELAY TO TERMINAL B 1 IN TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT AND FROM TERMINAL B 3 TOTERMINAL B 4 IN HEADLIGHT CIRCUIT. AS A RESULT, ALL LIGHTS ARE TURNED OFF AUTOMATICALLY.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

I13 B INTEGRATION RELAYB 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT OFF OR TAIL POSITIONB 2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT OFF POSITIONB 4–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITIONB 1–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION

6–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE FRONT LH DOOR OPEN7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS

10–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

SERVICE HINTS

Page 105: Wiring Diagram

119

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

C11 28 F11 F 26 J15 29

D 9 30 I15 B 28 J18 A 29

F 6 A 26 J 2 29 J19 B 29

F 8 C 26 J 8 29

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1B

1C 24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1J24 ( )

1S 24 FLOOR WIIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1W 24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

2B 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

2J20 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

2K20 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

II 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

E 2 34 COWL WIRE

Page 106: Wiring Diagram

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

WFEWB1INT2INT1+S+1+2+B

WASHER

HIGH

LOW

INT

OFF

17 8 7 16 2 11

L–O

L–B

L–Y L

FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW[COMB. SW]

C13

BE

AE

IM211

EC

L–W

W–B

L–Y

L–B

L–OL

L–W

LL

LJUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BJ3

1, J

32A

WW

L

L

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

M

M

FRONT WIPER MOTORF 5

4 1 3 2

1

2

II

A

AA

AS

HE

R M

OTO

R 2

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J17

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J15

5

2J10

2F4 2C5

20AWIPER

1C41A1

120

WIPER AND WASHER

Page 107: Wiring Diagram

121

WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 17 OF THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW. TERMINAL2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR AND TERMINAL 2 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR THROUGH THE WIPER FUSE.

1. LOW SPEED POSITIONWITH THE WIPER SW TURNED TO LOW POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 17 OF THE FRONT WIPER ANDWASHER SW TO TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 5 → GROUND AND CAUSES THEWIPER MOTOR TO RUN AT LOW SPEED.

2. HIGH SPEED POSITIONWITH THE WIPER SW TURNED TO HIGH POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 17 OF THE FRONT WIPER ANDWASHER SW TO TERMINAL 8 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 5 → GROUND AND CAUSES THEWIPER MOTOR TO RUN AT HIGH SPEED.

3. INT POSITIONWITH THE WIPER SW TURNED TO INT POSITION, THE RELAY OPERATES AND THE CURRENT WHICH IS CONNECTED BY RELAYFUNCTION FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 17 OF THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW TO TERMINAL 2 → GROUND. THIS FLOW OFCURRENT OPERATES THE INTERMITTENT CIRCUIT AND CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 17 OF THE FRONT WIPER ANDWASHER SW TO TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 5 → GROUND AND THE WIPERFUNCTIONS.THE INTERMITTENT OPERATION IS CONTROLLED BY A CONDENSER’S CHARGED AND DISCHARGED FUNCTION INSTALLED IN THERELAY AND THE INTERMITTENT TIME IS CONTROLLED BY A TIME CONTROL SW TO CHARGE THE CHARGING TIME OFCONDENSOR.

4. WASHER CONTINUOUS OPERATIONWITH THE WIPER SW TURNED TO ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR TO TERMINAL1 → TERMINAL 11 OF THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 2 → GROUND AND CAUSES THE WASHER MOTORTO RUN AND THE WINDOW WASHER TO JET. THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT TO FLOW TO WASHER CONTINUOUS OPERATIONCIRCUIT IN TERMINAL 17 OF THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 5 → GROUND AND THE WIPER FUNCTIONS.

C13 FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW (COMB. SW)02–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY17–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION17–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW AT LOW POSITION

APPROX. 12 VOLTS 2 TO 12 SECONDS INTERMITTELTLY WITH THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW AT INT POSITION16–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON UNLESS THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR AT STOP POSITION18–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW AT HIGH POSITION

F 5 FRONT WIPER MOTOR2–3 : CLOSED UNLESS THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR AT STOP POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

C13 28 J17 29 W 2 27

F 5 26 J31 A 29

J15 29 J32 B 29

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1A24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINSIH PANEL)

1C24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINSIH PANEL)

2C20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

2F20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

2J 20 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IM2 38 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

EC 34 LEFT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT

II 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 108: Wiring Diagram

122

WIPER AND WASHER

X 2 X X X X 7 8 X

X 11 X X X X 16 17 X

1 2 3

4 5

A A

A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAG E 7)

A

A A

(HINT : SEE PAG E 7)

E E

(HINT : SEE PAG E 7)

E E

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

1 2 X

C13 BLACK F 5 G RAY J15 J17 BLU E

W 2 BLACKBJ32AJ31

X X X X

Page 109: Wiring Diagram

123

POWER OUTLET

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

IF

1

2

VW

–BW

–B

POWEROUTLET

P 4

15APOWER–OUTLET

1J5

1V3

1V4

P 4 POWER OUTLET2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION1–GROUND : ALWAY CONTINUTIY

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

P 4 29

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1J24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1V24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

IF 36 COWL SIDE PANEL LH

1 2

P 4

SERVICE HINTS

Page 110: Wiring Diagram

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

BC

AA

A1 A3

II

10

IE220

L

L

L–W

L–W

LL

W–B

R–B

R–G

W–B G R

RG

W–B

W–BOR COURTESY

FRONT LH

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

BJ3

4,

J35

A

POWER WINDOWMOTOR FRONT LH

P1

IE110

L

7

A6

BD

AE

IP17

R–G

R–G

R–G

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BJ34 , J35A

DOORCOURTESSW FRON

D10

1

IF

W–B

W–B

ONCTOR

M

1

B

B

1 2

DOSW

D 9

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J36

01

YT RH

A

JUNCTICONNE

J15

1 6 13

E DDDU

POWER WINDOW MASTER SWP 9

7

L

BW

+–

+–

1V3

1G7

1S7

INTEGRATION RELAY

I14 A6

25ADOOR

1D1

30APOWER

2 3

1 5

1S3IJ71G5 1G13

POWERRELAY

1G12

10AGAUGE

2

124

POWER WINDOW

Page 111: Wiring Diagram

IE111 IE15 IE17 IE19 IE16 IE112

P11POWER WINDOW MOTORFRONT RH

P12POWER WINDOW MOTORREAR LH

2 1

P13POWER WINDOW MOTORREAR RH

IO14 IO15 IO16 BQ12 BQ13 BQ11 BR12 BR13 BR11

IF21 IF25 IP16 IP18 IP110

12 5 10 9 11 14

A

A A

G–W R–L

G–Y

R–Y

G–B

R–B

G–B

R–B

R–Y

G–Y

R–L

G–W

G–W R–L

G–Y

R–Y

L L

G–B

R–B

LL

R–B

G–B

R–Y

G–YL

R–L

G–W

L

L

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 4

P 9

L

L

2 3

G R

2 1

2 3

G R

2 1

2 3

G R

PU PD RLU RLD RRU RRD

POWER WINDOW MASTER SW

DO

WN

UP

DO

WN

UP

DO

WN

UP

FRONTPASSENGER’ S REAR LH REAR RH

DO

WN

UP

DRIVER’ S

WINDOWLOCK SW

4 1

PO

WE

R W

IND

OW

CO

NT

RO

LS

W F

RO

NT

RH

P 6

PO

WE

R W

IND

OW

CO

NT

RO

LS

W R

EA

R L

H

P 7

PO

WE

R W

IND

OW

CO

NT

RO

LS

W R

EA

R R

H

P 8

DO

WN

UP

5

U D

4 1

DO

WN

UP

5

U D

4 1

DO

WN

UP

5

U D

M M M

125

Page 112: Wiring Diagram

126

POWER WINDOW

WHEN THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE TERMINAL 7 OF INTEGRATION RELAY TERMINAL A 3 TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER RELAY TERMINAL 2 TO GROUND. THIS ACTIVATES THE RELAY ANDTHE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY FROM POWER FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 7 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW.

1. MANUAL OPERATION (DRIVER’S WINDOW)WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND WITH THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW (FRONT LH) IN UP POSITION, THE CURRENTFLOWING TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 1 OFTHE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TERMINAL 2 TERMINAL 13 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 1 TO GROUND ANDCAUSES THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TO ROTATE IN THE UP DIRECTION. THE WINDOW ASCENDS ONLY WHILE THE SW ISBEING PUSHED. IN DOWN OPERATION, THE FLOW OF CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 7 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SWTO TERMINAL 13 OF THE MASTER SW CAUSES THE FLOW OF CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 6 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 1 TO GROUND. FLOWING IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION TO MANUAL UPOPERATION AND CAUSING THE MOTOR TO ROTATE IN REVERSE, LOWERING THE WINDOW.

2. AUTO DOWN OPERATIONWHEN THE FRONT LH WINDOW CONTROL SW IN THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IS PUSHED STRONGLY ON THE DOWNSIDE, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 7 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 13 TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOWMOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 6 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 1 TO GROUND. BECAUSE THE HOLD CIRCUITINSIDE THE MASTER SW KEEPS THE RELAY ON THE DOWN SIDE ACTIVATED, THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR CONTINUESOPERATING EVEN IF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IS RELEASED. WHEN THE DRIVER’S WINDOW IS FULLY LOWERED,THE HOLD CIRUCIT TURNS OFF AND THE RELAY ON THE DOWN SIDE TURNS OFF, SO AUTO DOWN OPERATION STOPS.

3. STOPPING OFAUTO DOWN AT DRIVER’S WINDOWWHEN THE MANUAL SW (FRONT LH) IS PULLED TO THE UP SIDE DURING AUTO DOWN OPERATION, A GROUND CIRCUITOPENS IN THE MASTER SW AND CURRENT DOES NOT FLOW FROM TERMINAL 6 OF THE MASTER SW TO TERMINAL 1, SOTHE MOTOR STOPS, CAUSING AUTO DOWN OPERATION TO STOP. IF THE MASTER SW IS PULLED CONTINUOUS, THE MOTORROTATES IN THE UP DIRECTION IN MANUAL UP OPERATION.

4. MANUAL OPERATION BY POWER WINDOW SW (FRONT RH WINDOW)WITH THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW (FRONT RH) PULLED TO THE UP SIDE, CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 5 OFTHE POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW TERMINAL 2 OF THEPOWER WINDOW MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 5 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 1 TO GROUND AND CAUSES THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR (FRONT RH) TOROTATE IN THE UP DIRECTION. UP OPERATION CONTINUES ONLY WHILE THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW IS PULLED TOTHE UP SIDE. WHEN THE WINDOW DESCENDS, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO THE MOTOR FLOWS IN THE OPPOSITEDIRECTION, FROM TERMINAL 2 TO TERMINAL 1, AND THE MOTOR ROTATES IN REVERSE. WHEN THE WINDOW LOCK SW ISPUSHED TO THE LOCK SIDE, THE GROUND CIRCUIT TO THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW BECOMES OPEN. AS A RESULT, EVEN IFOPEN/CLOSE OPERATION OF THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW IS TRIED, THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWERWINDOW MASTER SW IS NOT GROUNDED AND THE MOTOR DOES NOT ROTATE, SO THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW CAN NOT BEOPERATED AND WINDOW LOCK OCCURS. FURTHERMORE REAR LH, RH WINDOW OPERATE THE SAME AS THE ABOVECIRCUIT.

5. KEY OFF POWER WINDOW OPERATIONWITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED FROM ON TO OFF, INTEGRATION RELAY OPERATES AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM DOORFUSE TO TERMINAL A 13 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL A 3 TERMINAL 1 OF POWER RELAY TERMINAL 2 TO GROUNDFOR ABOUT 43 SECONDS. THE SAME AS NORMAL OPERATION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM POWER FUSE TERMINAL 5 OFTHE POWER RELAY TERMINAL 3 TERMINAL 7 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW AND TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWERRELAY TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW. AS A RESULT, FOR ABOUT 43 SECONDS AFTER THEIGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF, THE FUNCTIONING OF THIS RELAY MAKES IT POSSIBLE TO RAISE AND LOWER THE POWERWINDOW. ALSO, BY OPENING THE FRONT DOOR (DOOR OPEN DETECTION SW ON) WITHIN ABOUT 43 SECONDS AFTERTURNING THE IGNITION SW TO OFF, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINALS A 6 OR 6 OF INTEGRATION RELAY. AS A RESULT, THERELAY TURNS OFF AND UP AND DOWN MOVEMENT OF THE POWER WINDOW STOPS.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

Page 113: Wiring Diagram

127

P 9 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW17–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION11–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY16–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND MASTER SW (FRONT LH WINDOW) UP13–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND MASTER SW (FRONT LH WINDOW) AT DOWN OR

AUTO DOWN POSITION

WINDOW LOCK SWOPEN WITH WINDOW LOCK SW AT LOCK POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

D 9 30 J35 B 29 P10 31

D10 30 J36 30 P11 31

I14 A 28 P 6 31 P12 31

J 4 29 P 7 31 P13 31

J15 29 P 8 31

J34 A 29 P 9 31

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1D24 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1G24 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1J 24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANLE J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1S 24 FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1V 24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IE136 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IE236 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IF2 36 FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

I01 38 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IP1 38 FLOOR NO.2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

BQ1 40 REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)

BR1 40 REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO.2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

IF 36 COWL SIDE PANEL LH

II 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH

SERVICE HINTS

Page 114: Wiring Diagram

X 3 X 6 X X

XXXXXXX

AAA

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A

A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

B

B B B B

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

1 2

3 4 5 X

1 2

3 4 5 X

1 2

3 4 5 X

6X17 X 9 10 11 12 14

513

1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2

D 9 J 4 BLACK J15

J36 P 6 P 7

P 8 P 9 P10 P11 P12 P13

A ORANGEI14

A BLACKJ34 B BLACKJ35

1 1

D10

1

E E E D D D

128

POWER WINDOW

Page 115: Wiring Diagram

129

MEMO

Page 116: Wiring Diagram

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

II14

II12

IG

I 7 I 8

I 9

L

SE

AT

HE

( FR

ON

TS (

LL L

L

L–Y B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

SS

12

4 4

2 6 2 6

SE

AT

HE

ATE

R S

W( D

RIV

ER

’S

SE

AT)

EA

T H

EA

TE

R S

WF

RO

NT

PA

SS

EN

GE

R’

S S

EA

T)

S 3

4

IGIG

E HI E HI

2

1

2

1

ATE

R P

AS

SE

NG

ER

’S

SE

AT

)

SE

AT

HE

ATE

R( D

RIV

ER

’S

SE

AT

)

W–B

W–B

S11

A

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J16

20ASEAT–HEATER

1T4

130

SEAT HEATER

Page 117: Wiring Diagram

131

S 3, S 4 SEAT HEATER SW4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION2–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

J16 29 S 4 29 S12 32

S 3 29 S11 32

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IT 24 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

II1 38 FLOOR NO.3 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (UNDER THE CONSOLE BOX)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

IG 36 LEFT KICK PANEL

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

I 738 FLOOR NO 3 WIRE

I 9 38 FLOOR NO.3 WIRE

I 838 FLOOR NO.3 WIRE

A A A A A

A A A A A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

2

4 X 6

2

4 X 61 2 1 2

J16 ORANGE S 3 BLACK S 4 BLUE S11 S12 BLU E

SERVICE HINTS

Page 118: Wiring Diagram

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

IF14

ID15

BS23

BS24

BS21

BS22

1W3

1V10

B20 B22

B9 B8 B18 B13B14B19 B15 B17 B16 B12

BR

W–R

W–R

W–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

G–W

R–G

G G–B

G–W

Y–G L–R

L–Y L

L–B

R–G

W–R

SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU

BS14 , S15A

W–R

W

DOOR COURTESSW FRONT LH

D 9

SYSB DCTY RCLF RCLR RDWN RUP FDWN FUP SLDF SLDR

IG STOP

B 1G–W

G–W

G–W

G–W

TO L

IGH

TFA

ILU

RE

SE

NS

OR

B 1R–G

R–G

FROMINTEGRATIONRELAY

1

Y

B

B

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J 3

C

C

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J 5

1

2

STO

P L

IGH

T S

WS

10

POWER SEAT CONTROL SW(DRIVER’ S SEAT)

P15

1 5 3 2 9 10 8 4

12

RCLF RCLR RDWN RUP FDWN FUP SLDF SLDR

RE

CLI

NIN

G

RE

AR

VE

RT

ICA

L

FR

ON

TV

ER

TIC

AL

SLI

DE

FR

ON

T

RE

AR

DO

WN

UP

DO

WN

UP

FR

ON

T

RE

AR

10AECU–B

2J7

15ASTOP

1C7

15AECU–IG

1D8

1R4

1S2

132

POWER SEAT

Page 119: Wiring Diagram

IK22

B

B

A

A

2

BS210

IK24

B3 B11

B21

B16

B16

B16

B16

B16

B16

BS29

IH

AD

BF

B4 B1B10B2

BR

BR

BR BRBR

R–L

R–L

R–L

R–L G

–WG

–W

V–W

GR

LG–B

LG–R

LG BR

V–W

V–W

V–W G

R

V–W

LG–B

V–W

LG–R

V–W LG

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU

BS14 , S15A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J30

POSITION SWARK/NEUTRALOSITION SW]

P 1

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J25

PO

WE

R S

EA

T P

R( D

RIV

ER

’S

SE

RE

CLI

NIN

G C

O

P28

PO

WE

RS

EN

SO

R( D

RIV

E R

EA

R

RO

L)

P27

PO

WE

RS

EN

SO

R( D

RIV

E F

RO

NT

TRO

L)

P26

PO

WE

RS

EN

SO

R( D

RIV

EC

ON

TRO

L)

P29

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BJ2

8, J

29A

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

7

2 2 2 2

G–W

G–W

BR

PVCC SSRR SSRV SSFV SSRS SGND

P

B16

B16

B16

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

OS

ITIO

N S

EN

SO

AT NT

RO

L)

SE

AT

PO

SIT

ION

R

’S

SE

AT

VE

RTI

CA

L C

ON

T

SE

AT

PO

SIT

ION

R

’S

SE

AT

VE

RTI

CA

L C

ON

SE

AT

PO

SIT

ION

R

’S

SE

AT

SLI

DE

13131313

P PP

P [

10AGAUGE

1J1

133

(DRIVER’S SEAT w/ DRIVING POSITION MEMORY)

Page 120: Wiring Diagram

A1 A2 A5 A6 A9 A10 A3 A4 B5 B6 B7

M

1

2

M

1

2

M

1

2

M

2

1

SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU

BS14 , S15A

SEAT MEMORY SW

PO

WE

R S

EA

T M

OTO

R( D

RIV

ER

’S

SE

AT

SLI

DE

CO

NTR

OL)

P21

PO

WE

R S

EA

T M

OTO

R( D

RIV

ER

’S

SE

AT

FRO

NT

VE

RTI

CA

L C

ON

TR

OL)

P17

PO

WE

R S

EA

T M

OTO

R( D

RIV

ER

’S

SE

AT

RE

AR

VE

RTI

CA

L C

ON

TR

OL)

P19

PO

WE

R S

EA

T M

OTO

R( D

RIV

ER

’S

SE

AT

RE

CLI

NIN

G C

ON

TRO

L)

P20

YVPL

L–B

R–L

L–R

L–Y

R

R–G

R–B

BR

BR

RCL– RCL+ RRV– RRV+ FRV– FRV+ SLD– SLD+ SW1 SW2 MMRY

A

BN

J37JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

IF28

BS27

BS28

A8

A7

L–W

L–W

L–W

W–B

W–B

1

GND

+B

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

B16

L–W

M2 1

B16

W–B

W–B

LLG

L–W

POWER SEAT MOTOR(DRIVER’ S SEAT LUMBAR SUPPORT CONTROL)

P18

P14

W–B

S13

143

2

1 2

SE

T

1 2 MMRY

E

3 42

1

POWER SEAT CONTROL SW(DRIVER’ S SEAT LUMBAR SUPPORT CONTROL)

FRO

NT

RE

AR

30APOWER

1D3

2

134

POWER SEAT

Page 121: Wiring Diagram

135

(DRIVER’S SEAT w/ DRIVING POSITION MEMORY)

CURRENT IS ALWAYS APPLIED FROM ECU–B FUSE TO TERMINAL SYSB OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU, FROMPOWER FUSE TO TERMINAL +B OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU, AND FROM STOP FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE STOPLIGHT SW.WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM ECU–IG FUSE TO TERMINAL IG OF THE SEAT POSITIONCONTROL ECU AND FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE P POSITION SW.

POWER SEAT OPERATION (DRIVER’S SEAT)CURRENT IS ALWAYS APPLIED TO TERMINAL SYSB AND TERMINAL +B OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU SO THAT SEATPOSITION CONTROL ECU IS ALWAYS READY TO OPERATE.WHEN THE POWER SEAT CONTROL SW IS PUSHED TO THE “FRONT SLIDE POSITION” SIDE, A SIGNAL IS INPUT INTOTERMINAL SLDF OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU, THE ECU OPERATES AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL +B OF THESEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU FLOWS FROM TERMINAL SLD+ OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTORL ECU TERMINAL 1 OF THEPOWER SEAT MOTOR (DRIVER’S SEAD SLIDE CONTROL) TERMINAL 2 TERMINAL SLD– OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTROLECU TERMINAL GND GROUND, ROTATING THE POWER SEAT MOTOR SO THAT THE SEAT SLIDES FORWARD WHILE THEPOWER SEAT CONTROL SW IS BEING PRESSED.TO SLIDE THE DRIVER’S SEAT TO THE REAR, PUSHING THE POWER SEAT CONTROL SW TO THE “REAR SIDE POSITION” SIDE,INPUTS A SIGNAL TO TERMINAL SLDR OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU. THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT FLOWING FROMTHE ECU TO THE MOTOR TO FLOW FROM TERMINAL SLD– OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU TERMINAL 2 OF THEPOER SEAT MOTOR (DRIVER’S SEAT SLIDE CONTROL) TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL SLD+ OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTROLECU, FLOWING THE REVERSE TO FRONT SLIDE OPERATION AND CAUSING THE MOTOR TO ROTATE IN REVERSE, SO THATTHE DRIVER’S SEAT MOVES TO THE REAR.

THE MOVEMENT TO OTHER POSITIONS OCCURS SIMILARLY, SO ONLY THE FLOW OF CURRENT TO EACH MOTOR IS SHOWN:

FRONT VERTICAL CONTROL ‘UP’ OPERATIONTERMINAL +B OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU TERMINAL FRV+ TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER SEAT MOTOR(DRIVER’S SEAT FRONT VERTICAL CONTROL) TERMINAL 2 TERMINAL FRV– OF THE ECU TERMINAL GND GROUND.

FRONT VERTICAL CONTROL ‘DOWN’ OPERATIONTERMINAL +B OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU TERMINAL FRV– TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER SEAT MOTOR(DRIVER’S SEAT FRONT VERTICAL CONTROL) TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL FRV+ OF THE ECU TERMINAL GND GROUND.

REAR VERTICAL CONTROL ‘UP’ OPERATIONTERMINAL +B OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU TERMINAL RRV+ TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER SEAT MOTOR(DRIVER’S SEAT REAR VERTICAL CONTROL) TERMINAL 2 TERMINAL RRV– OF THE ECU TERMINAL GND GROUND.

REAR VERTICAL CONTROL ‘DOWN’ OPERATIONTERMINAL +B OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU TERMINAL RRV– TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER SEAT MOTOR(DRIVER’S SEAT REAR VERTICAL CONTROL) TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL RRV+ OF THE ECU TERMINAL GND GROUND.

RECLINING CONTROL OF ‘FRONT’ OPERATIONTERMINAL +B OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU TERMINAL RCL+ TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER SEAT MOTOR(DRIVER’S SEAT RECLINING CONTROL) TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL RCL– OF THE ECU TERMINAL GND GROUND.

RECLINING CONTROL OF ‘REAR’ OPERATIONTERMINAL +B OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU TERMINAL RCL– TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER SEAT MOTOR(DRIVER’S SEAT RECLINING CONTROL) TERMINAL 2 TERMINAL RCL+ OF THE ECU TERMINAL GND GROUND.

THE NUMBER OF TURNS OF EACH MOTOR (AMOUNT OF MOVEMENT OF EACH PART OF THE SEAT) IS DETECTED BY THEPOSITION SENSORS AND INPUT TO THE ECU, MAKING IT POSSIBLE TO PERFORM MEMORY AND RETURN FUNCTIONS FORTHE SEAT POSITION USING THE SEAT MEMORY SWITCH.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

Page 122: Wiring Diagram

136

POWER SEAT

SERVICE HINTSP I P POSITION SW (PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW)2–7 : CLOSED WITH SHIFT LEVER AT “P” POSITION

S14 A, S15 B SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECUB 22–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW ONA 8–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTSB 21–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION AND SHIFT LEVER AT “P” POSITIONA 4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DRIVER’S SEAT AT FRONT SLIDE OPERATIONA 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DRIVER’S SEAT AT REAR SLIDE OPERATIONA 10–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DRIVER’S SEAT AT FRONT VERTICAL UP OPERAITONA 9–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DRIVER’S SEAT AT FRONT VERTICAL DOWN OPERATIONA 6–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DRIVER’S SEAT AT REAR VERTICAL UP OPERATIONA 5–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DRIVER’S SEAT AT REAR VERTICAL DOWN OPERATIONA 2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DRIVER’S SEAT AT FRONT RECLINING OPERATIONA 1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DRIVER’S SEAT AT REAR RECLINING OPERATIONB 11–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITYB 9–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTSB 7–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

PI5 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (DRIVER’S SEAT)1–12 : CLOSED WITH DRIVER’S SEAT AT FRONT RECLINING OPERATION5–12 : CLOSED WITH DRIVER’S SEAT AT REAR RECLINING OPERATION8–12 : CLOSED WITH DRIVER’S SEAT AT FRONT SLIDE OPERATION4–12 : CLOSED WITH DRIVER’S SEAT AT REAR SLIDE OPERATION

10–12: CLOSED WITH DRIVER’S SEAT AT FRONT VERTICAL UP OPERATION9–12 : CLOSED WITH DRIVER’S SEAT AT FRONT VERTICAL DOWN OPERATION2–12 : CLOSED WITH DRIVER’S SEAT AT REAR VERTICAL UP OPERATION3–12 : CLOSED WITH DRIVER’S SEAT AT REAR VERTICAL DOWN OPERATION

SI0 STOP LIGHT SW2–1 : CLOSED WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGED 9 30 P 1 27 P26 32J 3 29 P14 32 P27 32J 5 29 P15 32 P28 32J25 29 P17 32 P29 32

J28 A 29 P18 32 S10 29J29 B 29 P19 32 S13 32

J30 29 P20 32 S14 A 32J37 30 P21 32 S15 B 32

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)1C 24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINSIH PANEL)1D 24 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)1J

24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)1R

24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1S 24 FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)1V

24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)1W

24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

2J 20 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)ID1 36 FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)IF1

36 FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)IF2

36 FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IK2 38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)BS2 42 FLOOR WIRE AND SEAT NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATIONIH 36 LEFT KICK PANELBN 40 UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR

Page 123: Wiring Diagram

137

(DRIVER’S SEAT w/ DRIVING POSITION MEMORY)

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

B 1 40 FLOOR WIRE B16 42 SEAT NO. 1 WIRE

1B B B B

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)C C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

XA

A A X X X

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

D D X X

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

X X F F

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

B B B B

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A

A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

D 9 J 3 J 5 J25

J30 J37AJ28 BJ29

X 2

54321X X 8 9 10 X 12

1 2

1 2 1 2

P19 P20

P17P15P 1 GRAY

7

1 2 1 32 1 32 1 32

1 32 1 2 1 2 3 41 2 3 4

5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 3 4 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

P21 P26 P27 P28 BLUE

P29 S10 BLUE S13 BLACK AS14

BS15

GRAY

5 6

1 2 3 4

1

2

P14 GRAY P18BLACK

Page 124: Wiring Diagram

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

IF28

BS12

A

BN

J37JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

M

2

1

M

2

1

M

1

2

M

2

1

L–W

L–W

L–W

L–W

R–L L

R–G L–Y

W–B

W–B

BS11

RR–B

L–B

L–R

L–WL–WI 2

PO

WE

R S

EA

T M

OTO

R( D

RIV

ER

’S

SE

AT

RE

AR

VE

RTI

CA

L C

ON

TRO

L)

P19

PO

WE

R S

EA

T M

OTO

R( D

RIV

ER

’S

SE

AT

RE

CLI

NIN

G C

ON

TRO

L)

P20

PO

WE

R S

EA

T M

OTO

R( D

RIV

ER

’S

SE

AT

SLI

DE

CO

NTR

OL)

P21

PO

WE

R S

EA

T M

OTO

R( D

RIV

ER

’S

SE

AT

FRO

NT

VE

RTI

CA

L C

ON

TRO

L)

P17

1

UP

DO

WN

FRO

NT

RE

AR

FRO

NT

RE

AR UP

DO

WN

11

10 9 8 4 1 5 2 3 7

POWER SEAT CONTROL SW(DRIVER’ S SEAT)

P15

B

FUP FDWN SLDF SLDR RCLF RCLR RUP RWDN E

30APOWER

1D3

2

138

POWER SEAT (DRIVER’S SEAT w/o DRIVING POSITION MEMORY),(FRONT PASSENGER’S SEAT)

Page 125: Wiring Diagram

IP15

2 BT1

BO

M

2

1

M

2

1

M

1

2

M

2

1

L–W

L–W

R–L L

R–G L–Y

W–B

W–B

BT11

R

R–B

L–B

L–R

L–W

W–B

IM

W–B

B 6

PO

WE

R S

EA

T M

OT

OR

( FR

ON

T P

AS

SE

NG

ER

’S

SE

AT

RE

AR

VE

RTI

CA

L C

ON

TRO

L)

P23

PO

WE

R S

EA

T M

OT

OR

( FR

ON

T P

AS

SE

NG

ER

’S

SE

AT

RE

CLI

NIN

G C

ON

TR

OL)

P24

PO

WE

R S

EA

T M

OT

OR

( FR

ON

T P

AS

SE

NG

ER

’S

SE

AT

SLI

DE

CO

NTR

OL)

P25

PO

WE

R S

EA

T M

OT

OR

( FR

ON

T P

AS

SE

NG

ER

’S

SE

AT

FR

ON

T V

ER

TIC

AL

CO

NTR

OL)

P22

P16

UP

UP

DO

WN

FR

ON

T

RE

AR

FR

ON

T

RE

AR

DO

WN

11

9 10 8 4 1 5 3 2 7

POWER SEAT CONTROL SW(FRONT PASSENGER’ S SEAT)

FUP FDWN SLDF SLDR RCLF RCLR RUP RDWN E

B

139

Page 126: Wiring Diagram

140

POWER SEAT (DRIVER’S SEAT w/o DRIVING POSITION MEMORY),(FRONT PASSENGER’S SEAT)

P15 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (DRIVER’S SEAT)11–GROUND : ALWAYS APPOX 12 VOLTS7–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUTIY

P16 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (FRONT PASSENGER’S SEAT)11–GROUND : ALWAYS APPOX 12 VOLTS7–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUTIY

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

J37 30 P19 32 P23 32

P15 32 P20 32 P24 32

P16 32 P21 32 P25 32

P17 32 P22 32

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1D 24 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINSIH PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IF2 36 FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IP1 38 FLOOR NO.2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

BS1 42 FLOOR WIRE AND SEAT NO.1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)

BT1 42 FLOOR NO.2 WIRE AND SEAT NO.2 WIRE (UNDER THE FRONT PASSENGER’S SEAT)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

IN 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL

BN 40 UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR

BO 40 UNDER THE RIGHT CENTER PILLAR

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

I 2 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE B 6 40 FLOOR NO.2 WIRE

A A

A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

54321

X 7 8 9 10 11 X

54321

X 7 8 9 10 11 X1 2 1 2

1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2

J37 P15 P16 P17 P19

P25P24P23P22P21P20

GRAY BLACK

SERVICE HINTS

Page 127: Wiring Diagram

1 28XXX X X 3

1

A A

A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

1 2

B 4 D 9

J 4 BLACK J15 J37 U 1

A BLUEC 7 D BROWNC10

D D D

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A

A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

139

UNLOCK AND SEAT BELT WARNING

Page 128: Wiring Diagram

140

UNLOCK AND SEAT BELT WARNING

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

II

2

A

W–B

W–B

L–B

W–B

R–B

W–B

R

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

UN

LW

( IGN

COURTESYRONT LH

J15

U 1

D3

A8

D

D R–L

R–L

R–W

SE

AT

BE

LT W

AR

NIN

GLI

GH

T [C

OM

B.

ME

TER

]

DC

7, C

10A

BN

2

A

R–Y

W–B

SW

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BS25

R–Y

R–Y

( *1)

( *2)

( *1)

* 1 : W/ DRIVING POSITION MEMORY* 2 : W/O DRIVING POSITION MEMORY

( *2)

BS28

W–B

W–B

( *1)

( *1)

J 4

J37

1

OC

K W

AR

NIN

G S

ITIO

N K

EY

)

1

BUCKLE B 4

1

DOOR SW F

D 9

7. 5ADOME

2J12

10AGAUGE

1D2

1W1

1J7 1M3 1M5

10 5

1

INTEGRATION RELAY

1T3

9

1S7

6

7

1S4

8

Page 129: Wiring Diagram

141

CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY THROUGH THE DOME FUSE.

1. SEAT BELT WARNING SYSTEMWHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO THE TERMINAL 7 OF THE INTEGRATIONRELAY AT THE SAME TIME, CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 9 OF THE RELAY FROM THE GAUGE FUSE THROUGH THE SEAT BELTWARNING LIGHT THIS CURRENT ACTIVATES THE INTEGRATION RELAY AND, FOR APPROX. 4–8 SECONDS, CURRENT FLOWINGTHROUGH THE WARNING LIGHT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 9 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 → GROUND, CAUSING THE WARNINGLIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE SAME TIME AS THE WARNING LIGHT LIGHTS UP, A BUCKLE SW OFF SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 8OF THE RELAY, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 10 → GROUND AND THE SEATBELT WARNING BUZZER SOUNDS FOR APPROX. 4–8 SECONDS. HOWEVER, IF SEAT BELT IS PUT ON DURING THIS PERIOD(WHILE THE BUZZER IS SOUNDING), SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY STOPS AND THE CURRENT FLOW FROMTERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 → GROUND IS CUT, CAUSING THE BUZZER TO STOP.

2. KEY REMINDER SYSTEMWITH THE IGNITION KEY INSERTED IN THE KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), THE IGNITION SW STILL OFF AND DOOROPEN (DOOR COURTESY SW ON), WHEN A SIGNAL IS INPUT TERMINAL 5 AND 6 OF THE RELAY, THE INTEGRATION RELAYOPERATES, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 → GROUND AND THE KEY REMINDER BUZZERSOUNDS.

B 4 BUCKLE SW1–2 : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT BELT USE

D 9 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH THE FRONT LH DOOR OPEN

INTEGRATION RELAY10–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY6–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE FRONT LH DOOR OPEN5–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER8–GROUND : CONTINUITY UNLESS DRIVER’S SEAT BELT IN USE9–GROUND : 0 VOLTS FOR 4–8 SECONDS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND 12 VOLTS 4–8 SECONDS AFTER IGNITION SW ON1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION

U 1 UNLOCK WARNING SW (IGNITION KEY)1–2 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION KEY CYLINDER

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGEB4 32 D 9 30 J37 30

C 7 A 28 J 4 29 U 1 29

C10 D 28 J15 29

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1D 24 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1J24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1N24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1S 24 FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1T 24 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1W 24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

2J 20 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

BS2 42 FLOOR WIRE AND SEAT NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

II 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH

BN 40 UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 130: Wiring Diagram

142

DOOR LOCK CONTROL

IL

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

IE213 IE212 IE23 IE24 IO24 IO23IO213 IO212

IO220

A1A3

AA

A16 A17 A19 A20

BC

B

A

W–B

W–B

WW

GLG L

L–W

L–W

R–GGLG

LG G

LG G

R–G L

LG G

L–W

R–B

L–W

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BJ34 , J35A

INTEGRATION RELAY

I14 A

J CR

J

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J36

1

IO11IE110

E B

D RH

DHR S

W]

D E D E B

D

IE220

IF

AC

BB

A18

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BJ

5, J

6A

B–R

B–R L

W–B

W

L

B–R

R–G

L–W L–

W L

W

W–B

L–W

B–R

W–B

W–BW–B

W–B

JUNCTION CONNECTORJ 7

B

UN

LOC

K

LOC

K

1

4 3

LOC

K

UN

LOC

K

1

3 2U

NLO

CK

LOC

K

1

2 3

UN

LOC

K

LOC

K

2

3 1

–B W–B

7 4

DO

OR

KE

Y L

OC

K A

NU

NLO

CK

SW

FR

ON

T

D14

DO

OR

KE

Y L

OC

K A

NU

NLO

CK

SW

FR

ON

T L

D13

DO

OR

LO

CK

CO

NTR

OL

SW

FR

ON

T R

H

D15

DO

OR

LO

CK

CO

NT

RO

LS

W F

RO

NT

LH[P

OW

ER

WIN

DO

W M

AS

TE

P 9–B W

–B

–B

BB

B

B

BB W–B

–B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J38 W–BB

A

UN

CT

ION

ON

NE

CT

O

33

BB

II

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J15

2

30APOWER

2 3

1 5

1J7 1G12 1G5

PO

WE

R R

ELA

Y15AECU–

1D8

IG25ADOOR

1D1

1V

3

1G

7

Page 131: Wiring Diagram

143

IE13 IE18 IE211

A5

1

F

F

W–B

L–R

L–B

L–R

L–RL

L–R

L–R

432

BQ15 BQ110 BQ14

BQ19

A25A12

IF3

6

IF3

7

AC

AC

AC

AB

AB

BCBC

BBBB

4

2 3 1

L–R

L–Y

L–R

L–R

L–R

L–B

L–B

W–B

W–B

L–R

L–B

L–Y

L–Y

L–R

L–B

AN

DC

TIO

N

INTEGRATION RELAY

I14 A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BJ12 , J13A

CONNECTORDOOR LOCK MOTORAND DOOR UNLOCKDETECTION SWREAR LH

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J 7

D18

A11

IF32

10AGAUGE

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

7

W–B

W–B W–B

A9

L–Y

L–Y

L–R

L–R

L–B

L–B

L–YM MBC

AA

AA

DO

OR

LO

CK

MO

TOR

D

OO

R U

NLO

CK

DE

TES

W F

RO

NT

LH

D16

JUNCTION

BJ10 , J11A

BN

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J37

Page 132: Wiring Diagram

144

DOOR LOCK CONTROL

BO IM

IO17 IO13 IO211 BR15 BR110 BR14

A7

IP12

IP11

BR19

B 6

4 4

C

2 3 1 2 3 1

C

L–Y

W–B

W–B

W–B

L–R

L–B Y L–R

L–B

L–Y

L–B

L–RY

Y

W–B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J33

DO

OR

OO

R U

NLO

CK

DE

TE

C

DO

OR

OO

R U

NLO

CK

DE

TE

C

D17

D19

L–R

L–R

L–B

L–B

L–Y

W–B

L–Y L–Y

II

A

L–B

W–B

W–B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J15

UN

LOC

K W

AR

NIN

G S

W( IG

NIT

ION

KE

Y)

U

IP13

2

1

1

M M L–Y

LO

CK

MO

TOR

AN

D D

TIO

N S

W R

EA

R R

H

LO

CK

MO

TOR

AN

D D

TIO

N S

W F

RO

NT

RH

INTEGRATION RELAY

I14 A

1M5 1M3 1J7

5 10

Page 133: Wiring Diagram

145

IP17IP19

AE AE AD ADAD

BD

R–WR–G

R–G

R–G

R–G

R–W R–B

R–W

R–W

R–B

R–G

R–WDIO Y)D 6

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

BJ34 , J35A

2 1DE (COURTES

1 1 1 1

DOOR COURTESYSW FRONT LH

DOOR COURTESYSW FRONT RH

DOOR COURTESYSW REAR LH

DOOR COURTESYSW REAR RH

D 9 D10 D11 D12

1S7 1G4 1S12

A6 4

INTEGRATION RELAY

I14 A

6

Page 134: Wiring Diagram

A

A

A A

A

A

A

A

A

AA

A

AA A

A

A

A

A

AA

A

AA

A A

A

A

146

DOOR LOCK CONTROL

CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY THROUGH THE DOOR FUSE.WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 7 OF THEINTEGRATION RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → THE POWER RELAY (COIL SIDE) → GROUND. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWINGTHROUGH THE PWR FUSE FLOWS TO THE POWER RELAY (POINT SIDE) → TERMINAL 7 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LH →TERMINAL 1 → GROUND, CAUSING THE INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP.

1. MANUAL LOCK OPERATIONWHEN THE LOCK CONTROL SW OR DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW ARE PUSHED TO LOCK POSITION, A LOCK SIGNAL ISINPUT TO TERMINAL 16 OR 18 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY AND CAUSES THE RELAY TO FUNCTION. CURRENT FLOWSFROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 12 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 3 OF THEDOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 25 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 → GROUND AND THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR CAUSESTHE DOOR TO LOCK.

2. MANUAL UNLOCK OPERATIONWHEN THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW ARE PUSHED TO UNLOCK POSITION, AN UNLOCKSIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 17 OR 19 OR 20 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY AND CAUSES THE RELAY TO FUNCTION.CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 25 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS →TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 12 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 → GROUND AND THE DOOR LOCKMOTOR CAUSES THE DOOR TO LOCK.

3. DOUBLE OPERATION UNLOCK OPERATIONWHEN THE DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW LH IS TURNED TO THE UNLOCK SIDE, ONLY THE DRIVER’S DOOR ISMECHANICALLY UNLOCKED. TURNING THE DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW LH TO THE UNLOCK SIDE CAUSES A SIGNAL TO BEINPUT TO TERMINAL 19 OF THE RELAY, AND IF THE SIGNAL IS INPUT AGAIN WITHIN 3 SECONDS BY TURNING THE SW TO THEUNLOCK SIDE AGAIN, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 25 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY → TERMINAL 3 OF THE DOOR LOCKMOTORS → TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 12 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 → GROUND, CAUSINGTHE DOOR LOCK MOTORS TO OPERATE AND UNLOCK THE DOORS.

4. IGNITION KEY REMINDER OPERATION*OPERATING DOOR LOCK KNOB (OPERATION OF DOOR LOCK MOTORS)

WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN THE DOOR IS OPENED AND LOCKED USING DOOR LOCKKNOB (DOOR LOCK MOTOR), THE DOOR IS LOCKED ONCE BUT EACH DOOR IS UNLOCKED SOON BY THE FUNCTION OFRELAY. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY → TERMINAL 25 →TERMINAL 3 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR → TERMINAL 12 OF THE RELAY →TERMINAL 10 → GROUND AND CAUSES ALL THE DOORS TO UNLOCK.

* OPERATING THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SWWITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN THE DOOR IS OPENED AND LOCKED USING DOOR LOCKCONTROL SW OR KEY SW, THE DOOR IS LOCKED ONCE BUT EACH DOOR IS UNLOCKED BY THE FUNCTION OF SWCONTAINED IN MOTORS, WHICH THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 5 (FRONT LH) OR 7 (FRONT RH) OR 9 (REAR LH,RH) OF THE RELAY. ACCORDING TO THIS INPUT SIGNAL, THE CURRENT IN ECU FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY →TERMINAL 25 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL12 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 → GROUND AND CAUSES ALL THE DOORS TO UNLOCK.

* IN CASE OF KEYLESS LOCKWITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN THE UNLOCK FUNCTION IS DISTURBED MORE THAN 0.2SECONDS, FOR EXAMPLE PUSHING THE DOOR LOCK KNOB ETC., THE DOOR HOLDS ON LOCK CONDITION. CLOSING THEDOOR AFTER, DOOR COURTESY SW INPUTS THE SIGNAL INTO TERMINAL 4 OR 6 OR 6 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY. BYTHIS INPUT SIGNAL, THE ECU WORKS AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 25 →TERMINAL 3 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 12 OF THE RELAY →TERMINAL 10 → GROUND AND CAUSES ALL THE DOORS TO UNLOCK.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

Page 135: Wiring Diagram

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

147

I14 INTEGRATION RELAY10–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY6–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS

25–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS 0.2 SECONDS WITH FOLLOWING OPERATION* DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW UNLOCKED* DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LOCKED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER AND DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN (IGNITION KEY REMINDER FUNCTION)* DOOR LOCK KNOB LOCKED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER AND DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN (IGNITION KEY REMINDER FUNCTION)* UNLOCKING THE DRIVER’S, PASSENGER’S DOOR CYLINDER WITH KEY

12–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS 0.2 SECONDS WITH FOLLOWING OPERATION* DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LOCKED* LOCKING THE DRIVER’S, PASSENGER’S DOOR CYLINDER WITH KEY

16–GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LOCKED6–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH FRONT PASSENGER’S DOOR OPEN5–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH DRIVER’S DOOR LOCK KNOB UNLOCKED7–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH FRONT PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK KNOB UNLOCKED

17–GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW UNLOCKED20–GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION

19–GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH DRIVER’S DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY18–GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH DRIVER’S, PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK CYLINDER LOCKED WITH KEY9–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH REAR PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK KNOB UNLOCKED4–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH REAR PASSENGER’S DOOR OPEN

D 9, D10, D11, D12 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH EACH DOOR OPEN

D13 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT LH2–1 : CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK CYLINDER LOCKED WITH KEY3–1 : CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY

D14 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT RH2–1 : CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK CYLINDER LOCKED WITH KEY3–1 : CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY

D16, D17, D18,D19 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH1–4 : CLOSED WITH UNLOCK POSITION

U 1 UNLOCK WARNING SW (IGNITION KEY)1–2 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER

SERVICE HINTS

Page 136: Wiring Diagram

1 21 1 1 1

1

2

3

1

2

3

D 6 BLACK D 9 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14

148

DOOR LOCK CONTROL

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE See Page Code See Page

D 6 28 D18 30 J15 29

D 9 30 D19 30 J33 29

D10 30 I14 A 28 J34 A 29

D11 30 J 5 A 29 J35 B 29

D12 30 J 6 B 29 J36 30

D13 30 J 7 29 J37 30

D14 30 J10 A 29 J38 30

D15 30 J11 B 29 P 9 31

D16 30 J12 A 29 U 1 29

D17 30 J13 B 29

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1D24 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1G24 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1J24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1H24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1S 24 FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1V 24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IE136 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IE236 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IF3 36 FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IO138 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IO238 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IP1 38 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

BQ1 40 REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)

BR1 40 REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page GROUND POINTS LOCATION

IF 36 COWL SIDE PANEL LH

II 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH

IL36 RIGHT KICK PANEL

IN36 RIGHT KICK PANEL

BN 40 UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR

BO 40 UNDER THE RIGHT CENTER PILLAR

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

B 6 40 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE

Page 137: Wiring Diagram

149

1 2 3 X 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

19 20

1 X 3 X 6 7 X 9 X 11

25XXXX17XXX12 18

5

16

B B B BD D D E E E F F F F

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A X X

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

X X C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

B B B C C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

B B B C C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A

A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A B C C

A A B B C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A

D D D E E E

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

C C

D D D

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A

A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

43X1X

D15 D16 BLACK D17 BLACK D18 BLACK D19 BLACK

J 7

J15 J33

J36 J37 J38

P 9

A ORANGEI14

AJ10

B GRAYJ13

A GRAYJ12BJ11

A BLACKJ34

B BLACKJ35

C C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

B B B

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

1 2

U 1

7

B B

B

B B B B

B GRAYJ 6A GRAYJ 5

4

B

B B B B

Page 138: Wiring Diagram

150

THEFT DETERRENT

F1

A1

IG110

A7

AB

BC

40A

B–W

IG21

A9

II

AEAE

BEBE

BD

ADAD

B3 B1B2B15

AE

IP19

AD

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BJ34 , J35A

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BJ

8, J

9A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BJ34 , J35A

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BJ1

0, J

11A

F 6

A

FUS

IBLE

LIN

KB

LOC

K

PA

RK

/NE

UTR

AL

PO

SIT

ION

SW

P 1

CTIONNNECTOR

JUNCTIONCONNECTO

J26

D 6

UN

LW

( IGN

U 1

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

GR

G–R

G–R

G–R

G–R

B–R

GR

R–G

R–W

TAIL

KSW DSWD

L–B

W–B

W–B

B–G

R–G

R–W

R–G

R–B

R–W

R–G

R–G

R–G

R–W

R–W

2

BA

TTE

RY

FL

MA

IN3.

0W

R–G

DSWPCTY

SRLY

W–B

W–B

GR

THEFT DETERRENT ECU

BT 3 , T 4A

100A

ALT

IK211

IK210

F2

I 1

IG

A4

W–B

J16

B–W

B–W

B–R

B–R

W–B

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J34

A

AB

AB

AB

AB

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J10 A

F, F

11

L–B

L–B

IP17

1

B5 A2

IF26 IF12

B14

LUM

EN

TD

OS

W

L 1

FUE

L LI

D A

ND

LU

GG

AG

EC

OM

PA

RTM

EN

T D

OO

RO

PE

N

F13

R–Y

L

R–Y L

4

L–Y

RW

–B

DSWL TO

E TSW

2

1

OC

K W

AR

NIN

G S

ITIO

N K

EY

)

1 1 1 1

DO

OR

CO

UR

TE

SY

SW

FR

ON

T LH

D 9

DO

OR

CO

UR

TE

SY

SW

RE

AR

LH

D11

DO

OR

CO

UR

TE

SY

SW

RE

AR

RH

D12

DO

OR

CO

UR

TE

SY

SW

FR

ON

T R

H

D10

DIODE(COURTESY)1

ER

SW

5

BL

LL

GG

AG

E C

OM

PA

RT

OR

OP

EN

ER

MA

IN

1

2

M

LUG

GA

GE

CO

MP

AR

TME

NT

LIG

HT

SW

AN

DLU

GG

AG

E C

OM

PA

RTM

EN

TD

OO

R O

PE

NE

R M

OTO

R

L 7

1 2

P

N

5

6

BR

B

C

C

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J 2

JUNCO

J15A

A

A

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

A

1B4

3 2

5 1

5ASTARTER

1J31C6

TAIL

LIG

HT

RE

LAY

2 3

1 5

2K9

2J11MAIN

STRELAY

2

1D7

1M5

1M3

1J7

1G1

1S7

1G4

1S12INTEGRATIONRELAY

6 4

Page 139: Wiring Diagram

151

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

1W1

1G8

IJ15 IG111IJ17

IM14AAAC

B11B12B13A1A6A3A8

BB BA

2

A

A

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BJ

5, J

6A

NOR

CTIONNNECTOR

ORNELAY

TH

RE

NT

HO

T 1

R–B

W–L

W–L

G–B

L–W

W–L

G–B

W G–B

R

B–R

P–L

L–W

P–L

B–R R

R

HEAD SH HORN +B2 ACC IG +B1

1 1 1

IE211 IE23 IE24 IO24 IO23 IO211

BQ14

IF32

IE220

B16 B7 B6

L–R

R–G

L–W

L–R

R–G

L–W

L–R

R–G

L–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

F B B

1G7 1V3

IF IL

IO220

B8 B17

BQ19 BR19

BN

B A C

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

L–Y

L–Y

W–B

W–B

YL

L–W

L–W L Y

YL

W–B

BO

B 6

W–B

IM

W–B

BC

BC

B18

AA

L–Y

L–Y

IP13

BR14

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

IM13

IJ11

EC

B4

II BP

IF22

JUNCTIONJ33

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

R

J36

DO

OC

TIO

NS

W

D16

JU CR

J

DO

DU

NLH

D1

DO

DU

NR

H

D1

DO

OC

TIO

NS

W

D17

DO

EC

TIO

NS

W

D1 D D RD

CO

UR

TE

SY

SW

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BJ10 , J11A

THEFT DETERRENT ECU

BT 3 , T 4A

W–B

W–B

W–B

BB

B

R–Y

G–W

B9B10

LSWD UL3 L2 UL2 LSWP LSWR DSWH IND LUG

E

E

BD

AF

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BJ1

0, J

11A

J19

JUN

CTI

OE

CTO

R

IJ14

R–Y

R–B

R–B

R–B

R–B

BC

BC

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J35

B

AC

AC

G–W

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J34

A

J CO

R

J

UN

A

JUNCO

J 7

1

4

1

3 2

1

2 3

4

1

4 4 2 1

2

B

B B

A

BBB

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J37

J38JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R U

NLO

CK

DE

TEFR

ON

T LH

OR

KE

Y L

OC

K A

NLO

CK

SW

FR

ON

T

3 OR

KE

Y L

OC

K A

NLO

CK

SW

FR

ON

T

4 R U

NLO

CK

DE

TEFR

ON

T R

H

OR

UN

LOC

K D

ET

RE

AR

LH

8 OO

R U

NLO

CK

ETE

CT

ION

SW

EA

R R

H

19

EN

GIN

E H

OO

DE

5

THE

FT

DE

TER

RE

NT

IND

ICA

TO

R[A

/C C

ON

TRO

L A

SS

EM

BLY

]

A14

LUG

GA

GE

CO

MP

AR

TME

NT

DO

OR

KE

Y U

NLO

CK

SW

L 5

G–W

14

5

UN

LOC

K

LOC

K

LOC

K

LOC

K

A

UN

CTI

ON

ON

NE

CT

15

GND

SECU

F B B A CCONNECTOR

NC

TIO

NO

NN

EC

TO

7

N C

ON

N

1 A

JUNCTIOCONNECT

J 2

EFT

DE

TER

RN

2 3

1 4

2K8

HEADRELAY

10AHORN

2F3

2 3

1 5

2K10

HR

7. 5ADOME

2J12

15AECG–IG

1D8

15ACIG

1T1

25ADOOR

1D1

Page 140: Wiring Diagram

A B

A

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

A

BA

B

B

B

B

B

B

152

THEFT DETERRENT

D13, D14 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT LH, RH3–1 : CLOSED WITH THE DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY2–1 : CLOSED WITH THE DOOR LOCK CYLINDER LOCKED WITH KEY

D16, D17, D18, D19 DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH1–4 : CLOSED WITH UNLOCK POSITION

E 5 ENGINE HOOD COURTESY SW1–2 : CLOSED WITH THE ENGINE HOOD OPEN

U 1 UNLOCK WARNING SW (IGNITION KEY)1–2 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER

L 5 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR KEY UNLOCK SW1–2 : CLOSED WITH THE LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCK WITH KEY

L 7 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW2–GROUND : CLOSED WITH THE LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN

T 3 , T 4 THEFT DETERRENT ECU9–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE SHIFT LEVER IN N OR P POSITION AND THE IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION

12–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION15–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER17–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE FRONT RH DOOR TO UNLOCK POSITION11–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS7–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT LH TO UNLOCK POSITION

16–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE FRONT LH DOOR TO UNLOCK POSITION1–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE FRONT RH DOOR OPENED2–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE FRONT LH DOOR OPENED6–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW TO LOCK POSITION4–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY8–GROUND ; CONTINUITY WITH THE DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT RH TO UNLOCK POSITION1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS9–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCK WITH KEY3–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH EACH DOOR OPEN4–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE ENGINE HOOD OPEN5–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN

13–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION18–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE REAR DOOR TO UNLOCK POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

A14 28 F11 F 26 J33 29

D 6 28 F13 28 J34 A 29

D 9 30 J 2 29 J35 B 29

D10 30 J 5 A 29 J36 30

D11 30 J 6 B 29 J37 30

D12 30 J 7 29 J38 30

D13 30 J 8 A 29 L 1 29

D14 30 J 9 B 29 L 5 30

D16 30 J10 A 29 L 7 30

D17 30 J11 B 29 P 1 27

D18 30 J15 29 T 1 27

D19 30 J16 29 T 3 A 29

E 5 26 J19 29 T 4 B 29

F 6 A 26 J26 29 U 1 29

SERVICE HINTS

Page 141: Wiring Diagram

X X

1 21 1 1 1

1

2

3

1

2

3

1 4 1 4 1 4

A14 D 6 BLACK D 9 D10 D11 D12

D13 D14 D16 BLACK D17 BLACK D18 BLACK

1 4

5

153

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1B24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1C24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1D24 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1G24 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1J24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1H24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1S 24 FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1T 24 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1V24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1W24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

2F 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

2J20 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

2K20 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IE2 36 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IF1IF2 36 FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IF336 FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IG136 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT SIDE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B)

IG236 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT SIDE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B)

IJ1 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

IK2 38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWLWIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

IH1 38 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IO2 38 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IP1 38 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

BQ1 40 REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)

BR1 40 REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

EC 34 LEFT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT

IF 36 COWL SIDE PANEL LH

IG 36 LEFT KICK PANEL

II 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH

IL36 RIGHT KICK PANEL

IM36 RIGHT KICK PANEL

IN 40 UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR

BN 40 UNDER THE RIGHT CENTER PILLAR

BO 40 BACK PANEL CENTER

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

E 2 34 COWL WIRE B 6 40 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE

Page 142: Wiring Diagram

1 41 2

1

1 2

AAAC C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A A A A A

C C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A A A A B B B B

F F F F

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

B B B

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

C C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A B B X X

E E F F

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

X X C C

D D E E

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A

A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

D19 BLACK E 5 BLACK

J 2 BLACK J 7

J15

AF 6 FF11

A GRAYJ 5 B GRAYJ 6

A GRAYJ 8 BJ11AJ10B GRAYJ 9

A A A A A

A A A A A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

E E E

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

BB B B

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A B C C

A A B B B B C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

J16 ORANGE J19 BLACK J26 J33

B B C C

D D D E E E

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

C C

D D D E E E

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A

A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

1 2X

5 6

1 2 1 3

4 X 6 7 8 9

X X

1 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 10 11

XXXXX17151312 18

5

16

1 2

A BLACKJ34 B BLACKJ35

B ORANGET 4A ORANGET 3

J36 J37

T 1 BLACK

P 1 GRAYL 7 BLACKL 5J38

U 1

2

X 4 5 X

F13

B B B

B

B B B B

B

B B B B 1

2

14

1 2

L 1

154

THEFT DETERRENT

Page 143: Wiring Diagram

155

MEMO

Page 144: Wiring Diagram

156

WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL

ÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔ

100A

ALT

F1

A1

25ADOOR

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

7. 5ADOME

5 1

IG110

AB AB

BB

1W1

1G8

BC BC

AA

AA

BA BA

BE BE

AD AD AD

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

BJ3

4,

J35

A

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

BJ3

4,

J35

A

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

BJ

5,

J 6

A

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

BJ3

4,

J35

A

IP19 IP17

AE AE

BD

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

BJ3

4,

J35

A

DIODE (COURTESY)D 6

SW

SW

SW

SW

G–R

L–W

R

R–W

R–W

R

G–R

L–W

R–W

R–B

R–G

R–G

R–GB–G

B–R

G–R

G–R

G–R

G–R

L–W

L–W R

R

L–W

R

L–W

G–R

R–W R–G

R–G

R–W

R–B

R–G

R–W

R–W

R–W

R–W

R–WR

R–W

R–G

CTIONNNECTOR

FUSIBLELINK BLOCK

FF 6 , F11A

TAILLIGHTRELAY

BATTERY

FL MAIN3. 0W

F2

E 2

B–R

B–R

1 1 1 1

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

Y

RE

AR

RH

D12

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

Y

FR

ON

T R

H

D10

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

Y

RE

AR

LH

D11

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

Y

FR

ON

T LH

D 9

2 1

C

C

JUNCO

J 2

1D1 2J12

3 2

1C61B4

Page 145: Wiring Diagram

157

A1

A12 A19

BB

AB AB

1

4 3

2

3 1

DO

OR

LO

CK

CO

NTR

OL

SW

FR

ON

T L

H[P

OW

ER

TE

R S

W]

P 9

DO

TR

OL

SW

D15

IE213 IE212 IO213 IO212

A16 A17 A25

2

1

1D7

1M5

G–R

L–W

R

R–W

R–W

R

G–R

L–W

R–W

R–B

R–G

R–G

G–R

L–W

R

R–W

L–R

R–G

L–B

L–B

W–B

W–B

R–G

R–G

W–B

W–B

R–W R

G–R

L–B

R–GL–R

L–B

L–B

GLG L–B L–

BW

–BW

–B

GLGGLG

R–W R–B

R–G

R–G

LG G LG G

14 8 4 10

4 6

INTEGRATION RELAY

I14 A

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BJ1

0, J

11A

IONECTOR

JUNCTIONCONNECT

J 7

UN

LOS

W( I

GN

U 1

5

WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECUW 8

A11

L

3

IJ12

IM39

IM313

3 2

Y–B G

G

LG

LG GIJ18 LG

RELESS DOORCK BUZZERLUME SW

7

WLO

W 6

CK

WA

RN

ING

IT

ION

KE

Y)

D E

D

E

D EOR

WIN

DO

W M

AS

OR

LO

CK

CO

N F

RO

NT

RH

LOC

K

UN

LOC

K

LOC

K

UN

LOC

K

2 1BUZZER

IRELESS DOORCK BUZZER

2

WILOVO

W

A

JUNCCON

J15

II

TN

1M3

1J7

1G4 1S12 1S7 1G1

Page 146: Wiring Diagram

158

WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL

IE24

1

3 2

IE220

IF

IO24 IO23

1

IO220

IL

IE211 IE13IO211 IO27

IE18IO13

DO

OR

KE

Y L

OC

K A

ND

UN

T L

H

D13

DO

OR

KE

Y L

OC

K A

ND

UN

T R

H

D14

DO

OR

LO

CK

MO

TO

R A

ND

DO

OR

UN

LOC

NT

LH

D16

DO

OR

LO

CK

MO

TOR

AN

D D

OO

RU

NLO

CO

NT

RH

D17

AC AC AC

BB BB

G–R

L–W

R

R–W

G–R

L–W

R

R–W

L–R

L–R

L–B

L–R

L–R

L–R

L–W

Y

L–R

Y L–R Y

L–R

L–R

L

L–W

L

L–W

R–G

L–W

R–G

R–G

L–W

W–B

W–B

L

L–W

B A

C

15

B1 3

4 3

21

BB

C

WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECUW 8

J CJ 7

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J33

JUNCTIONNNECTOR

J33

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BJ1

2, J

13A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J36

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J38

L–R

L–R

L–R

L–B

L–B

W–B

W–B

R–G

R–G

Y

L–R

R–G

L–W

L–B

L

L–B

R–G

R–G

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–G

W–B

W–B

W–B L

L–W

W–B

L–B

W–B

L–B

L–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

7

L–R

11

L

L

IE23

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

J 7

R–GB

B

B

R–G

BB

B

A

CO

2 3

NLO

CK

SW

FR

O

LOC

K

UN

LOC

K

F

FF

UN

CT

ION

ON

NE

CT

OR

NLO

CK

SW

FR

OU

NLO

CK

LOC

K

B M

K D

ET

EC

TIO

N S

W F

RO 24

M

K D

ET

EC

TIO

N S

W F

R

B

BB B

EC

TO

R

B

1G7

1V3

Page 147: Wiring Diagram

159

G–R

L–W

R

R–W

L–R

L–R

L–B

Y

L–R

R–G

L–W

L–B

L

L–B

R–G

R–G

G–R

L–W

R

R–W

G–W

L–Y

W–B

Y

L–R

R–G

L–W

L

L–B

R–G

R–G

AA

BC BC

BC

AB AB

BC

BQ14 BQ15

BQ110

DO

OR

LO

CK

MO

TOR

AN

D D

OO

RU

NLO

CR

LH

D18

L–R

L–Y

4 3

L–Y

L–R

W–B

L–B

BR14 BR15

BR110D

OO

R L

RU

NLO

CR

RH

D19

L–R

L–Y

4 3

L–Y

L–R

W–B

L–B

BQ19 BR19

IF36 IP11

IMBO

B 6

IF32 IF37 IP13 IP12

L–R

L–Y

L–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

L–B

W–B

L–B

L–B

L–B

W–B

L–Y

L–R

G–W

L–Y

L–Y

L–B

L–B L–B

W–B

15

WIRELESSDOOR LOCK ECU

W 8

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BJ3

4, J

35A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BJ12 , J13A

L–Y

BA

AC AC JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BJ1

0, J

11A

G–W

IF22

BP

13

B–R

B–R

G–W

W–B

W–B

G–W

GAGEPARTMENTR KEYOCK SW

1

2

LUGCOMDOOUNL

L 5

M

K D

ETE

CTI

ON

SW

RE

A 21

M

OC

K M

OTO

R A

ND

DO

OK

DE

TEC

TIO

N S

W R

EA 21

JUNCTCONN

J37

R

BN

A

IONECTO

Page 148: Wiring Diagram

160

WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL

B18 B9 B3 B11 A1 A7

A4

IG

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J16

B17 B16 B7 B6 B8 B15

AE

BE

B2

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

BJ1

0,

J11

A

B1

BB

AC

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BJ

5, J

6A

B12

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

B13

A

A

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J 7

2

IM14

A3

IJ15 IG111

A6

THE

FT D

ETE

RR

EN

TH

OR

N

T 1

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J 2

A8

IJ17

THEFT DETERRENT ECU

BT 3 , T 4A

B–R

L–Y

G–W

R–W

R

L–W

G–R

E LSWP LSWD UL3 L2 UL2 KSW DSWD DSWP HEAD

Y

L–R

R–G

L–W

L

L–B

R–G

R–G

G–B

W–L

W–L G–B

W–L

G–B

R–B

R–B

R–G

R–G

R–B

L–BL

L–W

R–GL–RY

W–B

W–B

W–B

B–R P–L

G–RR

R–W

G–WL–

Y

W–B

L–W

P–L

B–R

A

E

A

1

AA

A

E

LSWR CTY +B1 +B2 TAIL IG ACC SH HORNLUG

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J19

R–B

1

A2

TO

IF12

M

1

LL

LUG

GA

GE

CO

MP

AR

TME

NT

DO

OR

OP

EN

ER

MO

TOR

L 7

AF

BD

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BJ1

0, J

11A

W–B

BB

B–R

15AECU–IG

1D8

15ACIG

1T1

W

10AHORN

1 5

40AMAIN

4 1

N R

ELA

Y

D R

ELA

Y

2

2F3

2 3

2K10

3 2

2K8

HO

R

HE

A

Page 149: Wiring Diagram

161

DOOR LOCK CONTROL (LOCK AND UNLOCK) AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR CONTROL (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOROPEN) IS PERFORMED BY REMOTE CONTROL, WITHOUT THE IGNITION KEY INSERTED IN THE DOOR KEY CYLINDER, USINGLOW–POWER ELECTRICAL WAVE EMITTED BY A TRANSMITTER.

1. WIRELESS DOOR LOCK OR UNLOCK NORMAL OPERATIONWITH THE IGNITION KEY NOT INSERTED INTO THE IGNITION KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW OFF) AND ALL THE DOORSCOMPLETELY CLOSED, WHEN THE LOCK BUTTON (TRANSMITTER) IS PUSHED, THE WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL ECURECEIVES THE ELECTRICAL WAVES FROM THE TRANSMITTER, CAUSING IT TO OPERATE.AS A RESULT, THE ECU JUDGES WHETHER THE DOOR IS LOCKED OR UNLOCKED BASED ON THE SIGNAL FROM THE DOOR LOCKMOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW, AND SENDS A SIGNAL TO THE THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK CONTROL ECUTO SWITCH THE CONDITION FROM LOCK TO UNLOCK OR VICE VERSA, CAUSING THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR TO OPERATE.

2. WIRELESS LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN NORMAL OPERATIONWITH THE IGNITION KEY NOT INSERTED INTO THE IGNITION KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW OFF), WHEN THE LUGGAGECOMPARTMENT DOOR OPENER BUTTON (TRANSMITTER) IS PUSHED, THE WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL ECU RECEIVES THEELECTRICAL WAVES FROM THE TRANSMITTER, CAUSING IT TO OPERATE.AS A RESULT, A SIGNAL FROM THE LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR UNLOCK SW IS SENT TO THE THEFT DETERRENT ECU,CAUSING THE LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPENER MOTOR TO OPERATE.

3. WIRELESS DOOR UNLOCK OPERATIONPUSHING THE UNLOCK BUTTON (TRANSMITTER) ONCE, DRIVER’S DOOR IS UNLOCKED. FURTHERMORE, PUSHING THE BUTTONAGAIN WITHIN 3 SECONDS, THE OTHER DOORS ARE UNLOCKED.

4. AUTOMATIC LOCK OPERATIONWITH THE IGNITION KEY NOT INSERTED INTO THE IGNITION KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW OFF) AND ALL THE DOORSCOMPLETELY CLOSED, AFTER PUSHING THE BUTTON (TRANSMITTER) TO UNLOCK ALL THE DOORS, IF A DOOR IS NOT OPENEDWITHIN 30 SECONDS, ALL THE DOORS WILL BE AUTOMATICALLY RELOCKED.

5. WIRELESS CONTROL STOP FUNCTIONIF A DOOR IS OPEN (DOOR COURTESY SW ON), A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM THE DOOR COURTESY SW TO THE WIRELESS DOORLOCK CONTROL ECU, STOPPING WIRELESS DOOR LOCK AND WIRELESS LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN.IF THE IGNITION KEY IS IN THE IGNITION KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), THE UNLOCK WARNING SW INPUTS ASIGNAL TO THE WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL ECU, STOPPING WIRELESS DOOR LOCK OR UNLOCK AND WIRELESSLUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN.

6. DOOR LOCK MOTOR PROTECTIVE FUNCTIONIF THE DOOR LOCK OR UNLOCK CONDITION DOES NOT CHANGE AFTER WIRELESS DOOR LOCK OR UNLOCK OPERATION, 2SECONDS LATER, THE DOOR LOCK ECU SENDS CURRENT THREE TIMES TO THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR. IF THE DOOR LOCKCONDITION STILL HAS NOT CHANGED AS A RESULT, THE WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU STOPS RECEPTION AND STOPS DOORLOCK AND UNLOCK FUNCTION.

7. VISUAL CONFIRMATION OF LOCK OR UNLOCK FUNCTIONIF ALL DOORS INDICATE THEY ARE LOCKED AFTER THE LOCK COMMAND, TAILLIGHTS AND PARKING LIGHTS WILL FLASH ONCE.IF ANY DOOR INDICATES IT IS OPEN AFTER THE LOCK COMMAND, TAILLIGHTS AND PARKING LIGHTS WILL FLASH TWICE.

D 9, D10, D11, D12 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH THE DOOR OPEN

U 1 UNLOCK WARNING SW (IGNITION KEY)2–1 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN THE CYLINDER

W 8 WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL ECU8–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS1–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

14–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH EACH OF THE DOOR OPEN10–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN THE CYLINDER

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 150: Wiring Diagram

162

WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGED 6 28 I14 A 28 J35 B 29D 9 30 J 2 29 J36 30D10 30 J 5 A 29 J37 30D11 30 J 6 B 29 J38 30D12 30 J 7 29 L 5 30D13 30 J10 A 29 L 7 30D14 30 J11 B 29 P 9 31D15 30 J12 A 29 T 1 27D16 30 J13 B 29 T 3 A 29D17 30 J15 29 T 4 B 29D18 30 J16 29 U 1 29D19 30 J19 29 W 6 27

F 6 A 26 J33 29 W 7 29F11 F 26 J34 A 29 W 8 29

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)1B

24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)1C

24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1D24 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1G24 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1J24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1N24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1S 24 FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)1T 24 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)1V

24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)1W

24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

2F 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)2J

20 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)2K

20 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)IE1

36 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)IE2

36 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IF1IF2 36 FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)IF3

36 FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IG1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT SIDE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B)IJ1 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)IM1

38 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)IN1

38 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IO138 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IO238 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IP1 38 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)BQ1 40 REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)BR1 40 REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATIONIF 36 COWL SIDE PANEL LHIG 36 LEFT KICK PANELII 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LHIL

36 RIGHT KICK PANELIM

36 RIGHT KICK PANEL

BN 40 UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLARBO 40 UNDER THE RIGHT CENTER PILLARBP 40 BACK PANEL CENTER

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTSE 2 34 COWL WIRE B 6 40 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE

Page 151: Wiring Diagram

1 2 1 1 1 1123

123

1 2 3 X1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

D 6 BLACK D 9 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14

D15 D16 BLACK D17 BLACK D18 BLACK D19 BLACK

1

1 2

19

1 X X X X 11

25XXXX17XXX12 16

AAA

C C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

J 2 BLACKAF 6 FF11 A ORANGEI14

A A A A A A

C C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A A A A B B B B

D D D E E E F F F F

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A B B X X

E E F F

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

J 7A GRAYJ 5 B GRAYJ 6 AJ10

X X B B

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

B B B C C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

B B B C C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A

A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A A A A

A A A A A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

E E E

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A B C C

A A B B C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A B B

D D D E E E

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

BJ11 A GRAYJ12 B GRAYJ13

A BLACKJ34J16 ORANGE J19 BLACK J33

J15

B B B

C C

D D E E

B B C C

163

Page 152: Wiring Diagram

164

WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL

B B C C

D D D E E E

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

B

B B B

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A

A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

B

B B

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

43X1

X 1 2 1 3

4 X 6 7 8

X X

1 2 3 6 7 8 9 11

X17151312 1816

1 2

4 X 7

8 X 10 11 X 14 15

B BLACKJ35

A ORANGET 3

B ORANGET 4

J36 J37 J38

T 1 BLACKP 9

U 1

W 8

1 5

XXXX

A A B B B

1 2

1

1 2X 2 3 X

L 5

L 7 BLACK

W 6 BLACK W 7

2

2 3

13

Page 153: Wiring Diagram

165

MEMO

Page 154: Wiring Diagram

166

FUEL LID AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPENER

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

BC

AA

A2

B14

IF12

M

1

BP

IF16

L–

L–W

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BJ34 , J35A

FUEL LID AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENTF13

RL–

YL

L

R–W

R–W

W–B

LUG

GA

GE

CO

MP

AR

TME

NT

DO

OR

OP

EN

ER

MA

IN

L 1

LUG

GA

GE

CO

MP

AR

TME

NT

DO

OR

OP

EN

ER

MO

TOR

L 7

FUE

L LI

D O

PE

NE

RM

OT

OR

F18

TH

EFT

DE

TE

RR

EN

TE

CU

BT

3,

T 4

A

BC

A1

+B2 TSW

TO

IG

A

A

W–B

W–B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J16

L–W

L–W

M

2

1

25ADOOR

1D1

W

3 BF

DOOR OPENER SW

5 24

BL LL LF

S

2

1W

Page 155: Wiring Diagram

167

F13 FUEL LID AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPENER SW3–2 : CLOSED WITH FUEL LID OPENER SW ON

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

F13 28 J34 A 29 L 7 30

F18 30 J35 B 29 T 3 A 29

J16 29 L 1 29 T 4 B 29

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1D 24 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IF1 36 FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

IG 36 LEFT KICK PANEL

BP 40 BACK PANEL CENTER

X 2 3 4 5 X 1 2A A A A A

A A A A A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

1 2 12

X

X X XXXXX14

F13 F18 GRAY J16 ORANGE

L 1 L 7 BLACK

A BLACKJ34 B BLACKJ35

B ORANGET 4A ORANGET 3

1

SERVICE HINTS

Page 156: Wiring Diagram

168

REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR

IE216 IE214 IE215 IO216 IO214 IO215

IG

9 10 2 7 8

A

A

A

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

P–L

P–L

BR

–Y

BR

–Y

LG–R

LG–R

LG–B

BR

–R

LG–R

W–B

BR

–R

BR

–W

BR

–Y

LG–R

BR

–R

LG–B

LG–R

W–B

BR

–W

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

J 7

J16

C

C C

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 4

LG–B

REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR LH

REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR RH

3

M M M M

R16 R17

1 3 2 1 3 2

4

OP

ER

ATI

ON

SW

SE

LEC

T S

W

REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW

LEF

T

RIG

HT

UP

DO

WN

LEF

T/U

P

RIG

HT

/D

OW

N

R 4

B

MLH MRH MLV MRV M+ E

1T1

15ACIG

Page 157: Wiring Diagram

169

R 4 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION

7–8 : CONTINUITY WITH THE OPERATION SW AT UP OR LEFT POSITION4–7 ; CONTINUITY WITH THE OPERATION SW AT DOWN OR RIGHT POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

J 4 29 J16 29 R16 31

J 7 29 R 4 29 R17 31

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1T 24 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IE2 36 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IO2 38 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

IG 36 LEFT KICK PANEL

C C CA A A A A

A A A A A

A A A A A A A AX 2 3 4 7 8 9 10

3 2 1

X

3 2 1

X

J 4 BLACK J 7 J16 ORANGE

R16 R17

R 4 BLACK

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

SERVICE HINTS

Page 158: Wiring Diagram

170

CRUISE CONTROL

IJ

IG25

IJ13

IL17 IL12

IK22

IK29

D3 C10

BF

D4C9

AD

A4 D13

CR

UIS

E

SP

EE

DO

ME

TER

IK311

C

410

2

4 5

O LG–R

B–RB–R

V–W

R–L

R–L

R–L

G–R

LG–RO

LG–RO

V–W B–R

R–L

R–LR

–LR

–L

V–W

PLBRO

O

L P

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

UNCTIONONNECTOR

CTIONNNECTOR

NCTIONONNECTOR

POSITION SWARK/NEUTRALOSITION SW]

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

17

1

5

J30

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BJ28 , J29A

COMBINATION METER

C 7 A

JUNCTIONNNECTOR

JUNCTIONCONNECTO

J 2 J 1

BR

O

R–L

C, C 9

R–L

D, C10

DATA LINKCONNECTOR 2

D 3DATA LINKCONNECTOR

D 1

ED

IK36

AC

BB

A

BR

BR BR

BR

BR

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BJ 8 , J 9A

NCTIONNNECTOR

4

D

D

JUNCO

J 4

DD DR

A/D TC

E1

3

A

A

A

AA

JUC

J2

10

D [PP

P D

312

C14CRUISE CONTROL ECU

D

SP

D

PI TC

11

L

TC

1E1

3

AA

JUCO

J2

C

JC

J

B

BBCO

1

23

V 2

VE

HIC

LE S

PE

ED

SE

NS

OR

( CO

MB

INA

TIO

N M

ET

ER

)

SI SE

IG+

10AGAUGE

1D2 1J1

Page 159: Wiring Diagram

171

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

II

IK27

1R41J7

1V10

AAAA AA

A11 A7

BA

1R51J8

1W3

3

A

A

B

21

A45

B

A

A

W–B

L–B

L–R

Y–B

W–R

W–R

W–R

B–R W

G–B WR–B

R–G

G–W

G–W

W–BWW–L

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

G–W

R–Y

G–W

L–B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 3

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

E 7 A

CR

UIS

E C

ON

TR

OL

SW

[CO

MB

. S

W]

CR

UIS

E C

ON

TRO

L A

CT

UA

TOR

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

C12

J27

C 3

S10

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BJ

8, J

9A

EP

CMS CCS

RES/ACCEL

SET/COAST

CANCEL

CR

UIS

E

D17

S2 IDLO OD1

D, E10

M

4

3

R–Y

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J15

L–B

A

A

B–R

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J24

87152161011

1914136

CRUISE CONTROL ECUC14

MO MC L

B BATT

CM

S

STP

CC

S

GN

D

EC

T

IDL

OD

4 1

3 2

STO

P L

IGH

T S

W

15AECU–IG

1J9

10AECU–B

2J7

15ASTOP

1C7

Page 160: Wiring Diagram

DA

D

172

CRUISE CONTROL

CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH THE STOP FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE STOP LIGHT SW, AND ALSO THROUGHTHE ECU–B FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU.WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED TO ON, CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 3 OF THECOMBINATION METER AND THE CURRENT THROUGH THE ECU–IG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 9 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU.WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON AND THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SWITCH IS TURNED ON, A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 5OF THE CRUISE CONTROL SW TO TERMINAL 11 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU. AS A RESULT, THE CRUISE CONTROL ECUFUNCTIONS AND THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE ECU–IG FUSE TO TERMINAL 9 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU → TERMINAL16 → GROUND, AND THE CRUISE CONTROL IS READY FOR OPERATION.AT THE SAME TIME, THE CURRENT THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE CRUISE CONTROLINDICATOR LIGHT → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, CAUSING THECRUISE CONTROL INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP, INDICATING THAT THE CRUISE CONTROL IS READY FOR OPERATION.

1. SET OPERATIONWHEN THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW IS TURNED ON AND THE SET SW IS PUSHED WITH THE VEHICLE SPEED WITHIN THE SETLIMIT (APPROX. 40 KM/H, 25 MPH TO 200 KM/H, 124 MPH). A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 10 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECUAND THE VEHICLE SPEED AT THE TIME THE SET SW IS RELEASED IS MEMORIZED IN THE ECU AS THE SET SPEED.

2. SET SPEED CONTROLDURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, THE ECU COMPARES THE SET SPEED MEMORIZED IN THE ECU WITH THE ACTUAL VEHICLESPEED INPUT INTO TERMINAL 12 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU FROM THE SPEEDOMETER, AND CONTROLS THE CRUISECONTROL ACTUATOR TO MAINTAIN THE SET SPEED.WHEN THE ACTUAL SPEED IS LOWER THAN THE SET SPEED, THE ECU CAUSES THE CURRENT TO THE CRUISE CONTROLACTUATOR TO FLOW FROM TERMINAL 15 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU → TERMINAL 1 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATORTERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 7 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU. AS A RESULT, THE MOTOR IN THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR ISROTATED TO OPEN THE THROTTLE VALVE AND THE THROTTLE CABLE IS PULLED TO INCREASE THE VEHICLE SPEED. WHENTHE ACTUAL DRIVING SPEED IS HIGHER THAN THE SET SPEED, THE CURRENT TO THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR FLOWSFROM TERMINAL 7 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 2 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 15 OF THECRUISE CONTROL ECU.THIS CAUSES THE MOTOR IN THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR TO ROTATE TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND RETURN THETHROTTLE CABLE TO DECREASE THE VEHICLE SPEED.

3. COAST CONTROLDURING THE CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, WHILE THE COAST SW IS ON, THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR RETURNS THETHROTTLE CABLE TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND DECREASE THE DRIVING SPEED. THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THECOAST SWITCH IS TURNED OFF IS MEMORIZED AND THE VEHICLE CONTINUES AT THE NEW SET SPEED.

4. ACCEL CONTROLDURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, WHILE THE ACCEL SW IS TURNED ON, THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR PULLS THETHROTTLE CABLE TO OPEN THE THROTTLE VALVE AND INCREASE THE DRIVING SPEED.THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THE ACCEL SW IS TURNED OFF IS MEMORIZED AND THE VEHICLE CONTINUES AT THE NEW SETSPEED.

5. RESUME CONTROLUNLESS THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS BELOW THE MINIMUM SPEED LIMIT (APPROX. 40 KM/H, 25 MPH) AFTER CANCELING THE SETSPEED BY THE CANCEL SW, PUSHING THE RESUME SW WILL CAUSE THE VEHICLE TO RESUME THE SPEED SET BEFORECANCELLATION.

6. MANUAL CANCEL MECHANISMIF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPERATIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH OF THEACTUATOR TURNS OFF AND THE MOTOR ROTATES TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND THE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED.∗ PLACING THE SHIFT LEVER EXCEPT “D” POSITION (PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW EXCEPT “ D” POSITION). “SIGNAL IS NOT

INPUT TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE ECU”∗ DEPRESSING THE BRAKE PEDAL (STOP LIGHT SW ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE ECU”∗ PULL THE CANCEL SWITCH (CANCEL SW ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 10 OF THE ECU”∗ PUSHING THE MAIN SWITCH (MAIN SW OFF). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 11 OF THE ECU”

SYSTEM OUTLINE

Page 161: Wiring Diagram

173

7. AUTO CANCEL FUNCTION

A) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPERATING CONDITIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE SET SPEED ISERASED, THE CURRENT FLOW TO THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS STOPPED AND THE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. (MAIN SWTURNS OFF).WHEN THIS OCCURS, THE IGNITION SW MUST BE TURNED OFF ONCE BEFORE THE MAIN SW WILL TURN ON.

∗ WHEN CURRENT CONTINUED TO FLOW TO THE MOTOR INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IN THE THROTTLE VALVE “OPEN” DIRECTION.∗ THE MOTOR DOES NOT OPERATE DESPITE THE MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL BEING OUTPUT.

B) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPERATING CONDITIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE SET SPEED ISERASED, THE CURRENT FLOW TO THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS STOPPED AND THE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. (MAIN SWTURN OFF).WHEN THIS OCCURS, THE CANCEL STATE IS CLEARED AS THE MAIN SW WILL TURN ON AGAIN.

∗ OVER CURRENT TO TRANSISTOR DRIVING THE MOTOR AND/OR THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH.∗ OPEN CIRCUIT IN THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH.∗ MOMENTARY INTERRUPTION OF VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL∗ SHORT CIRCUIT IN THE CRUISE CONTROL SW.∗ WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS MORE THAN 16 KM/H (10 MPH) BELOW THE SET SPEED, E.G. ON AN UPWARD SLOPE.

C) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE SET SPEED IS ERASED ANDTHE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. (THE POWER TO THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS CUT OFF UNTIL THE SET SW IS “ON”AGAIN.)

∗ WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS BELOW THE MINIMUM SPEED LIMIT, APPROX. 40 KM/H (25 MPH)∗ WHEN POWER TO THE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IS MOMENTARILY CUT OFF.

D) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE CRUISE CONTROL ISRELEASED.

∗ OPEN THE CIRCUIT FOR TERMINAL 2 OF THE STOP LIGHT SW.

8. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION CONTROL FUNCTION∗ IN OVERDRIVE, IF THE VEHICLE SPEED BECOMES LOWER THAN THE OVERDRIVE CUT SPEED (SET SPEED MINUS APPROX. 4

KM/H, 2.5 MPH) DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, SUCH AS DRIVING UP A HILL, THE OVERDRIVE IS RELEASED AND THEPOWER INCREASED TO PREVENT A REDUCTION IN VEHICLE SPEED.

∗ AFTER RELEASING THE OVERDRIVE, VEHICLE SPEED BECOMES HIGHER THAN THE OVERDRIVE RETURN SPEED (SET SPEEDMINUS APROX, 2 KM/H, 1.2 MPH) AND THE ECU JUDGES BY THE SIGNALS FROM THE ACTUATOR’S POTENTIOMETER THAT THEUPWARD SLOPE HAS FINISHED, THE OVERDRIVE IS RESUMED AFTER APPROXIMATELY 2 SECONDS.

∗ DURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, THE CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION SIGNAL IS OUTPUT FROM THE CRUISE CONTROLECU TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE. UPON RECEIVING THIS SIGNAL, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE CHANGES THESHIFT PATTERN TO NORMAL.TO MAINTAIN SMOOTH CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION (ON A DOWNWARD SLOPE ETC.), THE LOCK–UP RELEASE OF THE TRANSMISSION WHEN THE IDLING POINT OF THE THROTTLE POSITION IS “ON” IS FORBIDDEN.

C 3 CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR3–4 : APPROX. 38 Ω

C12 CRUISE CONTROL SW [COMB. SW]5–3 : CONTINUITY WITH THE MAIN SW ON4–3 : APPROX. 418 Ω WITH THE CANCEL SW ON

APPROX. 68 Ω WITH THE RES/ACCEL SW ONAPPROX. 198 Ω WITH THE SET/COAST SW ON

C14 CRUISE CONTROL ECU9–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX 12 VOLTS

12–GROUND : 4 PLUSES WITH 1 ROTATION OF THE ROTOR SHAFT10–GROUND : APPROX. 418 Ω WITH THE CANCEL SW ON IN THE CONTROL SW

APPROX. 198 Ω WITH THE SET/COAST SW ON IN THE CONTROL SWAPPROX. 68 Ω WITH THE RES/ACCEL SW ON IN THE CONTROL SW

16–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 162: Wiring Diagram

174

CRUISE CONTROL

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

C 3 26 E10 D 28 J24 29

C 7 A 28 J 1 29 J25 29

C 9 C 28 J 2 29 J27 29

C10 D 28 J 3 29 J28 A 29

C12 28 J 4 29 J29 B 29

C14 28 J 8 A 29 J30 29

D 1 26 J 9 B 29 P 1 27

D 3 28 J15 29 S10 29

E 7 A 28 J17 29 V 2 27

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1C 24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1D 24 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1J

1R24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1V24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1W

2J 20 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IG2 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT SIDE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B)

IJ1 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

IK238 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

IK338 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

IL1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

ED 34 SURGE TANK RH

II 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH

IJ 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE RH

1 2 3 4 XX4X X X 109X

13433 4 5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10111213141516

X X X X

X X X 11

X X X X X

X

XX

XX4XX

XXX10XXX

X

X X

X 7

11

X

C 3 BLACK

C12 BLACK C14

D 1 BLACK D 3 DARK GRAY

A BLUEC 7 C GRAYC 9

D BROWNC10

AE 7

3

3

Page 163: Wiring Diagram

175

X X X X X

X X

X XX

X17

D D DA A A A A B B B B

D D DA A A A A A A A A A A A

A A

A A A A

C C

C C

A A A A

A A A A A A AXA

A A X X X

A A A A A

D D X X X X F F

X 2

10

1

3

2

4

1 2 3

J 2 BLACK J 3

J 4 BLACK J15

J17 BLUE J24 J25 J27

P 1 GRAY

S10 BLUE V 2 BLACK

AJ28 BJ29

DE10

A GRAYJ 8 B GRAYJ 9

B B

B B B B B

GRAYJ 1

C C C B B B

A A A A A

J30

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

Page 164: Wiring Diagram

176

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION

5AIGN

15AEFI

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

1

2

1

2

2

1

A24A14 C1 C7 C20 C22

D17 D11 D27 C2 D3 C9 C4

AB

BB

I 5

1

2

EC

A

6 3 2 4 1

A

3

B–R

G–WB–Y

B–Y

W–B

W–B

G–W

G–W

W

BR

BR

G–BLY BR

L–B

L–B

V P–L

B–Y

W–L

R G

G

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BJ2

8, J

29A

SLN+ NC2+ NC2–

BATT VC

STO

P L

IGH

T S

W

THR

OTT

LE P

OS

ITIO

NS

EN

SO

R

EN

GIN

E C

OO

LAN

T TE

MP

. S

EN

SO

R

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION SOLENOID

VE

HIC

LE S

PE

ED

SE

NS

OR

( ELE

CTR

ON

ICA

LLY

CO

NTR

OLL

ED

TR

AN

SM

ISS

ION

)J26

E 3

V 3

S10

T 2

E 4

IK27

A11 A7

CRUISE CONTROL ECUC14

613 14

L–B

L–B

L–R

Y–B

ECTIDL OD

A

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

BE 7 , E 8A C, E 9 D, E10A23

B–Y

+B

W–B

W–B

A

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J27

STP

VTA

1

THW E2

OD

LO

OD

1

S2

S1

SL

SLN

2J8

2 3

1 5

2K7

2F4 2J2

EFI

RE

LAY

2C5

15ASTOP

1C71W7

1R4

1R5

B W Y L R

S2 S1 SL SLN– SLN+

Page 165: Wiring Diagram

177

AND A/T INDICATOR

A1 A10 A15 A12

B16 D34 D33 A6

EE ED

IJ111

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

C10 D3

C9 D4 B5

IK22

IL17 IL12

BA

AC

AC

4

IJ1

3

CC

1

A

C

V–W

Y

L–W

R–B

R–B

R–L R–L

R–L

V–W

W–B

R–L

Y

L–W

BR

BR

BR

G–O

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

R–L

R–L

R–L

R–L

V–W R–L

L P

L P

G–O

G–O

EN

GIN

E C

ON

TRO

L M

OD

ULE

BE

7,

E 8

AC

, E 9

D, E

10

OD2

SPD

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BJ28 , J29A

COMBINATION METER

CC 8 , C 9B D, C10

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 7

D MAINW

2VEHICLESPEED SENSO(COMBINATION METER)

V 2

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

SP

EE

DO

ME

TER

O/D

OF

F

G–O

G–O

R–L

R–B

R–B

AD

BF

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BJ28 , J29A

D28

BR

BR

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J24

D13

IJ

BR

L 2 R

E1

EO

3

EO

1

EO

2

2

O/S

O

D D

4

A

A

A

J25

C C

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J17

A

A

3 2

R

SESI

IG+

10AGAUGE

1J1 1D2

Page 166: Wiring Diagram

178

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION

B9 B10 C2 C1 B14 B12

B15

IG

IK25 IK26 IK29 IL11 IK33 IK24

IJ116 IJ113 IJ114 IJ115

AA

A

L–W

R–B

R–B

R–L

W–B

Y

L–W

B–R R

R–B

G–W

Y

L–W

B–R

Y

L–W

B–R R R–B

G–W

W–B

W–B

COMBINATION METER

CC 8 , C 9B D, C10

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J16

P 1

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

L 2 D N R

P

Y

L–W

B–R R R–B

G–W

W–B

R–B

R–B

L–W

Y

R–L

G–W

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J30

B

B

EE

E

J30

LL 2L DL NL RL PL

4 3 10 9 8 7

2A/T INDICATOR LIGHT SW[PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW]

C

D A

D A 30

D

1V5

1H10

Page 167: Wiring Diagram

179

AND A/T INDICATOR

PREVIOUS AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE HAVE SELECTED EACH GEAR SHIFT USING THE MECHANICALLY CONTROLLED THROTTLEHYDRAULIC PRESSURE, GOVERNOR HYDRAULIC PRESSURE AND LOCK–UP HYDRAULIC PRESSURE. THE ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION HOWEVER, ELECTRICALLY CONTROLS THE LINE PRESSURE AND LOCK–UP PRESSURE ETC.,THROUGH THE SOLENOID VALVE. ENGINE CONTROL MODULE CONTROL OF THE SOLENOID VALVE BASED ON THE INPUTSIGNAL FROM EACH SENSOR MAKES SMOOTH DRIVING POSSIBLE BY SHIFT SELECTION FOR EACH GEAR WHICH IS MOSTAPPROPRIATE TO THE DRIVING CONDITIONS AT THAT TIME.

1. GEAR SHIFT OPERATIONDURING DRIVING, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE SELECTS THE SHIFT FOR EACH GEAR WHICH IS MOST APPROPRIATE TO THEDRIVING CONDITIONS, BASED ON INPUT SIGNALS FROM THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR TO TERMINAL THW OF THEENGINE CONTROL MODULE, AND ALSO THE INPUT SIGNALS TO TERMINAL NC2+ OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE FROM THEVEHICLE SPEED SENSOR DEVOTED TO THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION. CURRENT IS THEN OUTPUT TOTHE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID. WHEN SHIFTING TO 1ST SPEED, CURRENT FLOWS FROMTERMINAL S1 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE → TERMINAL 3 OF THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSIONSOLENOID → GROUND, AND CONTINUITY TO THE NO. 1 SOLENOID CAUSES THE SHIFT.FOR THE 2ND SPEED, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL S OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE → TERMINAL 3 OF THEELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID → GROUND, AND FROM TERMINAL S2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROLMODULE → TERMINAL 6 OF THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID → GROUND, AND CONTINUITY TOSOLENOID NO. 1 AND NO. 2 CAUSES THE SHIFT.FOR THE 3RD SPEED, THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO NO. 1 SOLENOID, ONLY TO NO. 2, CAUSING THE SHIFT.SHIFTING INTO 4TH SPEED (OVERDRIVE) TAKES PLACE WHEN THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO EITHER NO. 1 OR NO. 2 SOLENOID.

2. LOCK–UP OPERATIONWHEN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE JUDGES FROM EACH SIGNAL THAT LOCK–UP OPERATION CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN MET,CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL SL OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE → TERMINAL 2 OF THE ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID → GROUND, CAUSING CONTINUITY TO THE LOCK–UP SOLENOID AND CAUSINGLOCK–UP OPERATION.

3. STOP LIGHT SW CIRCUITIF THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON) WHEN DRIVING IN LOCK–UP CONDITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TOTERMINAL STP OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE OPERATES AND CONTINUITY TO THELOCK–UP SOLENOID IS CUT.

4. OVERDRIVE CIRCUIT∗ OVERDRIVE ON

WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED ON (O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT TURNS OFF), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL OD2 OFTHE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AND ENGINE CONTROL MODULE OPERATION CAUSES GEAR SHIFT WHEN THECONDITIONS FOR OVERDRIVE ARE MET.

∗ OVERDRIVE OFFWHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED TO OFF (O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT TURNS ON), THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGHTHE O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT FLOWS THROUGH THE O/D MAIN SW TO GROUND. CAUSING THE INDICATOR LIGHT TOLIGHT UP. AT THE SAME TIME, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL OD2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AND ENGINECONTROL MODULE OPERATION PREVENTS SHIFT INTO OVERDRIVE.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

Page 168: Wiring Diagram

A B C D

180

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION

E 7 , E 8 ,E 9 ,E10 ENGINE CONTROL MODULES1, S2–E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS WITH THE SOLENOID ON

0–1.5 VOLTS WITH SOLENOID OFFL–E1 : 7.5–14.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND SHIFT LEVER AT L POSITION2–E1 : 7.5–14.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND SHIFT LEVER AT 2 POSITIONR–E1 : 7.5–14.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND SHIFT LEVER AT R POSITION

STP–E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSEDTHW–E2 : 0.2–1.0 VOLTS WITH THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. 60C (140F) –120C (248F)VTA1–E2 : 0.3–0.8 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED

3.2–4.9 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPENEDVC–E2 : 4.5–5.5 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION

OD1–E1 : 4.5–5.5 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION0D2–E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND O/D MAIN SW TURNED OFF

0–3.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND O/D MAIN SW TURNED ON+B–E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION

0 2 O/D MAIN SW2–4 : CLOSED WITH THE O/D MAIN SW OFF, OPEN WITH THE O/D MAIN SW ON

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGEC 8 B 28 E10 D 28 J28 A 29C 9 C 28 J 4 29 J29 B 29C10 D 28 J 7 29 J30 29

C14 28 J16 29 O 2 29E 3 26 J17 29 P 1 27E 4 26 J24 29 S10 29

E 7 A 28 J25 29 T 2 27E 8 B 28 J26 29 V 2 27E 9 C 28 J27 29 V 3 27

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)1C 24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1D24 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1H24 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1J

1R24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1V24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1W2C

20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)2F

20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

2J20 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

2K20 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)IJ1 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)IK2

38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)IK3

38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

IL1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATIONEC 34 LEFT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORTED 34 SURGE TANK RHEE 34 REAR SIDE OF SURGE TANKIG 36 LEFT KICK PANELIJ 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE RH

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTSI 5 38 ENGINE WIRE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 169: Wiring Diagram

181

AND A/T INDICATOR

1095 12 1415 109X21 1343

6

1314

1 2 34 X 6

21

X X X X X

X 3 X

11

27 X X 33 34X

X17X X

1 2 X 4

7 X

2220

9 X

X X

16

14 15 X X

1 X 6 7

10 11 12

X 23 24

D D DC C C

A A A A AA A A A A A A A

C CC C

A A A AA A A A A A A

XA

A A X X X

A

A A B B

D D X X

B B

X X F F

A A A A A B B B BD D D E E E 2

4

X

7

2 3 4

8 9 101 2

1 2 3 1 2 31 2

BC 8 C GRAYC 9 D BROWNC10

DE10CE 9

BE 8AE 7

AJ28 BJ29

C14 E 3 GRAY E 4 DARK GRAY

J 4 BLACK J 7

J25J24J17 BLUEJ16 ORANGE

J26

J30 S10P 1 GRAYO 2 BLUE

V 3 BLACKV 2 BLACKT 2 BLACK

X X

28

A A A A A

BLUE

C C A A

J27

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

Page 170: Wiring Diagram

182

SHIFT LOCK

1

2

STOP LIGHSW

G–W

B–R

1 5 2

Y INTERLOCKLENOID

L–B

W–B

W–B

34

L–B

1

B–R

P–L

C

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

A

A

II IG

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

J 7

S10

J16

WG

–W

KLS+ E

ACC IG STP

IG15

A

W–B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J15

A

A

A A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 8

W–B W–B

SHIFT LOCKCONTROL ECU

S 5

P–L

T

2

C

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 5

KESO

K 3

1T1 1D8 1C7

15ACIG

15AECU–IG

15ASTOP

1H2

1R4

1J7

1J8

Page 171: Wiring Diagram

183

S 5 SHIFT LOCK CONTROL ECU1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION5–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION3–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED4–GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC POSITION AND THE SHIFT LEVER POSITION IN P POSITION

6–12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC POSITION AND THE SHIFT LEVER POSITION IN EXCEPT P POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGEJ 5 29 J15 29 S 5 29J 7 29 J16 29 S10 29J 8 29 K 3 29

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1C 24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1D24 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1H24 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1J24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1R24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1T 24 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)IG1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT SIDE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATIONIG 36 LEFT KICK PANELII 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH

C C C

A A A A

A A A A A A

A A

A A A A

A A A A A

A A A A A A A A 1 2 1

2 3 4 5

1 2

J 5 GRAY J 7 J 8 GRAY J15

S10 BLUES 5K 3 BLACKJ16 ORANGE

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A

SERVICE HINTS

Page 172: Wiring Diagram

184

ELECTRIC MODULATED SUSPENSION

BA BA

AA

A

II

J15JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

1J8

1J7

STEERINGSENSOR

S 6JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 3

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J27

1 4

5 2 3 1

F C E

17 16 2

1

A

21 3 1 13 11 10 12

2

4

E

C

F

C

AA

A

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BJ

8, J

9A

R–G R

B–R

Y V

W–B

L–Y L

L–B

L–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

L–Y L L–B

L–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

B–R

B–O

1

1R4

1R5

26

A

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J27

C

C

F C E

14

L–B

L–Y

L–W

L

7 8

ABSORBER CONTROL ECUA24

ABSORBERCONTROL SW

A25

ABSORBER CONTROLACTUATOR FRONT LH

A11

G–W

G–W

G–W

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

A

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J 3

W

B–R

2

SW1 SW2 GND FA– FB+ FB– FA–

SS1SS2FSS

SS2 SS1 +B NEO

IG

STP

ECU1 ECU2

GND

AF

BD

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

BJ2

8, J

29A

ENGINE CONTROL MODULEE 7

TACH

13

B–O

2

STO

P L

IGH

T S

WS

10

15AECU–IG

1J9

15ASTOP

1C7

Page 173: Wiring Diagram

185

D 1D 3

194 22

R–YP

LG–R

IM36 IM31

ID16 ID14 ID110 ID12 IN12 IN15 IN16 IN11IM32 IM37 IM33 IM38

18 20

BN

IONECTOR

EA BO IM

B 6

5 6 7 8

A19

L–Y L L–B

L–W R R

–Y

R–W L–

R R R–Y

R–W L–

R

R

R–Y

R–W L–R

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

L–B

L

L–Y

L–W L–R

R–W

R–Y

R

R

R–Y

R–W L–

R

ABSORBER CONTROL ECUA24

GR

–R

GR

–L

GR

–L

GR

–R

GR

–L

GR

–R

ACTUATOR FRONT RH ACTUATOR REAR LH ACTUATOR REAR RH

D E F B

TSTEM TC

RB– RB+ RA– RA+

FRORRO

IK311

LG–R

LG–R

LG–R

B

BB

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J 1

AC

BB

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BJ 8 , J 9A

IK36

BRBR

BR

BR

BR

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

ED

BR

4 5 2 3 4 5 2 3

4 1

5 2 3 1

ABSORBER CONTROLA12

ABSORBER CONTROLA35

ABSORBER CONTROLA361

D E F BB

F

E

D

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J27

AA

A J24

1

DATA LINKCONNECTOR 1

DATA LINKCONNECTOR 2

1615 4

TSTEM TC

6 15 6 19

ABS ECUA23 ABS AND TRACTION

ECU

RRO FROFRORRO

11

TC E

3

3

E1

AJ37JUNCTCONN

Page 174: Wiring Diagram

186

ELECTRONIC MODULATED SUSPENSION

ELECTRIC MODULATED SUSPENSION SYSTEM IS THE DAMPING FORCE CONTROL SYSTEM USING SEVERAL SIGNALS WHICHRESTRAINS THE VEHICLE MOVEMENT (SUCH AS ROLLING, DRIVING, AND SQUAD) BY A DRIVER’S OPERATION TOGETHER WITHRESTRAINING AND ABSORBING THE VEHICLE MOVEMENT CHANGE AND VIBRATION AGAINST THE UNEVENNESS OF THE ROAD.

(1) STEERING SENSOR SIGNALTO INPUT THE ROTATION ANGLE OF THE STEERING WHEEL INTO THE TERMINALS SS1 AND SS2 OF THE ABSORBER CONTROLECU.

(2) SPEED SENSOR SIGNALTO DETECT THE VEHICLE SPEED AT ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH AND INPUT TO THE TERMINALS FRO ANDRRO OF THE ABSORBER CONTROL ECU FROM ABS ECU OR ABS AND TRACTION ECU.

(3) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNALTO DETECT THE SIGNAL OF THE BRAKE IN OPERATION AND INPUT IT INTO THE TERMINAL STP OF THE ABSORBER CONTROLECU.

(4) ENGINE ROTATION SIGNALTO DETECT THE ENGINE SPEED AND INPUT IT INTO THE TERMINAL NEO OF THE ABSORBER CONTROL ECU.

(5) ABSORBER CONTROL SW SIGNALTO DETECT THE SWITCH CONDITION AND INPUT IT INTO THE TERMINALS SW1 AND SW2 OF THE ABSORBER CONTROL ECU.

A24 ABSORBER CONTROL ECU2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION

26–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED1–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

S 6 STEERING SENSOR1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION2–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE See Page Code See PageA11 26 D 1 26 J24 29A12 26 D 3 28 J27 29A19 28 E27 28 J28 A 29A23 28 J 1 29 J29 B 29A24 28 J 3 29 J37 30A25 28 J 8 A 29 S 6 29A35 30 J 9 B 29 S10 29A36 30 J15 29

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)1C1J 24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)1R

24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

ID1 36 FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)IK3 38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)IM3 38 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)IN1 38 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page GROUND POINTS LOCATION

EA 34 RIGHT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORTED 34 SURGE TANK RHII 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LHIM 36 RIGHT KICK PANELBN 40 UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLARBO 40 UNDER THE RIGHT CENTER PILLAR

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

B 6 40 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 175: Wiring Diagram

187

1 2 3

4 5

1 2 3

4 5

X X 6 X X

X 19 X X

6

15 X

1 2 X 4

X X X X

X X X

X X X 16 X X

X

XX

XXXX

XXXXXX

15X

A A A A AC C C E E E F F F F

A A A A A A A A A A A A

A A

A A A A

A11 GRAY A12 GRAY A19 A23

A24 GRAY A25 BLACK

D 1 BLACK D 3 DARK GRAY

J 3

J15A GRAYJ 8 B GRAYJ 9

51 2 3 4 6 7 8 X 10 11 12 13

14 X 16 17 181920 2122 X X X 26

123

45

123

45

A36 GRAY

A35 GRAY

B BB B

A A A AA A A A A A A

J 1 GRAY

J24

3

11

4

C C C B B B

X X

X

13

X

E 7

3

B B B

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

Page 176: Wiring Diagram

188

ELECTRIC MODULATED SUSPENSION

A A A A A B B B BC C C D D D E E E F F F F

A A

A A A A

1 2 X X X

X 7 8 X X

1 2

J27 J37

S 6 S10 BLUE

X X F F D D X X

AJ28 BJ29

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

GRAY

Page 177: Wiring Diagram

189

MEMO

Page 178: Wiring Diagram

190

ABS AND TRACTION CONTROL

60AABS

2

1

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

3 6

2

1 4

3

3

3 333

3

3

A1 A24

A11

B3B9

A13 A26

A4

EA

E 1 E 1E 1

C9 C10

SR GND3 GND2 SFRH SFRR

R+ MR

2 3

1 4

W–R

R–B

W–B

W–B

W–R

GR

–R

W–R

GR

W–L

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–L

W–R

W–BW–B

GRG

R–R

GR

–L

GR–L

GR–R

R–L

ABS AND TRACTION ECU

BA19 , A20A

ABS AND TRACTIONACTUATOR

BA 7 , A 8A

W–L

ABSMOTORRELAY

ABSSOLRELAY

C, A21

W–B

5

EB

W–B

Page 179: Wiring Diagram

191

C2 C1 C8 C7 A25 A12 C5 C4 C12 C6 A10 A14

A2 A1

E 1

SFLH SFLR SRRH SRRR SRLH SRLR SRC1 SRC2 SMC1 SMC2 AST MT

L–B

W–L

W–R

R–G

G–Y

LG–B

B–R

B–Y

Y–R

Y–B R

R–W

W–R W–R

W–B

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

B8

1

2

B16

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 3

STOPLIGHT SW

S10

ABS AND TRACTION ECU

BA19 , A20A

A

A

B–R W

G–WB–R

G–W

G–W

R–LR–L

W–B W–B

IG1 STP

C, A21

ABS AND TRACTION ACTUATOR

BA 7 , A 8A

A15

GND1

W–B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J27

A

A

A19 A6

IM31 IM36

20 18

RROFRO

GR

–L

GR

–R

GR

–L

GR

–R

FRO RRO

ABSORBERCONTROL ECU

A24

15AECU–IG

1J9

15ASTOP

1C7

B12 B6 B11 B5 B10 B4 B7 B2 B8 B1 A5 A3

M

1R4

1R5

Page 180: Wiring Diagram

192

ABS AND TRACTION CONTROL

IK34 IK38 IK35 IK311

IM28

IM25

A23 B4 A9

IM212

IM12

A22

BC

AA AA

B12

C

BC

BB

C

23 16 22 11 4 14 17

TS WA TC D/G WT

TS TC TC ABS TRC

L

LG–R

G–B

R–Y

R–L

R–L

R–Y

G–B LG

–RLG

–RLG

–R

R–Y

G–B

R–L L

R–L

LG–R

L

G–B

DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1D 1

DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2D 3

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J 1

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J30

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BJ28 , J29A

ABS AND TRACTION ECU

BA19 , A20A

R–L

(SHORT PIN)

WB WA

G–B

LG–R

R–L

C, A21

A5 A4 A17 A18 B2 B1

12

IM26

12 21

ID13 ID19

ABS SPEED SENSORFRONT LH

A 9ABS SPEED SENSORFRONT RH

A10ABS SPEED SENSORREAR LH

A33

B9 B10

21

IN13 IN19

ABS SPEED SENSORREAR RH

A34

FL+ FL– FR+ FR– RL+ RL– RR+ RR–

BW

R G W B R G

R G

R G W B

IJ112

G–BF

F

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J30

IM21

R–Y

AC

BB

IK36

33

AA A BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

E1 E1

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J24

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BJ

8,

J 9

A

Page 181: Wiring Diagram

193

II

1J7

1J8

B5B13B14B6B15

A19 A26 A25 A28 A27

C22 C7 C1

B11

A

AA

BA

TRC–TRC+EFI–EFI+NEOCSW

BR

–W W B G L

YLBR

LGW

–BW

–BW

–B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J15

THROTTLE POSITION SENSORT 2

ABS AND TRACTION ECU

BA19 , A20A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BJ 8 , J 9A

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

CE 7 , E 9A

E2 VTA1 VC

NEO EFI+ EFI– TRC+ TRC–

2 3 1

C, A21

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

B3

IJ118

B4D7D6

IJ119

D3

L

G–B

L

R–L

R–L

LGG–B

LG

R–L

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 4

COMBINATION METER

DC 8 , C10B

IND

D

DTR

AC

OF

F

ABS SLIP

ED

BR

BR

E2 VTA VC

1

4

TRACOFF SW

T 5

10AGAUGE

1D2

Page 182: Wiring Diagram

194

ABS AND TRACTION CONTROL

(ABS)ABS IS A BRAKE SYSTEM DESIGNED FOR THE PURPOSE TO IMPROVE THE OPERATING ABILITY SECURING THE STABILITY OFTHE VEHICLE BY PREVENTING THE LOOKING–UP OF THE VEHICLE CONTROLLING THE WHEEL CYLINDER PRESSURE OF ALLTHE FOUR WHEELS AT THE TIME OF SUDDEN BRAKING.

1. INPUT SIGNALS(1) SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL

THE SPEED OF THE WHEELS IS DETECTED AND INPUT TO TERMINALS FL+, FR+, RL+, AND RR+ OF THE ABS AND TRACTIONECU.

(2) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNALA SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL STP OF THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU WHEN BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED.

2. SYSTEM OPERATIONWHEN THE WHEELS ARE TO BE LOCKED–UP, THE SOLENOID INSIDE THE ACTUATOR WILL BE CONTROLLED BY THE SIGNALFROM THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU AND THE BRAKE FLUID IN THE WHEEL CYLINDER WILL FLOW THROUGH THE RESERVOIRAND REDUCE THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE.WHILE THE ABS IS IN OPERATION, AS THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU IS ALWAYS OUTPUTTING THE OPERATION SIGNAL TO THEPUMP INSIDE THE ACTUATOR, BRAKE FLUID STORED INSIDE THE RESERVOIR WILL BE SUCTIONED UP BY THE PUMP INSIDE THEACTUATOR AND RETURNED TO THE MASTER CYLINDER.WHEN THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE OF THE WHEEL CYLINDER IS DECOMPRESSED OR INCREASED UNTIL THE NECESSARYHYDRAULIC PRESSURE, THE SOLENOID INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IS CONTROLLED BY THE CONTROL SIGNAL FROM THE ABS ANDTRACTION ECU AND AS A RESULT, HYDRAULIC PRESSURE OF THE WHEEL CYLINDER WILL BE CLOSED AT BOTH ROUTES OFTHE MASTER CYLINDER AND RESERVOIR SIDES AND THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE OF THE WHEEL CYLINDER WILL BECOME TOBE IN THE HOLDING CONDITION.IF THE INCREASE OF HYDRAULIC PRESSURE VOLUME OF THE WHEEL CYLINDER BECOMES NECESSARY, WITH THE CONTROLSIGNAL FROM THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU, THE SOLENOID INSIDE THE ACTUATOR WILL BE CONTROLLED AND BECOME THESAME CONDITION AS USUAL AND THE BRAKE FLUID OF THE MASTER CYLINDER WILL BE SENT TO THE WHEEL CYLINDER ANDWILL INCREASE THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE OF THE WHEEL CYLINDER. AT THIS TIME, IN THE CASE THAT THE BRAKE FLUIDSTAYS LEFT IN THE RESERVOIR, IT WILL BE SUCTIONED UP BY THE PUMP INSIDE THE ACTUATOR AND WILL BE SENT TO THEWHEEL CYLINDER.ALSO, INCREASING SPEED OF THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS CONTROLLED BY OUTPUTTING THE INCREASING AND THE SAIDHOLDING ONE AFTER ANOTHER.(TRACTION CONTROL)TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM IS DESIGNED TO PERFORM THE ENGINE OUTPUT CONTROL BY THE FUEL CUT AND HYDRAULICPRESSURE CONTROL OF DRIVING WHEEL BRAKE AND CONTROL THE SPINNING OF THE DRIVING WHEELS. BY DOING THIS, ITIMPROVES STARTING ACCELERATION AND OPERATING ABILITY OF THE VEHICLE SECURING THE DRIVING ABILITY INACCORDANCE WITH THE ROAD SURFACE CONDITION.

3. TRACTION CONTROL OPERATIONESTIMATING THE VEHICLE SPEED FROM THE REAR WHEEL SPEED, COMPARING IT WITH THE FRONT, DRIVING WHEEL SPEEDAND JUDGING THE GRIP CONDITION OF THE DRIVING WHEELS. FROM THE ESTIMATED VEHICLE SPEED, TARGET SPEED OF THEDRIVING SPEED WILL BE SET. WHEN THE FRONT, DRIVING WHEEL SPEED EXCEEDS THE CONTROL STARTING SPEED, ITJUDGES THAT THE TIRE SLIP IS OCCURRED AND PERFORMS THE FUEL CUT CYLINDER NUMBER CONTROL AND BRAKECONTROL AND THEN ADJUST TO MAKE THE FRONT WHEEL SPEED BECOME THE TRACTION CONTROL TARGET SPEED.CONTROLLING OF THE TRACTION CONTROL WILL BE COMPLETED WHEN THE VEHICLE MOVE ONTO THE ROAD WHERE THEDRIVING WHEELS WILL NOT HAVE A TIRE SLIP OR WHEN THE DRIVER DECELERATE.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

Page 183: Wiring Diagram

A B C

195

A19 , A20 ,A21 ABS AND TRACTION ECUIG1 – GND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION

R+ – SR : 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND ABS WARNING LIGHT OFFR+ – MR : 0–1 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION

WA – GND : 0–2 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND ABS WARNING LIGHT ON: 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND ABS WARNING LIGHT OFF

STP – GND : 0–1.5 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW OFF: 8–14 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW ON

D/G – GND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND ABS WARNING LIGHT ONMT – GND : 0–1.5 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION

NEO – GND : PULES GENERATION WITH IDLINGIND – GND : 0–2 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND SLIP INDICATOR LIGHT ON

: 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND SLIP INDICATOR LIGHT OFFWT – GND : 0–2 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND TRAC OFF INDICATOR LIGHT ON

; 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND TRAC OFF INDICATOR LIGHT OFFCSW – GND : 0–2 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND TRAC OFF SW PUSHED

: 8–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND TRAC OFF SW RELEASEDTC, TS – GND : 8–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION

TRC+, TRC– – GND : PULES GENERATION WITH TRACTION CONTROL ACTIVEEFI+, ERI– – GND : PULES GENERATION WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION

SRLH, SRLH, AST – GND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND WARNING LIGHT OFFSFLH, SRRR, SRRH – GND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND WARNING LIGHT OFFSFRR, SFRH, SFLR – GND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND WARNING LIGHT OFFSRC1, SRC2, SMC1, SMC2 – GND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND TRAC OFF INDICATOR LIGHT OFF

S10 STOP LIGHT SW2–1 : CLOSED WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED

A 9, A10, A34, A35 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH1–2 : 1.5–1.7 KΩ (20°C 68°F)

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGEA 7 A 26 C 8 B 28 J 9 B 29A 8 B 26 C10 D 28 J15 29

A 9 26 D 1 26 J24 29A10 26 D 3 28 J27 29

A19 A 28 E 7 A 28 J28 A 29A20 B 28 E 9 C 28 J29 B 29A21 C 28 J 1 29 J30 29

A24 28 J 3 29 S10 29A33 30 J 4 29 T 2 27A34 30 J 8 A 29 T 5 29

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)3 23 ENGINE ROOM NO.3 R/B (RADIATOR UPPER SUPPORT RH)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)1C 24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)1D 24 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)1J

24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)1R

24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

SERVICE HINTS

Page 184: Wiring Diagram

196

ABS AND TRACTION CONTROL

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

ID1 36 FLOOR WIRE AND COWL (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IJ1 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

IK3 38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

IH1

IM2 38 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IM3

( )

IN1 38 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

EA34 RIGHT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT

EB34 RIGHT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT

ED 34 SURGE TANK RH

II 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

E 1 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

1 2

3 4 5

1 2 1 2

1 X X 4 5 6 X X 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 X 17 18 19 X X 22 23 24 25 26

1 2 3 4 5 6 X 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

1 2 X 4 5 6

7 8 9 10 X 12

X

X 18 20 X X X

12 12 4

A GRAYA 7 B BLACKA 8

AA19 BA20 CA21

BC 8

A 9 GRAY A10 GRAY

A33 GRAYA24 GRAY A34 GRAY

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11 12

X X

Page 185: Wiring Diagram

197

763X X X X

X X X 11

X X X 16 X X

X

X

2322

X

XX4XX

XXXXXX

14X17

X X

1 X

7 X

22

X

19 X X

X

X 25 26 27 28

B BB B

A A A A A

D D DA A A A A A A A A A A A

A A

A A A A

A A A A A

A A

X X

C C

X X

C C C F F 1 21 2 3

1 X X 4

D BROWNC10

CE 9AE 7

A GRAYJ 8 B GRAYJ 9

AJ28 BJ29

J30 S10 BLUE T 2 BLACK T 5 BLACK

D 1 BLACK D 3 DARK GRAY

J 4 BLACK

J 3J 1 GRAY

J15

J27

A A A AA A A A A A A

3

3

BBB

C C C B B B

J24

F F

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

Page 186: Wiring Diagram

198

ABS

60AABS

2

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

2 4

1 3

3

3 6

2

1 4 5

3 3

3333 3

IM28

IK34

IK35IK38IK311

G–B

B2

E 4

R–B

W–R

L–B

W–L

W–R

R–G

G–Y

LG–B R

R–W

M

B7 B18 B8 A9A11 A8 A4

B4 1 B10 B11 B21 B22 B5 B12 B16 B9

B1 B4 A1 A5 A3 A7 A4 A8 A2 A6 B5 B3

G–B

G–B

G–B

R–Y

LG–R

LG–R

W–R

GR

–L

W–B

W–L

GR

GR

–R

R–L

LG–R

LG–R R

–Y

R–L

GR–R

R–L

SFRH SFRR SFLH SFLR SRRH SRRR SRLH SRLR

MR SR R+ D/G

B

W–B

W–R

W–B

W–B

W–L

23

22161114 4

DATA LINKD 3

JUN

CTI

OR

J 8

AB

S M

OTO

R R

ELA

Y

AB

S S

OL

RE

LAY

ABS ECU

BA22 , A23A

ABS ACTUATOR

BA 5 , A 6A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

IK36

BB

AC

A

3

A A

BR

BR

BR

BR

3

BR

R–Y

R–L

R–L

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

BJ

8, J

9A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BR

J24

B

W–B

DATA LINKCONNECTOR 1

D 1

1

TC TS

MT

AS

T

WA

TC TS

WB

WA

(*1)

E1

ABS TC

CONNECTOR 2

E1

BB

ON

CO

NN

EC

T

C

C

C

J30F

F

Page 187: Wiring Diagram

199

* 1 : SHORT PIN

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

IJ112

A2 A12

WG

–WG

–WG

–W

21 21

IM26 IM21

B20 B19 B14 B3

D A

D A

R–L

B–R

R–L

G–B

G R

B WG RB–R

G–B

IG1 FL– FL+ FR– FR+

A [CJU

NC

TIO

NC

ON

NE

CTO

R

J 4

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J 3

ABS SPEED SENSORFRONT LH

A 9ABS SPEED SENSORFRONT RH

A10

B13 B2

EA

E 1

1212

A3A10A1A7

ID13ID19IN13IN19

W–B

W–B

W–B

B W G R

B W G R

RR– RR+ RL– RL+

ABS SPEED SENSORREAR RH

A34ABS SPEED SENSORREAR LH

A33

ABS ECU

BA22 , A23A

A

A JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J27

ED

BR

BR

W–B

EB

W–B

IM36 IM31

2018

GR

–R

GR

–L

GR

–R

GR

–L

B15B6

FRORRO

RRO FRO

ABSORBERCONTROL ECU

A24

GN

D

GN

D

STP

1

2

STO

P L

IGH

T S

WS

10

10AGAUGE

1D2

15AECU–IG

1J9

15ASTOP

1C7

BS

WA

RN

ING

LIG

HT

CO

MB

. M

ETE

R]

1

7

3

0

1R4

1R5

Page 188: Wiring Diagram

BA

A

B

B

B

A

200

ABS

THIS SYSTEM CONTROLS THE RESPECTIVE BRAKE FLUID PRESSURES ACTING ON THE DISC BRAKE CYLINDERS OF THE RIGHT FRONTWHEEL, LEFT FRONT WHEEL AND REAR WHEELS WHEN THE BRAKES ARE APPLIED IN A PANIC STOP SO THAT THE WHEELS DO NOTLOCK. THIS RESULTS IN IMPROVED DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND STEERABILITY DURING PANIC BRAKING.

1. INPUT SIGNALS(1) SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL

THE SPEED OF THE WHEELS IS DETECTED AND INPUT TO TERMINALS FL+, FR+, RL+ AND RR+ OF THE ABS ECU.(2) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL

A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL STP OF THE ABS ECU WHEN BRAKE PEDAL IS OPERATED.

2. SYSTEM OPERATIONDURING SUDDEN BRAKING THE ABS ECU, WHICH HAS SIGNALS INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR, CONTROLS THE CURRENT FLOWING TOTHE SOLENOID INSIDE THE ACTUATOR AND LETS THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON EACH WHEEL CYLINDER ESCAPE TO THERESERVOIR. THE PUMP INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IS ALSO OPERATING AT THIS TIME AND IT RETURNS THE BRAKE FLUID FROM THERESERVOIR TO THE MASTER CYLINDER, THUS PREVENTING LOCKING OF THE VEHICLE WHEELS.IF THE ECU JUDGES THAT THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON THE WHEEL CYLINDER IS INSUFFICIENT, THE CURRENT ACTING ONTHE SOLENOID IS CONTROLLED AND THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS INCREASED. HOLDING OF THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS ALSOCONTROLLED BY THE ECU, BY THE SAME METHOD AS ABOVE. PRESSURE REDUCTION, HOLDING AND INCREASE ARE REPEATED TOMAINTAIN VEHICLE STABILITY AND TO IMPROVE STEERABILITY DURING SUDDEN BRAKING.

A22 , A23 ABS ECU(CONNECT THE ECU CONNECTOR)

2–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 13–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 12–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED

A 6 ABS ACTUATOR1–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

S10 STOP LIGHT SW2–1 : CLOSED WITH THE BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

A 5 A 26 A33 30 J 8 A 29

A 6 B 26 A34 30 J 9 B 29

A 9 26 C10 28 J24 29

A10 26 D 1 26 J27 29

A22 A 28 D 3 28 J30 29

A23 B 28 J 3 29 S10 29

A24 28 J 4 29

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)3 23 ENGINE ROOM NO. 3 R/B (RADIATOR UPPER SUPPORT RH)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1C 24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1D 24 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1J24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1R24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

SERVICE HINTS

SYSTEM OUTLINE

Page 189: Wiring Diagram

201

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

ID1 36 FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IJ1 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

IK3 38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

IM238

RIGHT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT

IM338

ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IN1 38 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

EA34 RIGHT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT

EB34 RIGHT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT

ED 34 SURGE TANK RH

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

E 1 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

1 2

3 4 5

1 2 1 21 2 3 4 X X

7 8 9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16 X 18 19 20 21 22

X

X 18 20 X X X

12 12

73

X X X X

X X X 11

X X X 16 X X

X

X

2322

X

XX4XX

XXXXXX

14X

A BLACKA 5 B GRAYA 6 AA22

BA23

A 9 GRAY A10 GRAY

A24 GRAY A33 GRAY A34 GRAY

D 3 DARK GRAYD 1 BLACKC10 BROWN

3

3

Page 190: Wiring Diagram

202

ABS

A A A A AD D D

B B B

A A A A A

C C C F F F F 1 2

J 3 J 4 BLACK

J27 J30 S10 BLUE

B B B

A A A A

A A A A A A A

J24

A GRAYJ 8 B GRAYJ 9

C C C(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

Page 191: Wiring Diagram

203

SRS

NOTICE: When inspecting or repairing the SRS, perform the operation in accordance with the followingprecautionary instructions and the procedure and precautions in the Repair Manual for the applicable model year.

Malfunction symptoms of the SRS are difficult to confirm, so the DTCs become the most importantsource of information when troubleshooting. When troubleshooting the SRS, always inspect the DTCsbefore disconnecting the battery.

Work must be started after 90 seconds from when the ignition switch is turned to the “LOCK”position and the negative ( –) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery.(The SRS is equipped with a back–up power source so that if work is started within 90 seconds ofdisconnecting the negative ( –) terminal cable of the battery, the SRS may be deployed.)When the negative (–) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery, the memory of the clock andaudio system will be canceled. So before starting work, make a record of the contents memorized by theaudio memory system. When work is finished, reset the audio systems as before and adjust the clock.To avoid erasing the memory of each memory system, never use a back–up power supply from outsidethe vehicle.

Even in cases of a minor collision where the SRS does not deploy, the steering wheel pad, frontpassenger airbag assembly, and airbag sensor assembly should be inspected.

Never use SRS parts from another vehicle. When replacing parts, replace them with new parts.

Before repairs, remove the airbag sensor if shocks are likely to be applied to the sensor during repairs.

Never disassemble and repair the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag assembly, or airbag sensorassembly in order to reuse it.

If the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag assembly or airbag sensor assembly has been dropped,or if there are cracks, dents or other defects in the case, bracket or connector, replace them with new ones.

Do not expose the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag assembly, or airbag sensor assemblydirectly to hot air or flames.

Use a volt/ohmmeter with a high impedance (10 kΩ/V minimum) for troubleshooting the system’selectrical circuits.

Information labels are attached to the periphery of the SRS components. Follow the instructions on thenotices.

After work on the SRS is completed, check the SRS warning light.

If the vehicle is equipped with a mobile communication system, refer to the precaution in the IN sectionof the Repair Manual.

Page 192: Wiring Diagram

204

SRS

The SRS has connectors which possess the functions described below:

1. SRS ACTIVATION PREVENTION MECHANISMEach connector contains a short spring plate. When the connector is disconnected, the short spring plateautomatically connects the power source and groundingterminals of the squib to preclude a potential differencebetween the terminals.

2. ELECTRICAL CONNECTION CHECK MECHANISMThis mechanism is designed to electrically check ifconnectors are connected correctly and completely.The electrical connection check mechanism is designed sothat the connection detection pin connects with thediagnosis terminals when the connector housing lock is inthe locked condition.

Page 193: Wiring Diagram

205

3. CONNECTOR TWIN–LOCK MECHANISMWith this mechanism connectors (male and femaleconnectors) are locked by two locking devices to increaseconnection reliability. If the primary lock is incomplete, ribsinterfere and prevent the secondary lock.

Page 194: Wiring Diagram

206

SRS

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

10AECU–B

2J7

1 2

SPIRALCABLE

II IF

10 9 8 5

511

23671615

B–O

GR

Y–B Y Y–R

Y–G

P–B

B–Y

W–B

W–B

B–Y

IG2 ACC D+ D– P+ P–

E1 E2 TC LA

AIRBAG SQUIB(STEERING WHEEL PAD)

A31

AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLYA29

WARNING

B. METER]

TC AB

1 2

AIRBAG SQUIB(FRONT PASSENGER AIRBAG ASSEMBLY)

A30

1N3

1V3

W–B

1N1

1J7

W–B

W–R

W–R

IG22

B

B AA

A

IK37IK311

LG–R

LG

LG–R LG

B–Y

AJUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J15

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 1

AC

BB

IK36

ED

A

3

3

AA

4

E1

BR

LG–R

BRBR

BRBR

B

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NNE

CTO

R

BJ

8, J

9A

DAT

A LI

NKC

ON

NEC

TOR

2

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J24

D 3

TC

E1

D 1DATA LINKCONNECTOR 1

9

8

SRS LIGHT[COM

C10

5AIGN

1N4

15ACIG

1N2

1W3

1G2

Page 195: Wiring Diagram

207

THE SRS IS A DRIVER AND PASSENGER PROTECTION DEVICE WHICH HAS A SUPPLEMENTAL ROLE TO THE SEATBELTS. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ACC OR ON, CURRENT FROM THE CIG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL16 OF THE AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY. ONLY WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON DOES THE CURRENT FROM THE IGNFUSE TO TERMINAL 15. IF AN ACCIDENT OCCURS WHILE DRIVING, WHEN THE FRONTAL IMPACT EXCEEDS A SETLEVEL, CURRENT FROM THE CIG OR IGN FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINALS 7 AND 3 OF THE AIRBAG SENSORASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 1 OF THE AIRBAG SQUIBS → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 6 AND 2 OF THE AIRBAG SENSORASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 9 OR TERMINAL 10 OR BODY GROUND → GROUND, SO THAT THE CURRENT FLOWS TOTHE AIRBAG SQUIBS AND CAUSES IT TO OPERATE.THE AIRBAG STORED INSIDE THE STEERING WHEEL PAD IS INSTANTANEOUSLY EXPANDED TO SOFTEN THESHOCK TO THE DRIVER. THE AIRBAG STORED INSIDE THE PASSENGER’S INSTRUMENT PANEL ISINSTANTANEOUSLY EXPANDED TO SOFTEN THE SHOCK TO THE PASSENGER.

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

A29 28 D 1 26 J 9 B 29

A30 28 D 3 28 J15 29

A31 28 J 1 29 J24 29

C10 28 J 8 A 29

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1G 24 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1J

1N24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1V24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1W

2J 20 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IG2 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT SIDE OF INSTUMENT PANEL J/B)

IK3 38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

ED 34 SURGE TANK RH

IF 36 COWL SIDE PANEL LH

II 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH

SYSTEM OUTLINE

Page 196: Wiring Diagram

208

SRS

A A

A A A A

J15

C C C B B B

A GRAYJ 8 B GRAYJ 9

A A A A

A A A A A A A

J24

A B

8X 2 3 X 5 6 7

9 10 X X X X 15 16

1 2 1 298

X X X 5 X

X X X 11

X X X X X

X

XX

A A A B B

A A A B B B B B

A29 YELLOW A30 YELLOW A31 YELLOW C10 BROWN

J 1 GRAYD 1 BLACK

XX34XX

XXXXXX

X3

DARK GRAYD 3

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

Page 197: Wiring Diagram

A

A A

A

209

MOON ROOF

CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH THE POWER FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER RELAY. WITHTHE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE → TERMINAL 7 OF THEINTEGRATION RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → GROUND.AS A RESULT, POWER RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER RELAY FLOWSFORM TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER RELAY TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AND MOON ROOFCONTROL RELAY.

1. SLIDE OPEN OPERATIONWHEN TURNING THE SLIDE OPEN SW “ON” WITH THE ROOF CLOSED, THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AND MOONROOF CONTROL RELAY WILL MAKE THE MOTOR ROTATE TO THE “OPEN” DIRECTION UNTIL THEY BECOME ANY OFTHE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS SUCH AS THE TERMINAL IG BECOMES “OFF” OR ANY OF THE SWS IS TURNED “ON”OR THE TIME LIMIT (ABOUT 20 SECONDS) IS UP OR THE CURRENT GOES UP THE UPPER LIMIT (ABOUT 17 AMPERE).

2. SLIDE CLOSE OPERATIONWHEN TURNING THE SLIDE CLOSE SW (TILT UP) “ON” WITH THE ROOF OPEN, THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW ANDMOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY WILL MAKE THE MOTOR ROTATE TO THE “CLOSE” DIRECTION UNTIL THEY BECOMEHALF POSITION (LS1 SW TURNS FROM “ON” TO “OFF”). UNDER THE CONDITION WITH THE ROOF HALF CLOSED,WHEN TURNING THE SLIDE CLOSE SW (TILT UP) “ON” AGAIN, THEY WILL MAKE THE MOTOR ROTATE UNTIL THEROOF IS COMPLETELY CLOSED.

3. TILT UP OPERATIONWITH THE ROOF CLOSED, WHEN THE TILT UP SWITCH IS PUSHED ON, THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AND MOONROOF CONTROL RELAY DRIVES THE MOTOR IN DIRECTION OF UP (LS1 SW OFF, LS2 SW OFF).

4. TILT DOWN OPERATIONWHEN THE ROOF UP, WHEN THE TILT DOWN SWITCH (SLIDE OPEN) IS PUSHED ON, THE MOON ROOF CONTROLSW AND MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY DRIVES THE MOTOR IN DIRECTION OF DOWN, AND THE MOTOR STOPS ATFULLY DOWN POSITION (LS1 SW OFF TO ON).

5. KEY OFF MOON ROOF OPERATIONWITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED FROM ON TO OFF, INTEGRATION RELAY OPERATES AND CURRENT FLOWS FROMTHE DOOR FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER RELAY→TERMINAL 2 → GROUND FOR ABOUT 43 SECONDS. THE SAME AS NORMAL OPERATION, THE CURRENT FLOWSFROM THE POWER FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER RELAY →TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE MOONROOF CONTROL SW AND MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. AS A RESULT, FOR ABOUT 43 SECONDS AFTER THEIGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF, THE FUNCTIONING OF THIS RELAY MAKES IT POSSIBLE TO OPEN AND CLOSE THEMOON ROOF. ALSO, BY OPENING THE FRONT DOOR (DOOR COURTESY SW ON)WITHIN ABOUT 43 SECONDSAFTER TURNING THE IGNITION SW TO OFF, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINALS 6 OR 6 OF THE INTEGRATIONRELAY. AS A RESULT, THE RELAY TURNS OFF AND OPEN OPEN CLOSE MOVEMENT OF THE MOON ROOF STOPS.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

Page 198: Wiring Diagram

210

MOON ROOF

30APOWER

2

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

B 2B 4

15237

6 5 1 2

R–L

G–W R G

WWW

W–B

G–W

R–L

BQ

W–B

2 3

1 5

10AGAUGE

25ADOOR

POWERRELAY

A1 A3

BC

AA

A6

AE

BD

IP17

B 2

IF

1V3

1F3

6

107

W–B

R–G

R–G

R–G

R–G

W–B

R–B

L–W

L–W

W–B

W–B

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BJ3

4, J

35A

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BJ3

4, J

35A

I14 A

INTEGRATION RELAY

1

1 1

II

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTORD

OO

R C

OU

RTE

SY

SW

FRO

NT

RH

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

Y S

WFR

ON

T LH

J15

D10

D 9

M

4 3

–B–B–B

MOON ROOF MOTORAND LIMIT SW

M 3

LS2

LS1

4

MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AND MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAYM 2

SLI

DE

OP

EN

TILT

UP

LIMIT SW2 MOTOR+ MOTOR–

IG

LIMIT SW1 GND

1S7

1F71J71G51D1

L

Page 199: Wiring Diagram

211

POWER RELAY5–3 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION

M 2 MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AND MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY2–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

D 9 30 J15 29 M 2 31D10 30 J34 A 29 M 3 31

I14 A 28 J35 B 29

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1D 24 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1F 24 ROOF WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1G 24 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1J 24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1S 24 FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1V 24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IP1 38 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

IF 36 COWL SIDE PANEL LH

II 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH

BQ 40 ROOF LEFT

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

B 2 40 ROOF WIRE B 4 40 ROOF WIRE

A A

A A A A

1 2 3

4 5 X 7 X1 2

3 4

5 6

J15

M 2 M 3

1 11 X 3 X 6 X X

XXXXXXX

A A

E E E

C C

D D D

D 9 D10 A ORANGEI14

B BLACKJ35

A BLACKJ34

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

SERVICE HINTS

Page 200: Wiring Diagram

212

CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND CLOCK

15ACIG

7. 5APANEL

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

7. 5ADOME

II IG

AA AA

BA BA

A

4

4 2

A

A

A

2

A

13

P–L

P–L

R

W–B

W–B

W–B

P–L

P–L

GG

G

RR

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BJ12 , J13A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BJ 5 , J 6A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

CIGARETTELIGHTER

C 5

J 7

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

CLOCKC 6

J16

J15

W–B

ILL+ B+

ACC– EARTH–

1J6 1T11D5 2J12

1W1

1G8

Page 201: Wiring Diagram

213

C 5 CIGARETTE LIGHTER

2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION4–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

C 6 CLOCK

1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION2–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY3–GROUND : APPROX 12 VOLTS WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

C 528

J 6 B29

J13 B29

C 628

J729

J1529

J 5 A29

J12 A29

J1629

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1DINSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1G 24INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1J 24COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1T 24INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1W 25COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

2J 20COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

IG 36LEFT KICK PANEL

II 36INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH

2

4

1 2 3 4 A A A A A A A A A A A A

A A A A A

A A A A A A A A A A A A

A A

A A A A

A A A A A

A A A A A A A A

C 5 C 6 BLACK J 7

J15 J16 ORANGE

A GRAYJ 5 B GRAYJ 6

A GRAYJ12 B GRAYJ13

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

SERVICE HINTS

Page 202: Wiring Diagram

214

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND MIRROR HEATER

10AHEATER

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

40ADEF

3 2

5 1

ID18

23

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J20

LL–

BY

–G

DEFOGGERRELAY

BB

RDFGREAR WINDOWDEFOGGER SW[A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY]

B

B

A14

10AMIRROR–HEATER

IE25IO25

4

6

4

6

IE220IO220

1G7

1V3

1

IFILII

B B

A

B B

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J15

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J38JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J36

MIR

RO

R H

EA

TER

RH

[RE

MO

TE C

ON

TRO

L M

IRR

OR

RH

]

R17

MIR

RO

R H

EA

TER

LH

[RE

MO

TE C

ON

TRO

L M

IRR

OR

LH

]

R16

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

B–Y

B–Y

BBW

SE

FIL

TER

W–B

CHOKE COILC17

1

1

1R3

–B

1T51D41J7

2

–Y–Y–B2N

OI

1L1 1J12

1J13

Page 203: Wiring Diagram

215

DEFOGGER RELAY5–3 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SW [A/C CONTROL

ASSEMBLY] ON

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

A14 28 J20 29 R16 31

C17 30 J36 30 R17 31

J15 29 J38 30

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1DINSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINSIH PANEL)

1G 24INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINSIH PANEL)

1J1L

24COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1R24

COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1T 24INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1V 24COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

ID1 36FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IE2 36 FLOOR DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IO2 38 FLOOR DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

IF 36COWL SIDE PANEL LH

II 36INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH

IL 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL

X X 23

1

A A

A A A A B B

4X6 4X6

A14 C 17 J15 J20 BLACK

R 17R16J38J36

(H INT : SEE P AG E 7)

(HIN T : SEE PA G E 7)

(HIN T : SEE PAG E 7)(H INT : SEE P AG E 7)

B

B B B

B

B B B BB

SERVICE HINTS

Page 204: Wiring Diagram

2J

B B

B B A

BN

B B A

8

PWR

PWR

11

R–W

R–W

BAB

TAF+ RAF+ D1

D1RAF+RAF–TAF–TAF+PH–PH+GND

5 164

24611415173

11 1 6 2 7 7 2 3

910

5ATEL

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)B

G–B

B–R

RRG–B

IG +B

GR

–W BR

GGBB

B–R

WW–B

( SH

IELD

ED

)

W

( SH

IELD

ED

)

Y

W

TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER AND SPEAKER RELAY

CELLULAR PHONE (HAND SET)

T 7 , T 8A B

W

IF14

ID22

G–B

WW

W W

OO

TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER

B 1

1

B

HOOK

HOOK

4

GR

B3B8B7B2A1A2

IG+

B–R

B–R

BC15 , C16A

B–R

2

ID23 ID24

C C B–R

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 5

B–R

W RR

A

ONCTOR

JUNCTICONNE

J37

1D8

15AECU–IG

R

12

TELEPHONEMICROPHONE[COMB. SW]

C12

PHI+ PHI–

216

CELLULAR MOBILE TELEPHONE

Page 205: Wiring Diagram

IF111IF1107

A A B A B B A A

12 18 23 10 5 3 9 4 10

22 25 19 6 2 1

2 1

D3 GND3 GND2 MUTE RLI+ RLI– RLO+ RLO–

D3 GND2 GND1

TEL(+)TEL(–) SP–CNT

GND AUDIO(+) AUDIO(–) RL–SP(+) RL–SP(–)

1 8 8 4 5 12 5 12

10 2 6

Y–B

Y–B B Y

YBY–B

YBBOR

BYO

B

BR

R–B

TELMUTE

RL+ RL–

CELLULAR PHONE (HAND SET)

STEREO COMPONENTAMPLIFIER

REAR DOORSPEAKER LH

TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER AND SPEAKER RELAY

T 7 , T 8

S 8

R10

A B

A

D2

D2

11

6

RB

R

G–W

R–W

L–W

B–W

SPEAKER RELAY

L

BQ17 BQ16

B Y

R 2RADIO ANDPLAYER

TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER

TELI

A3

ID21

L–R

L–R

24

TEL1

MUTE

A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY

A14

B1B6B5B4

BC15 , C16A

BN

GND

A3

W–B

L

13

W–B

A37UNCTION

CONNECTOR

IF1

+ –

JJ

217

Page 206: Wiring Diagram

B

B

B

B

218

CELLULAR MOBILE TELEPHONE

T 8 TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER AND SPEAKER RELAY9–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS

10–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION11–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

A14 28 J5 29 S 8 29C12 28 J37 30 T 7 A 31

C15 A 30 R2 29 T 8 B 31C16 B 30 R10 31

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1D 24 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

2J 20 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

ID2 36 FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IF1 36 FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

BQ1 40 REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

BN 40 UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

B 1 40 FLOOR WIRE

X X 24 1 2123 123

8 7 6 5 4

C C C

A A

A A A A

10

12

2

6

543216 7 8 X X 11 12

235

7891012

4

11

1

6

A14 C12 BLACK

J 5 GRAY J37 R 2 R10 S 8

BT 8AT 7

AC15 BC16

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)X

SERVICE HINTS

Page 207: Wiring Diagram

219

HORN

10AHORN

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

1 1

HORN S[COMB.

HORNLH

HORNRH

G–W

G–WG–

A

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

G–B

J 2

C12H 7 H 8

1 5

6

W SW]

2F12K10

HORNRELAY

B

2 3

HORN RELAY5–3 : CLOSED WITH THE HORN SW ON

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

C12 28 H8 26H 7 26 J 2 29

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

2F 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

2K 20 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

6

1 1AAA

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

C12 BLACK H 7 BLACK H 8 BLACK J 2 BLACK

SERVICE HINTS

Page 208: Wiring Diagram

220

RADIO AND PLAYER

7. 5ARAD–NO. 2

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

20ARADIONO. 1

2K11

C7

A

B

B A

B A

C

A

A C

A C

1 2 2 1

C6C2

IE29 IE21

P V

P V

P V P V

F14FRONT DOORSPEAKER LH

E FL+ FL–

ACC +B

R– R+ L– L+ TX+ TX–

+B ACC GND

W

R

(*1)

R

G

B

6 1 7 2 10 9

W B G R R

GR

L–Y

L–Y

GR

BRL–

Y

BR

BR

F16FRONT TWEETERSPEAKER LH

5 C1 C

C

A

A C

A C

1 2 2 1

IO29 IO21

LG L

LG L

LG L LG L

F15FRONT DOORSPEAKER RH

FR+ FR–

F17FRONT TWEETERSPEAKER RH

C3 C4

GR

L–Y

L–Y

GR

1G6

1W5

5 12 8

MUTE

G–W

4

W

(*1)

G–W

J14JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

CD AUTOMATICCHANGER

C 4

STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER

BS 7 , S 8A C, S 9

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J36

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J38

IJ

1H3

Page 209: Wiring Diagram

221

RADIO AND PLAYER * 1 : SHIELDED

B9 B10 B3 B2 B7 B1 B4

A15 A14 A13 A12 A7 A6 A5 A11 A3 A1 A4

A41 A3 A11 A5 A6 A7 A12 A13 A14 A15 A

IF19 IF18 IP14 IP11

BR17 BR16

2 1 2 1

IF110 IF111 IF17

B5 B12 A4

A5 A12

BQ16

BQ17

LG–B

LG–R R W

R W

R W

LG–B

LG–R

B Y

B Y Y–B

Y Y

BB

RR RL BEEP SGND FR FL MUTE GND RACC AMP+ +B

WF+ WF– RR+ RR– RL+ RL–

G–W

(*1)

W

B

G

R

(*1)

R

W

RR RL BEEP GND FR FL MUTE GND ACC AMP+ +B

MUTECDR–CDR+CDL–CDL+GNDTX–TX–

R R G B W

G–W

G Y R W B L BR R W B

R10REAR DOORSPEAKER LH

R11REAR DOORSPEAKER RH

W 9WOOFER SPEAKER

B6

TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVERAND SPEAKER RELAY

BT 7 , T 8A

B4 B5 B1 B3 B2 B6

I12

( *1)

( *1)

( *1)

BR

( *1)

( *1)

STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER

BS 7 , S 8A C, S 9

A10

TEL MUTE

Y–B

2

1

RADIO ANDPLAYER

BR 2 , R 3A

RLI+ RLI– MUTE

RLO+ RLO–

Page 210: Wiring Diagram

C

C

C

C

S 9

C 4

222

RADIO AND PLAYER

STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER7–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION4–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS

CD AUTOMATIC CHANGER12–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION

5–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS8–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

C 4 28 J36 30 S 7 A 29F14 30 J38 30 S 8 B 29F15 30 R2 A 29 S 9 C 29F16 30 R 3 B 29 T 7 A 31

F17 30 R10 31 T 8 B 31

J14 29 R11 31 W 9 31

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1G24 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1H24 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1W 24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

2K 30 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IE2 36 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IF1 36 FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IO2 38 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IP1 38 FLOOR WIRE NO. 2 AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

BQ1 40 REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)

BR1 40 REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

IJ 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE RH

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

I12 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 211: Wiring Diagram

223

54X21

6 7 8 9 10 X 121 2 1 2 1 2 1 2

BA

A A B B B

A A C C

A A C C

A A C C

A A C C1 3 4 5 6 7

X 10 11 12 13 14 15

X4321

6 7 X 9 10 X X

12 12 1 X 3 4 5 6 7

X X X 11 12 13 14 15

1 2

3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 X X X

54

X X 12

5

12

12

C 4 F14 F15 F16 F17 J14

J36 J38

R10 R11

W 9

AR 2 BR 3

CS 9BS 8AS 7

BT 8AT 7

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

BLUEBLUE

Page 212: Wiring Diagram

224

COMBINATION METER

IK22

AD

BF

C9 D4 D11 D12

IL17 IL12 IF33 IF34 IF31

D13 A13 C6 B3

IL15

1

IJ16

D3 C10

IJ13

10AGAUGE

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

7. 5ADOME

2J12

C8

SP

EE

DO

ME

TE

R

FUE

L

TAC

HO

ME

TER

FUE

L

DO

OR

OIL

IJ

TO D

OO

R C

OU

RTE

SY

SW

FRO

M E

NG

INE

CO

NTR

OL

MO

DU

LE

V–W

V–W

V–W

R–L

R–L

R–L

R–L

V–W

R

R

R

Y–B

R–WB–O

G–WY–RPL

R–L

L P

Y–R

G–W BR

BR

BR

Y–B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J25

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J 4

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J 5

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BJ2

8, J

29A

D

D

AA

B–O

A

A

C

C

C

FROM ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

FROM A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY

FROM CRUISE CONTROLECU

V–W

J JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

R–L

C

COMBINATION METER

BC 7 , C 8A C, C 9 D, C10

OD

OC

PU

7. 5ADOME

1 3

VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR(COMBINATION METER)

V 2FUEL SENDERF19

2 1 2 3

SEIG+ SI

OIL

PR

ES

SU

RE

SW

O 1

1D21J1

17

1G8

1W1

Page 213: Wiring Diagram

225

EE IG

5AIGN

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

1T8

10AECU–B

2J7

A1

IL13

BR

A3

IL16

Y–G

D5

G–R

A4

O

A8

R–W

D7

G–B

B4

LG

D6

L

A10

Y

D9

LG

MA

LFA

NC

TIO

NIN

DIC

ATO

R L

AM

P

CR

UIS

E

SE

AT

BE

LT

AB

S

SLI

P

TRA

C O

FF

CH

AR

GE

SR

S

O/D

OFF

TUR

N L

H

TUR

N R

H

WA

TE

R T

EM

P.

B5 B15

B2 D8 B11 B13

Y–G

G–R OBR

OG

–OW

–B

W–B

W–R

W–R

B–R

G–B

G–Y

TO E

NG

INE

CO

NTR

OL

MO

DU

LE

TO

CR

UIS

EC

ON

TRO

L E

CU

TO IN

TE

GR

ATI

ON

RE

LAY

TO A

BS

EC

UTO

AB

S A

ND

TRA

CTI

ON

EC

U

TO A

BS

AN

DTR

AC

TIO

N E

CU

FRO

M G

EN

ER

ATO

R

TO A

IRB

AG

SE

NS

OR

AS

SE

MB

LY

FRO

M T

UR

N S

IGN

AL

SW

[CO

MB

. S

W]

IJ110 IG25

COMBINATION METER

BC 7 , C 8A C, C 9 D, C10

W–B

AA

A

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J16

4

2

O/D

MA

IN S

WO

2

G–

C

C

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J 7

WA

TER

TE

MP

. S

EN

DE

RW

3

1

1G2

1W3

Page 214: Wiring Diagram

226

COMBINATION METER

5ASTARTER

1J3

IK211

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J26

IK210

AB

BC

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BJ

8, J

9A

PARK/NEUTRALW

P 1

IG16

B16

AA

15AHEAD(RH)

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

2J5

BC

IG13

AD AD

BF

C3 B7 B8

7. 5APANEL

A

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J12

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BJ1

0, J

11A

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BJ2

0, J

21A

FRO

M D

RL

NO

. 3R

ELA

Y

BR

AK

E

A7 A9

IF35

II

IG23

DA

YTI

ME

RU

NN

ING

LIG

HT

RE

LAY

(M

AIN

)

D 5

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J 2

C7 C5 D10

IL14 IG14

IM23

IK14

AAAA

BA

1J8

1J7

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J15

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BJ

8, J

9A

EA

Y–G

R–W B–Y

R–B

P–L

P–L

P–L

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–

B–Y

Y–G

R–W

WW

–B

R–W

R–W

W–B W–B

W–B

B

B

AA

10

4

RE

AR

LIG

HT

EN

GIN

EO

IL

HIG

H B

EA

M

WA

SH

ER

LEV

EL

TAIL

(*2

)

HE

AD

(*1

)

B–W

B–W

6

GR

GR

GR

GR

R–W

R–W

R–W

R–W

GG

R–W

R–W

DELAY

BU

LBC

HE

CK

RE

LAY

B

R–W

TO C

OM

BIN

ATI

ON

SW

TO L

IGH

T FA

ILU

RE

SE

NS

OR

B

B

IJ19

R–B

COMBINATION METER

BC 7 , C 8A C, C 9 D, C10

( *2)

( *1)

( *1)

AC

AC

PKB

BRK

J20

A

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

(*2)

( *1)

(*2)

B

( *2)

( *1)

B–W

1

PA

RK

ING

BR

AK

E S

WP

3

BR

AK

E F

LUID

LE

VE

LW

AR

NIN

G S

W

B 1

EN

GIN

E O

IL L

EV

EL

WA

RN

ING

SW

E 6

B

R–

WA

SH

ER

LE

VE

LW

AR

NIN

G S

W

W 1

2

21

1

OIL

TE

MP

.

OIL

LE

VE

L

2

1

POSITION S

P

N

5 1D5

Page 215: Wiring Diagram

227

* 1 : USA* 2 : CANADA

P R N D 2 LB12 B14 C1 C2 B10 B9

D1 D2

B–R B

TO R

HE

OS

TAT

G–W R–B R B–R

L–W Y

FROM A/T INDICATOR LIGHT SW[PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW]

COMBINATION METER

BC 7 , C 8A C, C 9 D, C10

Page 216: Wiring Diagram

228

COMBINATION METER

B 1 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SW1–2 : CLOSED WITH THE FLOAT DOWN

P 3 PARKING BRAKE SW1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH THE PARKING BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED

O 1OIL PRESSURE SW1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH THE OIL PRESSURE BELOW APPOX. 0.2 KG/CM2 (2.8 PSI, 20 KPA)

W 3 WATER TEMP. SENDER1–GROUND : APPROX. 226 Ω (50º C, 122º F)

APPROX. 25 Ω (115º C, 239º F)

E 6 ENGINE OIL LEVEL WARNING SW1–2 : CLOSED WITH THE FLOAT UP AND THE ENGINE OIL TEMP. AT BELOW APPROX. 55º C (131º F)

OPEN WITH THE FLOAT

F19FUEL SENDER2–3 : APPROX. 3 Ω AT FUEL FULL

APPROX. 110 Ω AT FUEL EMPTY

C 7 , C 8 ,C 9 ,C10 COMBINATION METER3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION

13–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY1–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY8–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS

15–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY5–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY8–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

B 1 26 J 7 29 J25 29C 7 A 28 J 8 A 29 J26 29C 8 B 28 J 9 B 29 J28 A 29C 9 C 28 J10 A 29 J29 B 29

C10 D 28 J11 B 29 O 1 27D 5 28 J12 29 O 2 29E 6 26 J15 29 P 1 27F19 30 J16 29 P 3 29J 2 29 J17 29 V 2 27J 4 29 J20 A 29 W 1 27J 5 29 J21 B 29 W 3 27

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1D24 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1G24 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1J 24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1T 24 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1W 24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

2J 20 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IF3 36 FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)IG1

36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT SIDE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B)IG2

36

38

INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT SIDE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B)

IJ1 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)IK1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)IK2 38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

IL1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

IM2 38 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

SERVICE HINTS

Page 217: Wiring Diagram

229

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

EA 34 RIGHT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT

EE 34 REAR SIDE OF SURGE TANK

IG 36 LEFT KICK PANEL

II 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH

IJ 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE RH

1 2 13987XX43X1 10 X X 161110985432X 12 13 14X 7 15

1098765X321 13987654321 10 11 1210

4X

1 2 1 2 3BBB

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

D D D

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

C C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A A A A A

B B B

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A A A A A

C C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

X X

D D

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

X X

F F

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A

A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

C C

C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

XA

A A X X X

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

B 1 GRAY

D 5 GRAY

E 6 GRAY F19 J 2 BLACK J 4 BLACK J 5 GRAY

J 7

J12 GRAY J15

J17 BLUE J25

A BLUEC 7 BC 8

D BROWNC10C GRAYC 9

A GRAYJ 8 B GRAYJ 9

BJ11

AJ10

B BLACKJ21A BLACKJ20

A A A A A

A A A A A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

ORANGEJ16

Page 218: Wiring Diagram

230

COMBINATION METER

D D

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

F F

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

1 2

4

X5 6

1 1 2 31 2

1

AJ28 BJ29 O 1 GRAY O 2 BLUE

P 1 GRAY W 3 GRAYW 1 BLACKV 2 BLACKP 3

X X

B

B B B

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

J26

XX

Page 219: Wiring Diagram

231

RADIATOR FAN AND CONDENSER FAN

WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT THROUGH THE ECU–IG FUSE FLOWS TO THE FAN NO. 1RELAY (COIL SIDE), FAN NO. 2 RELAY (COIL SIDE) AND FAN NO. 3 RELAY (COIL SIDE). FURTHERMORE, THECURRENT THROUGH THE FAN NO. 1 RELAY (COIL SIDE) THE FAN NO. 2 RELAY (COIL SIDE) FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3OF THE A/C SINGLE PRESSURE SW → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE WATER TEMP. SW NO. 1 → TERMINAL 1→ GROUND, CAUSING THE FAN NO. 2 RELAY TO TURN ON.

1. LOW SPEED OPERATIONONLY WHEN THE A/C SYSTEM IS ACTIVATED OR THE WATER TEMP. SW NO. 2 IS TURNED ON, THE A/C CONDENSERFAN MOTOR AND THE RADIATOR FAN MOTOR ROTATES AT LOW SPEED.WHEN THE A/C SYSTEM IS ACTIVATED, THE CURRENT FROM ECU–IG FUSE FLOWS TO THE FAN NO. 3 RELAY (COILSIDE) → TERMINAL 1 OF THE DIODE (A/C) → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY,CAUSING THE FAN NO. 3 RELAY TO TURN ON. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT THROUGH THE CDS FUSE FLOWS TOTERMINAL 2 OF THE A/C CONDENSER FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE FAN NO. 2 RELAY →TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL 5 OF THE FAN NO. 3 RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE RADIATOR FANMOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND. AS THIS FLOWING IN SERIES FOR THE MOTORS, THE MOTORS ROTATE ATLOW SPEED.WHEN THE WATER TEMP. SW NO. 2 IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FROM ECU–IG FUSE FLOWS TO THE FAN NO. 3RELAY (COIL SIDE) → TERMINAL 1 OF THE WATER TEMP. SW NO. 2 → GROUND, CAUSING THE FAN NO. 3 RELAY TOTURN ON. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT THROUGH THE CDS FUSE FLOWS THE SAME ROUTE AS ABOVE, ROTATINGTHE MOTORS AT LOW SPEED.

2. HIGH SPEED OPERATIONONLY WHEN THE A/C SINGLE PRESSURE SW IS TURNED OFF OR THE WATER TEMP. SW NO. 1 IS TURNED OFF, THEA/C CONDENSER FAN MOTOR AND THE RADIATOR FAN MOTOR ROTATE AT HIGH SPEED.WHEN THE A/C SINGLE PRESSURE SW IS TURNED OFF, THE CURRENT FROM THE RDI FUSE FLOWS TO THE FANNO. 1 RELAY (POINT SIDE) → TERMINAL 2 OF THE RADIATOR FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND. AT THESAME TIME, THE CURRENT FROM THE CDS FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE A/C CONDENSER FAN MOTOR →TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE FAN NO. 2 RELAY → TERMINAL 4 → GROUND.AS THE CURRENT FLOWING IN PARALLEL FOR THE MOTORS AS ABOVE, THE MOTORS ROTATE AT HIGH SPEED.

A 4 A/C SINGLE PRESSURE SW3–2 : OPEN ABOVE APPROX. 15.5 KG/CM2 (220 PSI, 1520 KPA)

CLOSE BELOW APPROX. 12.5 KG/CM2 (142 PSI, 980 KPA)

W 4 WATER TERMP. SW NO. 12–1 : OPEN ABOVE APPROX. 95°C (203°F)

W 5 WATER TEMP. SW NO. 21–GROUND : CLOSE ABOVE APPROX. 90°C (198°F)

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 220: Wiring Diagram

232

RADIATOR FAN AND CONDENSER FAN

3W

A 4

15AECU–IG

1A6

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

30ARDI

30ACDS

2 3

1 4

1 5

2 3

3 2

5 1

4

1 5

2 3

4

11111

1111

2K6 2B2

M

1

2

M

1

2

2

1

E 3

EA12

IK11

IM15EA11

2

1

EN

GIN

E M

AIN

RE

LAY

FANNO. 1RELAY

B–R

B–R

B–R

W–B

G–W

G–W

L L

L–W

L–W

L

DIO

FAN

NO

. 3

RE

LAY

RA

DIA

TOR

FA

N M

OT

OR

W–B

L

W–R

W–BW

ATE

R T

EM

P.

B–R

B–R

B–R

W–R

W–B

FAN

NO

. 2

RE

LAY

G–W R

A/C CONDENSERFAN MOTOR

B–R

A 2

D 2

W 4

R 1

2

1 1

2

L–Y

WA

TER

TE

MP

. S

W N

O.

2

W–B

W–B

W–B

L

EC

W–B

W–B

IM27

L–Y

L

G–W

TO E

NG

INE

CO

NT

RO

LM

OD

ULE

1

W 5

2

MGCR

A/C

CO

NTR

OL

AS

SE

MB

LY

A15

100A

ALT

FUSIBLELINKBLOCK

F 7

1

DE

(A

/C)

SW

NO

. 1

2H2

2C2 2F4 2C1 2F2 2G7 2G12C5 2J13

2

A/C

SIN

GLE

PR

ES

SU

RE

S

Page 221: Wiring Diagram

233

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

A 2 26 D 2 26 W 4 27

A 4 26 F 7 26 W 5 27

A15 28 R 1 27

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

1 22 ENGINE ROOM R/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1A 24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

2B

2C

2F 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

2G

( )

2H

2J20 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

2K20 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

EA1 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN NO. 3 WIRE (BEHIND HEADLIGHT LH)

IK1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

IM138 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IM238 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

EC 34 LEFT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

E 3 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

212 3

1 2

21

1 2 1

A 2 GRAY A 4 BLACK D 2 ORANGE

R 1 GRAY W 4 GRAY W 5 GRAY

X 2

X X X

1

A15 F 7

Page 222: Wiring Diagram

234

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING

1. HEATER BLOWER MOTOR OPERATIONCURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH HTR FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE HTR RELAY. WHEN THEIGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE HEATER FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE HTR RELAY TERMINAL 3 TERMINAL HR OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY. AT THE SAME TIME, CURRENT ALSO FLOWSFROM HEATER FUSE TO TERMINAL IG+ OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY.∗ LOW SPEED OPERATION

WHEN THE BLOWER SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS PUSHED TO LOW SPEED POSITION, THE CURRENT TOTERMINAL HR OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY FLOWS TO TERMINAL GND OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY GROUND AND TURNS THE HTR RELAY ON. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE HTR RELAYFLOWS TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 2 OF THE BLOWER MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMIANL 1 OFTHE BLOWER RESISTOR TERMINAL 2 GROUND AND CAUSES THE BLOWER MOTOR TO ROTATE AT LOWSPEED.

∗ HIGH SPEED OPERATIONWHEN THE BLOWER SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS PUSHED TO HIGH SPEED POSITION, THE CURRENT TOTERMINAL HR OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY FLOWS TO TERMINAL GND OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY GROUND AND TURNS THE HTR RELAY ON. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT TO TERMIANL 1 OF THE HTR RELAYFLOWS TO TERMINAL 2 TERMINAL 2 OF THE BLOWER MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 4 OF THE A/CBLOWER MOTOR LINEAR CONTROLLER TERMINAL 2 TERMINAL BLW OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY(WHICH IS ACTIVATED WHEN THE BLOWER SW IS PUSHED TO HIGH SPEED POSITION) TERMINAL GND GROUND WITHOUT PASSING THROUGH THE BLOWER RESISTOR, CAUSING THE BLOWER MOTOR TO ROTATE ATHIGH SPEED.

2. AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR OPERATION(SWITCHING FROM FRESH TO RECIRC)WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM HEATER FUSE TO TERMINAL IG+ OF THE A/CCONTROL ASSEMBLY TERMINAL AIR TERMINAL 7 OF THE AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR TERMINAL 6 TERMINAL AIF OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY TERMINAL GND GROUND. THE MOTOR ROTATES ANDTHE DAMPER MOVES TO THE RECIRC SIDE. WHEN THE DAMPER OPERATES WITH THE A/C SW AT RECIRCPOSITION, THE DAMPER POSITION SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL TPIOF THE ECU (BUILT INTO THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY). AS A RESULT, CURRENT TO THE SERVO MOTOR CIRCUITIS CUT OFF BY THE ECU, SO THE DAMPER STOPS AT THAT POSITION.(SWITCHING FROM RECIRC TO FRESH)WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, WHEN THE RECIRC/FRESH SW IS SWITCHED TO THE FRESH SIDE, THECURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL IG+ OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY TERMINAL AIF TERMINAL 6 OFTHE AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR TERMINAL 7 TERMINAL AIR OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLYTERMINAL GND GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER STOPS AT THAT POSITION.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

Page 223: Wiring Diagram

235

3. AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR OPERATIONWHEN THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM HEATER FUSE TO TERMINAL IG+ OF THE A/CCONTROL ASSEMBLY.(SWITCHING FROM DEF TO FACE)THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL FACE OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY TERMINAL 4 OF THE AIR VENTMODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR TERMINAL 8 TERMINAL DEF OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY TERMINAL GND GROUND. THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER MOVES TO THE FACE SIDE. WHEN TEDAMPER OPERATES WITH THE A/C SW AT FACE POSITION, THE DAMPER POSITION SIGNAL IS INPUT FROMTERMINAL 8 OF THE SERVO MOTOR TO THE TERMINAL DEF OF THE ECU (BUILT INTO THE A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY). AS A RESULT, CURRENT TO THE SERVO MOTOR CIRCUIT IS CUT OFF BY THE ECU, SO THE DAMPERSTOPS AT THAT POSITION.(SWITCHING FROM FACE TO DEF)THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL DEF OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY TERMINAL 8 OF THE AIR VENTCONTROL SERVO MOTOR TERMINAL 4 TERMINAL FACE OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY TERMINALGND GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER STOPS AT THAT POSITION.

4. AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR OPERATIONWHEN THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS TURNED TO THE “COOL” SIDE THECURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL AMC OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY TERMINAL 1 OF THE AIR MIXCONTROL SERVO MOTOR MOTOR TERMINAL 2 TERMINAL AMH OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY GROUND AND THE MOTOR ROTATES. THE DAMPER OPENING ANGLE AT THIS TIME IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 3 OFTHE SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL TP OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY. THIS IS USED TO DETERMINE THEDAMPER STOP POSITION AND MAINTAIN THE SET TEMPERATURE.WHEN THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS TURNED TO THE “HOT” SIDE, THECURRENT FLOWS FROM SERVO MOTOR TERMINAL AMH OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY TERMINAL 2 OFTHE AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL AMC OF THE A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY, ROTATING THE MOTOR IN REVERSE AND SWITCHING THE DAMPER FROM “COOL” TO “HOT” SIDE.

5. AIR CONDITIONING OPERATIONTHE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY RECEIVES VARIOUS SIGNALS, I.E., THE ENGINE RPM FROM THE ENGINE CONTROLMODULE, OUT SIDE AIR TEMPERATURE SIGNAL FROM THE A/C AMBIENT TEMP. SENSOR, COOLANTTEMPERATURE FROM THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AND THE LOCK SIGNAL FROM THE A/C COMPRESSOR,ETC. WHEN THE ENGINE IS STARTED AND THE A/C SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS ON, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TOTHE ECU. (BUILT IN THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY).AS A RESULT, THE GROUND CIRCUIT IN A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY IS CLOSED AND CURRENT FLOWS FROMHEATER FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE MG CLT RELAY TERMINAL 2 TERMINAL MGCR OF THE A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY TERMINAL GND GROUND, TURNING THE MG CLT RELAY ON, SO THAT THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH ISON AND THE A/C COMPRESSOR OPERATES.AT THE SAME TIME, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE DETECTS THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS ON AND THE A/CCOMPRESSOR OPERATES. IF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY DETECTS THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS, IT STOPSTHE AIR CONDITIONING: EVAPORATOR OUTLET AIR IS TOO LOW. THERE IS A MARKED DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE COMPRESSOR SPEED AND THE ENGINE SPEED. THE REFRGIRANT PRESSURE IS ABNORMALLY HIGH OR ABNORMALLY LOW. THE ENGINE SPEED IS TOO LOW. RAPID ACCELERATION OCCURS.

Page 224: Wiring Diagram

2 3

4

1 5

10AHEATER

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

2

1

II

IBLEK BLOCK

10AECU–B

L–B

HTRRELAY

A/C BLOWER MOTORLINEAR CONTROLLER

A13

1 1 1

1 1

EC

2 3

1 5

MG CLTRELAY

1 1

1 1

I 4

I 4

E 3

IH12

M2 1EB11

IH1

1

I 3 IH1

5

B

3

L–B L–B

L–R

L–R

B–Y

B–W B–W

A

B

AA

4

2

Y–W

L–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–R

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 3

L–B

L–B

L–B

W–

W–R

L–B

L–W

L–W

B–W

L–R

L–W

W–B

L–R

B–

W

B–

W

Y–W

W–B

L–W

1

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

L–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–BJUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J15

BLOWER MOTORB 2

W–B

BLO

WE

R R

ES

ISTO

RB

3

B–W

BB BB

ABJUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BJ20 , J21A

1W2 1R32J7

R

FUSLIN

50A

HT

R

1

F10

2K5

2C9

1W3

1V10

236

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING

Page 225: Wiring Diagram

A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY

BA14 , A15A

AIR INLET CONTROLSERVO MOTOR

A26

L–O

B–L

L–RL

L–W

AIR VENT MODEA28

IM312IM27

A20A19A18A17A4B7A6B9B16A3A10B2A26A13

L–O

B–L

L–RL

L–W

P–L

L–Y

L–B

L–B

L–B

W–B

W–L

L–W

L–Y

L–B

W–R

IM29

L–W

L–W

B–W

Y–W

W–B

L–B

W–B W–B

L–B

W–R

W–BW–B

W–R

W–L

W–L

DD

L–Y

3

B–W

B–W

Y–W

EB22

B IG+ MGCR HR LOCK BLW PSW AIF TPI FACE B/L FOOT F/D DEF

A15

V–W

SPD

TO

SP

EE

DO

ME

TER

[CO

MB

. M

ETE

R]

A7

A23 A25

B–RY–G

W–R

L–BR L

FROM RHEOSTATFROM DEFOGGER RELAY

RDFG TC

AIR

IH16

1

W–R

L

1

4

A/C DUALPRESSURESW

A 4

2

4 1

56

A 3

A/C

MA

GN

ET

IC C

LUTC

HA

ND

LO

CK

SE

NS

OR

IOD

E (

A/C

) 2

237

M

M

87654

2

1

DEFF/DFOOTB/LFACE

IG

GND

CONTROL SERVO MOTOR

A

B

CONTROLCIRCUIT

237

Page 226: Wiring Diagram

BA14 , A15A

A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY

1

B–YL

G–RP

A/C

SA

17

A/C

TH

ER

MIS

TOR

A/C

RO

OM

TE

MP

. S

EN

SO

R

A18

A16

1

2

1

2

1

2

A/C

AM

BIE

NT

TEM

P.

SE

NS

OR

A 1

IM310

IM210

IM311

A14B14B10B13A16B3B4B6A1B5B8A11A9A8

AF

BD

IG18

I10

IG19

WB–YL

G–RP

WL

L

W–R

L–W

G–Y Y

B–O

B–Y

LG–B V

W–B

V

LG–B

B–Y

B–O

W–R

W–R

W–R

W–R

W–R

Y

BJ2

8, J

29A

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

W–R

W–B

AMC AMH S5 TP TS SG TE TR TAM IGN AC1 ACT TW2 GND

TACH ACT THWO

A24 A5

R–YL–R FROM TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVERAND SPEAKER RELAY

FROM THEFTDETERRENT ECU

W–R

BA BA

AC AC JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BJ1

8,

J19

A

LL

AE

AE

AE

BD

BD

BD

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BJ20 , J21A

W–R

W–R

13 16 5 9

W–R

L

ENGINE CONTROL MODULEE 7

A/C

TELI SECU

M

3421

AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTORA27

WA

RM

CO

OL

5

R

2

OLA

R S

EN

SO

238

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING

Page 227: Wiring Diagram

239

A4 A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW4–1 : OPEN ABOVE APPROX. 15.5 KG/CM2 (30 PSI, 206 KPA) OR 32 KG/CM2 (455 PSI, 3138 KPA)

A3 A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH4–GROUND : APPROX. 3.7

A14 (A), A15 (B) A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLYB–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS

IG+–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITIONHR–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSTIION AND DO NOT TURN THE BLOWER MOTOR

BELOW 1 VOLT WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND TURN THE BLOWER MOTORPSW–GROUND : BELOW 1 VOLT WITH THE IGNITION SW ONAC1–GROUND : BELOW 1 VOLT AT START THE ENGINE, OPERATE THE COMPRESSOR

+OR MORE VOLTS AT START THE ENGINE. DO NOT OPERATE THE COMPRESSORBLW–GROUND: BELOW 1.5 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND TURN THE BLOWER MOTOR

S5–SG : 4–6 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ONSG–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

AMH–AMC : 1.3–1.9 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW OFFAIF–GROND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE FRESH SW ON

AIR–GROUND ; APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE RECIRC SW ONFACE–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE FACE SW ONDEF–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE DEF SW ONGND–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGEA1 26 A26 28 J15 29A3 26 A27 28 J18 A 29A4 26 A28 28 J19 B 29A13 28 B2 28 J20 A 29

A14 A 28 B3 28 J21 B 29A15 B 28 D2 26 J28 A 29

A16 28 E7 28 J29 B 29A17 28 F10 26A18 28 J3 29

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)1 22 ENGINE ROOM R/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)1R1V 24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)1W

24 ( )

2C 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

2J20 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

2K 20 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)EB1

34 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (UNDER THE ENGINE ROOM J/B)EB2 34 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (UNDER THE ENGINE ROOM J/B)

IG1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT SIDE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B)

IH1 36 COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (BEHIND RADIO AND PLAYER)

IM238 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IM338 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

EC 34 LEFT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT

II 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH

SERVICE HINTS

Page 228: Wiring Diagram

240

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

E3 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE I4 38 A/C SUB WIRE

I3 38 COWL WIRE I10 38 COWL WIRE

1 2 1 2X 4

1

4

1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 X X 23 24 25 26

X 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 X X 13 14 X 16

1 2

1

2 1 2

1 X 3 X 5 6 71

2 3 4 5

1 2

X 4 5 6 7 8

1 2

2

16 X X

X 5

9 13

X

1B B B B

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A

A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

B B

E E E

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

B B

D D D

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

X X F F

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

D D X X

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A 1 DARK GRAY A 3 GRAY A 4 BLACK A13

A16 BLACK A17 BLACK A18

A26 BLACK A27 A28 B 2 B 3

D 2 ORANGE E 7 F10 J 3

J15 A BLACKJ18 B BLACKJ19 A BLACKJ20

B BLACKJ21 AJ28 BJ29

AA14 BA15

3

1 2 3 4

BLACK

1 2

BLACK

A

Page 229: Wiring Diagram

241

MEMO

Page 230: Wiring Diagram

44

H POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)

Page 231: Wiring Diagram

45

H

Page 232: Wiring Diagram

46

H POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)

Page 233: Wiring Diagram

47

H

Page 234: Wiring Diagram

48

H POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)

Page 235: Wiring Diagram

49

H

Page 236: Wiring Diagram

50

H POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)

Page 237: Wiring Diagram

51

H

Page 238: Wiring Diagram

52

H POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)

Page 239: Wiring Diagram

53

H

Page 240: Wiring Diagram

54

MEMO

Page 241: Wiring Diagram

I13

I13

I13

I13

E 1

EA

E 1

E 13

IK36

ED

ABSORBER CONTROLACTUATOR FRONT RH

FRONT FOG LIGHT RH

FRONT WIPER MOTOR

EFI RELAY

WASHER LEVELWARNING SW

HEADLIGHT RH (LO)

ABS ACTUATOR

ABS ANDTRACTION ECU

ABS ECU

ABS SOL RELAY

DATA LINKCONNECTOR 3

DATA LINKCONNECTOR 2

DATA LINKCONNECTOR 1

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

(ADJ2)

(E1)

(E01)

(E02)

(E03)

ENGINE MAIN RELAY

HTR RELAY

A/C DUALPRESSURE SW

ENGINE HOODCOURTESY SW

FRONT FOG LIGHT LH

HEADLIGHT LH (LO)

WATER TEMP. SW NO. 1

FAN NO. 2 RELAY

RADIATOR FAN MOTOR

DRL NO. 3 RELAY

DRL NO. 4 RELAY

COMBINATION METER

IGNITER

NOISE FILTER(IGNITION)

E 3

E 3

E 3

E 3

E 3

E 3

E 3

E 3

2F

4

2C5

1

2

2

2

2

IK12

IL13

EA1

2

1

EC

I 5

I 5

EE

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

BR BR

BR

BR

BRBR

BR

BR

BR

BR

W–B

W–B

A

UNCTIONONNECTOR

4

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

BR

W–B

W–B

W–B

BR

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

BR

FRONT TURN SIGNALAND FRONT PARKINGLIGHT RH

FRONT TURN SIGNALAND FRONT PARKINGLIGHT LH

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR(BANK 1 SENSOR 2)

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR(BANK 1 SENSOR 1)

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR(BANK 2 SENSOR 1)

ABS AND TRACTIONACTUATOR

EB

W–B

W–B

W–B

(GND1)

(GND2)

(GND3)

(GND)

(GND)

W–B

(*1)

( *1)

W–B

W–B

(*1)

( *1)

BR

A

C

C

A

B

B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BJ 8 , J 9A

A

A

A

A

A

JC

J2

2J

10

55

J GROUND POINT

Page 242: Wiring Diagram

COMBINATION METER

CRUISE CONTROL SW[COMB. SW]

CRUISE CONTROLACTUATOR

KEY INTERLOCKSOLENOID

ENGINE OIL LEVELWARNING SW

COMBINATION SW

NOISE FILTER

INTEGRATION RELAY

ABSORBER CONTROLECU

ABSORBER CONTROL SW

BRAKE FLUID LEVELWARNING SW

AIR VENT MODECONTROL SERVO MOTOR

A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY

TURN SIGNAL FLASHERRELAY

FUEL SENDER

CD AUTOMATICCHANGER

STEREO COMPONENTAMPLIFIER

COMBINATION METER

DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAY (MAIN)

TRAC OFF SW

ABSORBER CONTROLACTUATOR FRONT LH

STEERING SENSOR

CRUISE CONTROL ECU

DATA LINKCONNECTOR 3

CIGALETTE LIGHTER

FRONT WIPERAND WASHERSW [COMB. SW]

A/C BLOWER MOTORLINEAR CONTROLLER

AIRBAG SENSORASSEMBLY

UNLOCK WARNING SW(IGNITION KEY)

BLOWER RESISTOR

DOOR LOCK CONTROLSW FRONT RH

DOOR UNLOCKDETECTION SWFRONT RH

DOOR KEY LOCKAND UNLOCKSW FRONT RH

MIRROR HEATER RH[REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR RH]

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

B

A

B

A

B

A

B

A

B

A

B

A

B

A

A

C

A

C

IG14

IF31

IH1

2

IO220

I 4

IL

II

IJ

R–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B W–B

W–B

W–B

BR

BR

BR

BR

W–

BR

W–B

W–B

R

BJ 8 , J 9A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BJ20 , J21A

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

POWER RELAY

W–B

W–B

(*1) (*1) (*1)

(*1)

1M3

1N1

1J7

1J8

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

A

A

A

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTO

15

A

A

A

A

J

A A

A

B –B

–B

–B

–B

J38

RW

W

W

W

JUNCTIONCONNECTO

B B

B

B

B

56

* 1 : CANADA

Page 243: Wiring Diagram

FUEL LID ANDLUGGAGE COMPARTMENTDOOR OPENER SW

SHIFT LOCK CONTROLECU

O/D MAIN SW

THEFT DETERRENTECU

WIRELESS DOORLOCK ECU

REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR SW

RHEOSTAT

SEAT HEATER SW(DRIVER’ S SEAT)

SEAT HEATER(DRIVER’ S SEAT)

SEAT HEATER SW(FRONT PASSENGER’ S SEAT)

SEAT HEATER (FRONTPASSENGER’ S SEAT)

COMBINATION METER

GLOVE BOX LIGHT SW

LICENSE PLATELIGHT LH

LICENSE PLATELIGHT RH

ABSORBER CONTROLACTUATOR REAR LH

BUCKLE SW

FUEL PUMP

CELLULAR PHONE(HAND SET)

TELEPHONETRANSCEIVERAND SPEAKER RELAY

REAR SIDE MARKERLIGHT LH

REAR SIDE MARKERLIGHT RH

LUGGAGE COMPARTMENTDOOR KEY UNLOCK SW

FUEL LID OPENERMOTOR

REAR COMBINATIONLIGHT LH

REAR COMBINATIONLIGHT RH

HIGH MOUNTEDSTOP LIGHT

POWER SEAT CONTROLSW (DRIVER’ S SEAT)

DOOR UNLOCKDETECTION SWREAR LH

SEAT POSITIONCONTROL ECU

LIGHT FAILURESENSOR

REAR COMBINATIONLIGHT LH

REAR COMBINATIONLIGHT RH

IG

I 7

I 8

B14

B14

B13

B13

B13

BS11

BS2

8

BQ1

9

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

BP

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

JUNCON

J16

JUNCCONN

J37

A

W–B

W–BCLOCK

W–B

W–B W–B

II12

B13

B16W–BW–B

W–B

W–B W–B

W–B

W–B

(*5) (*5) (*5)

(*4)

(*4)

(*4)

(*4) (*4)

POWER SEAT CONTROLSW (DRIVER’ S SEATLUMBAR SUPPORTCONTROL)

BUCKLE SWBUCKLE

REAR TURN SIGNALLIGHT LH

W–B REAR TURN SIGNALLIGHT RH

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

CTIONNECTOR

AA

A

BN

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

TIONECTOR

57

J GROUND POINT

Page 244: Wiring Diagram

AIRBAG SENSORASSEMBLY

POWER OUTLET

PERSONAL LIGHT

MOON ROOF CONTROLSW AND MOON ROOFCONTROL RELAY

VANITY LIGHT LH

VANITY LIGHT RH

MOON ROOF MOTORAND LIMIT SW

DOOR KEY LOCK ANDUNLOCK SW FRONT LH

DOOR UNLOCKDETECTION SWFRONT LH

POWER WINDOWMASTER SW

MIRROR HEATERLH [REMOTECONTROL MIRROR LH]

ABSORBER CONTROLACTUATOR REAR RH

DOOR UNLOCKDETECTION SWREAR RH

POWER SEAT CONTROLSW (FRONTPASSENGER’ S SEAT)

POWER SEAT CONTROLSW (DRIVER’ S SEAT)

POWER SEAT POSITIONSENSOR (DRIVER’ S SEAT FRONT VERTICALCONTROL)

POWER SEAT POSITIONSENSOR (DRIVER’ S SEAT REAR VERTICALCONTROL)

SEAT POSITIONCONTROL ECU

SEAT MEMORY SW

POWER SEAT POSITIONSENSOR (DRIVER’ S SEAT SLIDE CONTROL)

POWER SEAT POSITIONSENSOR (DRIVER’ S SEAT RECLININGCONTROL)

B 4

B 2

B 2

B 2

IF

W–B W–

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

BQ

W–B

W–B

IE220B W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

B 6

B 6

IM BO

BR19

BT11

W–B

W–B

W–BW–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

B16

B16

B16

B16

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BS29

IH

BR

BR

W–B

W–B

BR

BR

BR

CONNECTOR

W–B

IK

W–B W–B

(* 2)(*2)

(*2)

(*2)

(*4)

(*4)

(*4)(*4)

(*4)

(*4)

( *4)

( *4)

( *4)

( *4)

(*4)

BB

BB 2 : *3

W–B

B

B

B

B

JUNCTIONJ36

B

1F3

1V3

B

1G7 W–

1V4

1N3

4 : *2 2 : *3

4 : *2

58

* 3 : W/O MOON ROOF* 2 : W/ MOON ROOF

* 5 : W/O DRIVING POSITION MEMORY* 4 : W/ DRIVING POSITION MEMORY

Page 245: Wiring Diagram

59

J GROUND POINT

: PARTS LOCATIONCODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

J8 A 29 J20 A 29 J37 30J9 B 29 J21 B 29 J38 30

J15 29 J24 29J16 29 J36 30

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)1 22 ENGINE ROOM R/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

2 23 ENGINE ROOM NO. 2 R/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

3 23 ENGINE ROOM NO. 3 R/B (RADIATOR UPPER SUPPORT RH)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)1F 24 ROOF WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1G 24 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1J1M

24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)1N

24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1V2C

20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)2F

20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

2J 20 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESSCODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)EA1 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN NO. 3 WIRE (BEHIND HEADLIGHT LH)

IE2 36 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IF3 36 FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IG1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT SIDE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B)

IH1 36 COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (BEHIND RADIO AND PLAYER)

II1 38 FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (UNDER THE CONSOLE BOX)

IK138 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

IK338 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

IL1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

I02 38 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

BQ1 40 REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)

BR1 40 REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)

BS142 FLOOR WIRE AND SEAT NO 1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)

BS242 FLOOR WIRE AND SEAT NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)

BT1 42 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND SEAT NO. 2 WIRE (UNDER THE FRONT PASSENGER’S SEAT)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATIONEA

34 RIGHT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORTEB

34 RIGHT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT

EC 34 LEFT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT

ED 34 SURGE TANK RH

EE 34 REAR SIDE OF SURGE TANK

IF 36 COWL SIDE PANEL LH

IG36 LEFT KICK PANEL

IH36 LEFT KICK PANEL

II 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH

IJ 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE RH

IK 36 COWL SIDE PANEL RH

IL36 RIGHT KICK PANEL

IM36 RIGHT KICK PANEL

BN 40 UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR

BO 40 UNDER THE RIGHT CENTER PILLAR

BP 40 BACK PANEL CENTER

BQ 40 ROOF LEFT

Page 246: Wiring Diagram

60

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

E134 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

I13 38 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

E334 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

B2 ROOF WIRE

I4 A/C SUB WIRE B640

FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE

I538

ENGINE WIRE B1340

FLOOR WIREI7

38

FLOOR NO 3 WIREB14

FLOOR WIRE

I8FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE

B16 42 SEAT NO. 1 WIRE

A A A A A A

C C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A A A A A

B B B

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A

A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A A A A

A A A A A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A A A

A A A A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A

A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A GRAYJ 8 B GRAYJ 9

A BLACKJ20 B BLACKJ21

J15 J16 ORANGE

J36J24

J38J37

B B B B

B

BBBB

B

Page 247: Wiring Diagram

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

Page 248: Wiring Diagram

K

Page 249: Wiring Diagram

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

Page 250: Wiring Diagram

K

12

34

1 E

S3

00

ELE

CT

RIC

AL

WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

2

AC

C

IG1

IG2

ST

2

AM

14 6 8

7A

M2

1B5

1K5

21

35

5A ALT–S

30A AM2

40A MAIN

2L4

2C3

2A

12B

32D

52K

92J

11

1F

2F

1D

1A1K

2

1B

1

40A AM1

1B

1 A

5ASTARTER

5A IGN

1K4

1K3

1J3

1C8

11

IK2

6

5

P N 10IK

2

CB

BA

BA

GR

12IK

3

EE

Rea

r si

de o

fsu

rge

tank

21

1C

1B L

1A

2B

3B

B IG S

10A

2B

10A

GA

UG

E

1K1

1J2

4IG

2

6E

B2

4IM

2

1T8

60A

AB

S

3

45

67

3

22

2AA

AA

A

B

1

2

910

12

BB

1

2

A

11

1

R

B–R

B–Y

WWB–

G B–

R

GR

B

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

G

Y

L W–R

LG–B

BR–Y

GR

BR

BR

W–R W–R

W

W B–R

B–R

B–R

B

B–G

B–G

B–R

GR

B–W

B–W

GR

Y YYY

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–Y

B–G

R–L R–L

B–G

W

B–G W

B–R B–R

Po

we

r S

ou

rce

Sta

rtin

gC

ha

rgin

g

I13

IGN

ITIO

N S

W

I 5IGNITION COIL NO. 3

I 4IGNITION COIL NO. 2

I 3IGNITION COIL NO. 1

J26JUNCTION CONNECTOR

ST RELAY

P 1

PA

RK

/NE

UTR

AL

PO

SIT

ION

SW

J22

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

100

AA

LT

F 9

D,

F11

F

FU

SIB

LE L

INK

BLO

CK

F 6

A,

F 8

C

To Engine ControlModule <3–2>

FL

MA

IN3

. 0W

BA

TTE

RY

S 1

A,

S 2

B

ST

AR

TER

J 8 A , J 9 B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

To Engine ControlModule<2–10

To E

ngin

e C

ontr

olM

odul

e<2–

8>

N 1NOISE FILTER(Ignition)

See ABS System<20–1>See ABS and TractionControl System<19–1>

To Daytime RunningLight Relay(Main)<5––1>

G 1

A,

G 2

B

GE

NE

RA

TOR

C 7 A , C 8 B

CHARGE WARNING LIGHT[COMB. METER]

B–W

B–W

1IG

2W–B W–B To Theft Deterrent ECU<12–3

BA

BA

BB

(*2)(*2)

Y

(* 1)

Y

(*2)

J18 A , J19 B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

* 1

: U

SA

* 2

: C

ana

da

Ign

itio

n

BA

GR

GR

To

Bul

b C

heck

Rel

ay[C

omb.

M

eter

]<26

–5>

IGF

IGT3

IGT

2IG

T1

GN

D

IGC

3IG

C2

IGC

1+

B

I 2

IGN

ITE

R

Page 251: Wiring Diagram

12

3

2 E

S3

00

( Co

nt.

nex

t p

age

)

5A IGN

2 7

AC

C

IG1

IG2

ST

2

AM

14 6

AM

2

R–Y

R–L

G–B

LG–R

R–L

L

BR

LG–R

LG

P

O

1F

2F

1J

101K

2

2L

42

J8

1B4

1B1

2A1 1

C

B

1K5

1B5

1K

31C

8

1W7

2C5

2F4

2J2

2C

10

21

35

11

11

4E

B2

7ID

1

5E

B2

3IK

23

IK1

54 M BN

AB

AA 1J

8

1J7

IIIn

stru

me

nt p

anel

bra

ce L

H

C A C A

B B

A

W–R

2K

7

EC

Left

radi

ator

side

su

ppor

t

12IK

3

1K1

1D2

B–GB–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B

W

W–R

B–Y

W–B

W–B

B–YB–Y

B–R

R–L R–L G–R G–R G–R

G–R

L–B W–B

B

W

W–B W–B W–B

BR

BR

L–W

W B–

Y

B–

R

L–W

B–

Y

BR

BR

G–

R

G–

R

B–

Y

BR

B–

R

B–R

B–

R

B–R

B–R

W

B–R

1A

B–R

G–R

L–B

53

B–Y

DD

J 8

A,

J 9

B

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

12

311

515

103

816

23

22

414

17

457

16

W–B

W–B

A

J 8 A , J 9 B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

F 6 A , F 8 C , F11 F

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

L–B

G–R

Und

er th

e le

ftce

nte

r p

illar

B–Y

BA

TT

ER

Y

FL

MA

IN3.

0W

100A ALT

7. 5A OBD

40A AM1

12

I13

IGN

ITIO

N S

W

30A AM2

15A EFI

EFI RELAY

CIR OPN RELAYF

19F

UE

LP

UM

P

J37

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J15

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

10IJ

1

C10MALFANCTION INDICATOR LAMP[COMB. METER]

J 4

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

10A GAUGE

D 4

DA

TA

LIN

KC

ON

NE

CT

OR

3

(SHIELDED)

BA

TS

IL

CG

SG

From Absorber ControlECU<22–2>From ABS andTraction ECU<>19–4>From ABS ECU<20–3>

To ABS SOL Relay<19–4 <20–3>

From ABS ECU<20–3>From ABS andTraction ECU<19–2>

From Airbag SensorAssembly<23–3>From Cruise ControlECU<21–2>From ABS andTraction ECU<19–4>From Absorber ControlECU<22–3>From ABS ECU<20–3>

From ABS and Traction ECU<19–4>From ABS ECU<20–3>

From ABS and Traction ECU<19–2>

From Cruise Control ECU<21–>2>From Airbag Sensor Assembly<23–>3>From ABS and Traction ECU<19–4>>From Absorber ControlECU<22–2>From ABS ECU<20––3>

From Airbag SensorAssembly<23–3>

From AbsorberControl ECU<22–3>

From CruiseControl ECU<21–2>

BR

E1

A/D

TE

MA

BT

CE

1+BTE

1T

S( *

1)

TC

AB

ST

RC

WB

WA

D 1

DA

TA

LIN

K C

ON

NE

CT

OR

1

D 3

DA

TA

LIN

KC

ON

NE

CT

OR

2

E F G H I JA B C D

235

1

En

gin

e C

on

tro

lP

ow

er

So

urc

e*1

:Sho

rt P

in

K

Page 252: Wiring Diagram

56

78

2 E

S3

00

( Co

nt’

d)(

Co

nt.

nex

t p

age

)

24D

GR

16

D

BR–Y

15D

LG–B

12D

W–R

27AL

28A

G

25AB

26

A

W

19A

BR–W

9A

V

5A

LG–B1

6AB–Y

12A

V–W

34D

BR

33

D

BR

28D

BR

16B

BR

1D

BR

19C

B

10

B

Y–R

13C W

11B

L–B

22D

Y–B23

D

R–W

2B LG

12B

Y–G

8B

W–R

6B

R–Y

18A B

17A P–B

18C

G–R

3B G–R

ED

Sur

geta

nk R

HE

ER

ear

side

of

surg

e ta

nk

12

12

12

12

IK36IK1

5D

G

6D

R–L

7D

W

8D

Y

9D

R

10DL

14

A

B–Y

5B

L–W

23AB–Y

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

12

12

12

12

12

12

8A

BB

BB

BA

BA

9IK

3

J28 A , J29 B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

B–

R

B–

Y

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

13

A A A A A AA A A A

11

33

AA

AA

AA

24

24

24

A A A A

A A A

BR

B–Y BR

BR

G–

R

G–

R

B–Y

BR

BR

A

A

BR

BR

BRBR

B–Y

2

13

2

B–Y

BR

B–Y

A

E 7

A,

E 8

B,

E 9

C,

E10

DE

NG

INE

CO

NT

RO

L M

OD

ULE

W B–Y

B–

R

L–W

B–

Y

B–Y

B–Y

J22

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

I 6INJECTOR NO. 1

I 7INJECTOR NO. 2

I 8INJECTOR NO. 3

I 9INJECTOR NO. 4

I10INJECTOR NO. 5

I11INJECTOR NO. 6

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

H10HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR(Bank 1 Sensor 2)

H 5HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR(Bank 1 Sensor 1)

H 6HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR(Bank 2 Sensor 1)

V 6VSV(Intake Air Control)

V 7VSV(Vapor Pressure Sensor)

V 4VSV(EGR)

V 5VSV(EVAP)

I 1IDLE AIR CONTROLVALVE

J23

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J24

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

BR

BR

BR

BR

A B C D E F G H I J

B–Y

B CA

From Igniter<1–2> <1–3>

From ABS and TractionECU<19–2>2

To A/C ControlAssembly<27–8>

To Speedometer[Comb. Meter]< 26–2>

W

+BT

CB

AT

T#

10

#20

#30

#40

#5

0#

60S

ILS

PD

A/C

WF

CH

TS

OX

SA

CIS

TP

CE

GR

EV

P1

RS

OR

SC

+BE

1

HT

OX

OX

HT

E1

+B

OX

HT

E1

+B

HT

RO

XR

1H

TLO

XL1

AD

J2E

1E

03E

02E

01IG

T1

IGT

2IG

T3

IGF

TR

C–

TR

C+

EF

I–E

FI+

NE

OT

HW

OA

CT

From A/C ControlAssembly< 27–8>

A

En

gin

e C

on

tro

l

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

Page 253: Wiring Diagram

910

11

12

2 E

S3

00

( Co

nt’

d)

8C

P

21C

L–Y

7B

R–B

7C

L

1C

Y

13BL–R

15

B

W–G

14B

G–Y

20C

G–B

22C

BR

3AG–O

2A

B–Y

24A

G–W

2E

C1

4E

C1

1E

C1

3E

C1

11

1

21

21

12

14C

15C

5C

6C

17

C13

D31

D

8IK

2

BR

BR

W W

W W

B–R

BR

L

B–W

L

GR

B–L

B–Y

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

YY

BR

BR

51

33

32

13

42

12

Y

Y

BR

BR

BR

BR

GR

E 7

A,

E 8

B,

E 9

CD

, E

10E

NG

INE

CO

NT

RO

L M

OD

UL

E BR

From Stop Light SW<6–4>

From ” MIRROR–HEATER”Fuse<18–1>

From ” TAIL” Fuse< 6–2>

E 4ENGINE COOLANTTEMP. SENSOR

E 1EGR GAS TEMP. SENSOR

E 2EGR VALVE POSITIONSENSOR

V 1VAPOR PRESSURESENSOR

T 2THROTTLE POSITIONSENSOR

M 1MASS AIR FLOWMETER

(SHIELDED) (SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED) (SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

From Park/NeutralPosition SW<1–2

C 1CAMSHAFT POSITIONSENSOR

C 2CRANKSHAFT POSITIONSENSOR

A B C

B–

W

PS

ST

AG

22+

NE

–N

E+

KN

KR

KN

KL

PTN

KV

CC

VG

TH

AE

2G

VT

A1

VC

PT

NK

EG

LST

HG

TH

WE

2E

LSE

LS

2S

TP

E2

E2

VC

VT

A

P 2POWER STEERINGOIL PRESSURE SW

K 1KNOCK SENSOR 1

K 2KNOCK SENSOR 2

21

12

9B

13A

1IK

2G–W G–W

FA

FA

DB

DB

B–O B–O

B–O

B–O

From FAN NO. 1 Relay<18–3>

To A/C Control Assembly<27–8>

To Absorber Control ECU<22–5>

To Tachometer[Comb. Meter]<26–2>

CF

TA

CH

J28 A , J29 B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

En

gin

e C

on

tro

l

K

Page 254: Wiring Diagram

12

34

3 E

S3

00

2

AC

C

IG1

IG2

ST

2

AM

14 6

7A

M2

1K5

1B5

2L

4

30A

AM

240

AA

M1

1K

2

1B

12A

1

15A

EF

I

21

35

2K7

2J8

2F

42J

2

1C

1F

1F

1A

14A

1K3

5A IGN

1W7

14D

1C

7C

20C

22C

23A

BA

BB

EC

Left

radi

ato

rsi

de s

uppo

rt

2C

3D

27D

11D

17D

1A

10

A15

A

CA

CA

AB

10A

GA

UG

E

1K1

1J1

1D2

9C

16

B34

D33

D

IGLe

ft k

ick

pane

l

5B

15B

42

3D

9B

10

B2

C1

C14

B1

2B

43

109

87

2

LL2

LD

LN

LR

LP

L

4IK

23

IK3

1IL

19

IK2

6IK

25

IK2

15IJ

114

IJ1

13IJ

116

IJ1

1H

10

1V

5

IK22

4C

12

EE

Rea

r si

de o

fsu

rge

tank

ED

Sur

ge t

ank

RH

1

DA

D

A

C

A

A

A

E

AA

CD

DD

A

EE

A

A

A

63

21

4

2

A

A

B–

R

B–

Y

B–

RW

–R

B–Y

W

R–L

R–L

R–B

R–B

L–WY

R–L

W–B

G–W

R–B

R

B–R

L–W

Y Y

L–W

B–R

R

R–B

G–W G–W

R–B

R

B–R

L–W

Y

R–L

B–R

L–W

Y

W–B

G–O G–O

BR

BR

BRBR

R

G

L–B

L–B L–B

V

P–L

W–L

B–Y

R–B

B–Y B–Y

L

R

Y

W

B

B–Y

W–B

B–Y

Y

L–W

B

B–R B–R

B–R

B–GW

W–R

R–L

R–LR–L

B–Y

B–

R

W–B

W–B

+BS

LN–

SLN

+S

LS

1S

2N

C2–

NC

2+E

1E

01E

02

BA

TT

NS

WV

CV

TA

1T

HW

E2

L2

R

I13

IGN

ITIO

N S

W

J28 A , J29 B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

EFI RELAY

100

AA

LT

J25

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

E 7

A,

E 8

BE

NG

INE

CO

NT

RO

L M

OD

UL

EC

, E

9,

E1

0D

See

Eng

ine

Con

trol

Sys

tem

<2–

9> <

2–10

> <

2–11

>

J26

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

FL

MA

IN3

. 0W

V 3VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR(Electronically Controlled Transmission)

J24JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

E 3

EL

EC

TR

ON

ICA

LLY

CO

NT

RO

LLE

DT

RA

NS

MIS

SIO

NS

OLE

NO

ID

BA

TT

ER

Y

F 6 A , F 8 C

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

J28 A , J29 B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

F, F11

J30JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J30JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 7

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J 4

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

O/D OFF

L

2

D

N

R

P

C 8

B,

C 9

C

CO

MB

INA

TIO

N M

ET

ER

, C

10D

J16

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

O 2

O/D

MA

INS

W

Ele

ctr

on

ica

lly C

on

tro

lled

Tra

ns

mis

sio

n a

nd

A/T

In

dic

ato

rP

ow

er

So

urc

e

SLN

–S

LN

+S

LS

1S

2

DA

FB

J28

A,

J29

B

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

B

J30JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

B

G–W

From Cruise ControlECU<21–3

11A

L–R

IDLO

6D

11IJ

1G–O

CG

–O

OD

2

7A

Y–BO

D1

Fro

m C

ruis

eC

ontr

olE

CU

<2

1–4

C

G–WTo SeatPositionControl ECU<15–1>

P 1

A/T

IN

DIC

AT

OR

LIG

HT

SW

[PA

RK

/NE

UT

RA

L P

OS

ITIO

N S

W]

From ” STARTER”Fuse<1–2>

B–W

B

2C5

W–B W–B

28

D

BR

BR

E03

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

Page 255: Wiring Diagram

12

34

4 E

S3

00

40A

MA

IN

15A

FO

G34

21

21

35F

12

FR

ON

T F

OG

LIG

HT

RE

LAY

2B3

2K8

2G

32G

4

2G

62G

52

C8

2G2

2J5

1C1

EA

EC

EA

EC

Left

radi

ator

sid

esu

ppor

t

IIIn

stru

men

t pa

nel

brac

e LH

32

21

32

21

21

21

TA

IL

OF

F

HIG

H

LO

W

HE

AD

FLA

SH

EL

HT

HF

HL

LIGHTCONTROLSW

DIMMER SW

HU

C11

CO

MB

INA

TIO

NS

W

13

1617

7

1F

2F

1C

1A

AA

AA

CB

3IG

1

4IG

1

AA

AA

CB

CA

CA

AB

AB

EB

DA

DA

H 3HEADLIGHT RH(HI)

H 4HEADLIGHT RH(LO)

H 1HEADLIGHT LH(HI)

J31 A , J32 B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J15

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J 8

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

8 1J

7 1J

J18

A,

J19

B

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J20

A,

J21

B

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J31

A,

J32

B

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

F 2FRONT FOG LIGHT RH

F 1FRONT FOG LIGHT LH

C11

FR

ON

T F

OG

LIG

HT

SW

[CO

MB

. S

W]

F 6

A,

F 8

C

F1

1F

,

FU

SIB

LE

LIN

KB

LOC

K

FL

MA

IN3.

0W

B–GB–RB–R

B

R–B R–B

R–B

R–Y

R–B

R–L

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–BR–W

R–W

R–L

R–BR–WR–WR–W

L–Y R–W

R

R

R–W

R–W

R–W

R–B

W–B

R–B

W–B

B–R

R–

B

R–W

R

R–

B

W–

B

W–B

R–B

BA

TT

ER

Y

100A ALT

B–R

12

HEADRELAY AA

A

OF

F

ON

R–B

1B4

( US

A)

( Can

ada

)

11

R–W

( US

A)

10

H 2HEADLIGHT LH(LO)

From ” H–LP LH (LWR)”Fuse <5–4>

EB

EB

15A

HE

AD

( LH

)

15A

HE

AD

( RH

)

D A D AF B 7

B3

C

5C

15

B

J10

A,

J11

B

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

C 8

B,

C 9

B

CO

MB

INA

TIO

NM

ET

ER

LFG

BF

G

HIGHBEAM

HEAD

IGR

igh

t ra

diat

orsi

de s

uppo

rt

W–B W–B

AAJ1

6JU

NC

TIO

NC

ON

NE

CT

OR

(Canada)

(USA)

To CombinationSW<5–3>

Left

radi

ator

side

su

ppor

t

4IM

3 RR

–B

R–

B

To Theft DeterrentECU<12–3>

To Automatic Light ControlSensor<10–2>

R–W

R–L

3B

4B

I15

B

INT

EG

RA

TIO

NR

ELA

Y

Rig

ht r

adi

ator

side

sup

por

tR

igh

tra

diat

orsi

de

sup

port

8

Po

we

rS

ou

rce

He

ad

ligh

t(U

SA

)F

ron

t F

og

Lig

ht

K

Page 256: Wiring Diagram

12

34

5 E

S3

00

2

AC

C

IG1

AM

14

34

21

321

10AH–LP RH(LWR)

10AH–LP LH(LWR)

21

35

43

12

EA

Rig

ht r

adi

ator

side

su

ppor

tE

CLe

ft ra

diat

orsi

de s

upp

ort

IIIn

stru

me

ntp

anel

bra

ceL

H

1K2

1K

12B

32C

72

22 2

22

2G

22G

52G

42

22G

32

K8

2J12

1J1

1B1

22

222

22

2

TA

IL

OF

F

HIG

H

LOW

HE

AD

FLA

SH

HT

EL

HF

HL

LIGHTCONTROLSW

DIMMER SW

HU

13

78

16

2F

1F

1C

2

AB

CA

CA

A B

A A A A

EB

DA

ADE

B

2

1A

2A1

1W

1

1V7

J20 A , J21 B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

C1

1C

OM

BIN

ATI

ON

SW

J 8

A,

J 9

B

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

IG14

8 1J

7 1J

F 6 A , F 8 C , F11 F

FUSIBLE LINKBLOCK

100A ALT

I13

IGN

ITIO

N S

W

J28

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

DRL NO. 4RELAY

DRL NO. 3RELAY

J15

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J20

A,

J21

B

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

C 9

HIG

H B

EA

MIN

DIC

AT

IOR

LIG

HT

[CO

MB

. M

ET

ER

]

J10

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

H 2HEADLIGHT LH(LO)

H 4HEADLIGHT RH(LO)

H 3HEADLIGHT RH(HI)

H 1HEADLIGHT LH(HI)

B–G

B

B

B–R

B–RB–RW

R–L R–L

R R

R–B

B

B

R–G

R–L

R–G

R–L

W–R

W–R

R–G

R

R–B

R–L R–B

R–B

R–W

R–W

R–W

W–B

W–B W–B

W–B

R–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

Y

R–W

R–W

W–B

R–Y

R–Y

R

FL

MA

IN3.

0W

R

W–B

R–B

40A

AM

1

12

B–Y

DD

R–B

R–B

8E

B2R

R

R–B

R–Y

W–R

W–B

4

W–B

W–B

W–

B

7E

B2

W–B

R–W

C B

A AR

–W

3IG

1

53

D

D

A

R–

W

W–B

R–Y

W–B

54

106

89

27

1

R–Y

R–B

R–G

R

12

32

32

21

7. 5A DOME

SHORT PIN

10A GAUGE

40A MAIN

From Generator<1–4>

To Parking Brake SW<26–5>

From Brake Warning Light[Comb. Meter]<26–5>

D 5DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAY (Main)

HEADRELAY

DRL NO. 2RELAY

15A HEAD(LH)

15A HEAD(RH)

CH

G–

PK

BB

RK

EH

ID

RL

IG+B

H

J18 A , J19 B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

EB

EB

To

Aut

omat

icLi

ght C

ontr

olS

enso

r<1

0–2>

R–B

To Theft DeterrentECU<12–3>

R–B From Front FogLight SW[Comb. SW]<4–4>

R–L

17

R To Front FogLight Relay<4–3>

4

22

2

11

1

5ADRL NO. 2

R–B

R–B

21

3B

4B

I15 B

INTEGRATIONRELAY

W–

R

W–B

W–B

21

BA

TT

ER

Y

Po

we

r S

ou

rce

He

ad

ligh

t(C

an

ad

a)

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

Page 257: Wiring Diagram

12

34

6 E

S3

00

2

AC

C

IG1

AM

14

1C7

1K

2

15A

ST

OP

40A

AM

1

1B

11B

4

21

35

10A

TA

IL

1C

61

C9

1S8

1F

1F

1A

BA

BA

BB

21

21

12

12

EC

Left

rad

iato

rsi

de s

upp

ort

EA

8 1J

7 1J

II

1K1

10A

GA

UG

E

1S1

2 1D

3D

7A

5IF

3

1R4

1S

2

BP

12

A16

339

11

12

23

44

A

A

14

74

83

R–

L

W–B

W–

B

G–

B

B–R

B–Y

W

W G–W G–W

G–R G–R W–B W–B

W–B

G W–B

G

R–L

Y–GY–G

G–B

G–B G–B

G–B

G–B

G–O

G–O

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

GG–R

B–R

B–R

B–RB–R

W

W

G–O

B–G

W–B

G–O

I13

IGN

ITIO

N S

W

C1

1C

OM

BIN

AT

ION

SW

100

AA

LT

FL

MA

IN3.

0W

OF

F

TA

IL

HE

AD

LIGHTCONTROL SW

L 3LICENSE PLATE LIGHT RH

L 2LICENSE PLATE LIGHT LH

F 4FRONT PARKING LIGHT RH

F 3FRONT PARKING LIGHT LH

R 9TAILLIGHT RH[REAR COMB. LIGHT RH]

R 7TAILLIGHT LH[REAR COMB. LIGHT LH]

J 8

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J15

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

BATTERY

F 6 A , F11 F

FUSIBLE LINKBLOCK

J31

A,

J32

B

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

RL

4LI

GH

T F

AIL

UR

E S

EN

SO

R

S10STOP LIGHT SW

J 4

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

C 7

A,

C10

D

RE

AR

LIG

HT

SW

AR

NIN

G L

IGH

T[C

OM

B.

ME

TE

R]

H11HIGH MOUNTEDSTOP LIGHT

Sto

p L

igh

tT

aill

igh

tP

ow

er

S

ou

rc

e

DDR–L

BN

BN

AA

R W–B

G

W–B

G

J37

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J37

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

1

12

12

W–B

G

GG

W–B

W–B

G–R

R12REAR SIDE MARKER LIGHT LH

R13REAR SIDE MARKER LIGHT RH

W–B

AA

CB

J18

A,

J19

B

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

CC

G–R

G

Bac

kp

anel

cen

ter

Un

der

the

left

cent

er p

illa

rIn

stru

men

tpa

nel

bra

ceLH

Und

er t

hele

ft ce

nter

pilla

r

12

TAILLIGHTRELAY

To Automatic LightControl Sensor<10–2>

To Theft DeterrentECU<12–3>

To Wireless DoorLock ECU<11–7>

TH

EL

C C CG

–R

G–

R

G–

R

J 2JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

1R5

1H

2

G–W

G–W

G–W

G–W

AA

AA

G–W

G–W

A

To ABS and TractionECU<19–4>

To ABS ECU<20–3>

To Engine ControlModule<2–11>

To Absorber ControlECU<22–3>

G–W

To Shift Lock ControlECU<24–4>

To Seat PositionControl ECU<15–2>

CB G–O To Engine Control

Module<2–11>

G–W

2B

1B

I15 B

INTEGRATION RELAY

G

G

STOP

TAIL

STOP

TAIL

1

23

Rig

ht r

adia

tor

side

sup

port

W–B

W–B

W–

B

W–

BW

–B

W–B

R 8REAR COMBINATIONLIGHT RH

R 6REAR COMBINATIONLIGHT LH

T–

GN

DS

T–

HS

ST

+IL

IGT

+

J27

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

12

K

Page 258: Wiring Diagram

12

34

7 E

S3

00

2

AC

C

IG1

AM

14

215

7. 5A PANEL

10A

GA

UG

E

1F

2F

1A

40A

AM

1

1K

2

1B

1

1D2

1K1

1B4

1J

4

1D5

AA

AA

AA

AA

AA

EB

EB

EA

EA

DA

DA

DB

DB

DB

AB

AB

AB

CB

CB

CB

BA

BA

BA

15B

8B

2 D 1 D

21

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

13

212

56

98

31

A13A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY

A25ABSORBER CONTROLSW

H 9HAZARD SW

S 3SEAT HEATER SW(Driver’ s Seat)

31

65

21

R 2RADIO AND PLAYER

O 2A/T SHIFT LEVER ILLUMINATION[O/D MAIN SW]

R 4REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW

G 3GLOVE BOX LIGHT

31

S 4SEAT HEATER SW(Front Passenger’ s Seat)

1II1

3II1

IG

DA

BA

TT

ER

Y

FL

MA

IN3.

0W

B–G

W

R–L R–LW–B

B–R B–R

G

G

G

G

G

G

G

G

G

GG

G

B

B

B

B

B

G B

W–G

B

B

G–W W–B

B

B

B–

R

B–

Y

B–

RG

GGG

G

B

B

W–B

W–B

B

B–R

G

1V6

1H4

A

2

B

21

A

B

9

A A

B

W–B

J16

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

See TaillightSystem<6–1>

G

B B

J18

A,

J19

B

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

G

J 4

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

B

C 8

B,

C10

D

CO

MB

INA

TIO

NM

ET

ER

G 4GLOVE BOX LIGHT SW

J20 A , J21 B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

DDJ

4JU

NC

TIO

NC

ON

NE

CT

OR

R 5

RH

EO

ST

AT

75

36

21

G

100A ALT

TAILLIGHTRELAY

J12

A,

J13

B

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

F 6

A,

F1

1F

FU

SIB

LE

LIN

KB

LOC

K

G

G

G

B

I13

IGN

ITIO

N S

W

C 5CIGARETTE LIGHTERILLUMINATION

B

J 5 A , J 6 B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

W–B

3

Left

kick

pa

nel

EIL

L–T

CTR

IGT

To

A/C

Co

ntro

lA

ssem

bly<

27–

6

TAIL

3 D

R–L

R–L

D

(* 1) (* 1)

Po

we

r S

ou

rce

Illu

min

ati

on

*1:

Can

ada

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

Page 259: Wiring Diagram

12

34

8 E

S3

00

1C

1A2A

1

1W

11

S9

1G8

21

12

1

2

DOOR

OFFON

1F3

1V

3

IFC

owl s

ide

pane

l LH

1F2

1J

71G

41

S12

1S7

1H11

1F5

I14

A

INT

EG

RA

TIO

N R

ELA

Y

V 8VANITY LIGHT LH

V 9VANITY LIGHT RH

I16INTERIOR LIGHT

IIIn

stru

men

tp

anel

bra

ce L

H

6A

DB

EA

EA

7IP

19

IP1

11

11

D10DOOR COURTESY SWFRONT RH

D12DOOR COURTESY SWREAR RH

D11DOOR COURTESY SWREAR LH

D 9DOOR COURTESY SWFRONT LH

D 6

DIO

DE

( Co

urte

sy)

221

6

21

04

6

1

8

1 2

F 6 A , F 8 C

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

R R

RR

R

FL

MA

IN3

. 0W

BA

TT

ER

Y

L 7

LUG

GA

GE

CO

MP

AR

TM

EN

TLI

GH

T S

W

R

R

B

R R

R

R

B–G

W–B

W–B W–B W–B

R–W

R–W

W–B

R–G

R–W R–G

R–W

R–G R–G

R–WR–W

R–B

R–G

R–W

R–W

R–Y R–YR

R

SHORT PIN

W–B

Po

we

rS

ou

rce

Inte

rio

r L

igh

t

*1: w

/Moo

n R

oof

1B

1A

(*1)

( *2)

2A

2B

( *1)

( *2)

BQ

Roo

f le

ft

W–B

W–B

P 5 A , B

PERSONAL LIGHT

AJ1

5JU

NC

TIO

NC

ON

NE

CTO

R

17

IE2

17

IO2

12

12

18

IE2

18

IO2

L 6LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT

1G1

C 9OPEN DOOR WARNING LIGHT[COMB. METER]

EA

R–

G

R–G

R–GR–G

R–G

A

R

RR

R

D 7DOOR COURTESYLIGHT FRONT LH

D 8DOOR COURTESYLIGHT FRONT RH

R–G

R–G

J 5

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

AA

A

1M1

1M2

21

R G–R

I12IGNITION KEY CYLINDER LIGHT

(* 1)

From TheftDeterrentECU<12–2>From AutomaticLight ControlECU<10–2>

J10 A , J11 B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

R–

G

R–

Y

Fro

m S

eat

Pos

ition

Co

ntro

l EC

U<

15–

2>

Fro

m T

heft

De

terr

ent

EC

U<

12–3

>

R–G

EA

BE

B

DA

DA

DA

From TheftDeterrentECU<12–2>

From WirelessDoor LockECU< 11–7>

J34

A,

J35

B

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J34 A , J35 B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

From TheftDeterrentECU<12–2>

EA

EA

EB

EB

R–G

2J12

7. 5

AD

OM

E

R

R–W

R–W

R–G

E

12

*2: w

/o M

oon

Roo

f

K

Page 260: Wiring Diagram

12

34

9 E

S3

00

2

AC

C

IG1

IG2

ST

2

AM

14

AM

2

40A

AM

1

1K

2

1B

1 1F

2F

1A

1C

7. 5A TURN

10A GAUGE

10A

HA

ZA

RD

1L2

1J1

2K

3

1K1

2A

1

OF

F

ON

FT

BB

1T

LB

2T

R

II

W

G–R

7

G–R

1V8

1A5

1S11

1E

B2

31 BN

Und

er t

he

left

cent

er p

illa

r

1S13

1V5

3IK

3

IK22

EA

Rig

ht

radi

ator

sid

e su

ppor

t

23

FA

DB1C

101H

6

1S6

12

12

23

IGLe

ftki

ckpa

nel

EC

Left

radi

ator

side

sup

por

tB

PB

ack

pane

lce

nter

1H8

3

B

A

D

21

B

A

C

A

A

D D

I13

IGN

ITIO

N S

W

T 6

TU

RN

SIG

NA

LF

LAS

HE

R R

ELA

Y

J17

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

H 9

HA

ZA

RD

SW

F 3FRONT TURNSIGNAL LIGHT LH

R14REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT LH

R15REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT RH

F 4FRONT TURN SIGNALLIGHT RHJ

2JU

NC

TIO

NC

ON

NE

CT

OR

J25

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

R 9BACK–UP LIGHT RH[REAR COMB. LIGHT RH]

J16

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

F11

F

, F

8C

FU

SIB

LE

LIN

KB

LOC

K

C 8TURN SIGNAL INDICATORLIGHT[COMB. METER]

J31 A , J32 B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

F 6

A

54

12

6

B–Y

B

B

G–Y

G–B

G–

B

G–

Y

G–

Y

G–Y W

–B

R–

LR

–L

W B–R B–R

B–R

B–G

G–B G–B G–B W–B

W–B

W–B

G–B

G–B

G–Y

G–Y W–B W–B

W–B

LH

RH

R–L R–L

R–B W–B

R–B R–B

G–Y W–B

R–B

Po

we

r S

ou

rce

Tu

rn S

ign

al

an

d H

az

ard

Wa

rnin

g L

igh

tB

ac

k–

Up

Lig

ht

G–W

G–B

G–Y

B

AJ1

5JU

NC

TIO

NC

ON

NE

CT

OR

A

W–B

J28

A,

J29

B

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

P 1BACK–UP LIGHT SW[PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW]

2 8

J28

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

RC

1A2

G–Y

31

R 7BACK–UP LIGHT LH[REAR COMB. LIGHT LH]

W–B

W–B

R–B

R–B

J37

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

BA

TT

ER

Y

100

AA

LT

FL

MA

IN3

. 0W

2

12

Inst

rum

ent

pan

elbr

ace

LH

D AF B

LH OF

F

RH

TLT

BT

R

31

G–

B

11

13 15

C11

TU

RN

SIG

NA

L S

W[C

OM

B.

SW

]

G–B

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

Page 261: Wiring Diagram

ÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔ

12

34

10

ES

30

0

2

AC

C

IG1

AM

14

TA

IL

OF

F

AU

TO

HE

AD

AH

TE

L

LIGHTCONTROLSW

12

C11

CO

MB

INA

TIO

NS

W

7IJ

1

2J

12

1D1

1K2

1K1

1W1

1G8

1D8

1B1

1B4

2A1 1

C1

F2

F

1A

B–R B–R

B–R B–R

B

BA

BB

1IG

1

10

IG1

From Taillight Relay<6–1>

From HEAD Relay<4–2><5–2>

IIIn

stru

me

nt p

anel

bra

ce L

H

G–R

R–B

R–L

AA

C

IGLe

ftki

ckpa

nel

BP

1 M

6IF

112

2IF

1

14

B

2A

B–GR

L–W

W

B–R

RR

G–R

R–B

R–L

G–R

R–B

W–B W–B

W–B

LLL–YR

L–W

L–W

B–

Y

B–

R

BA

TT

ER

Y

FL

MA

IN3.

0W

40A

AM

1

15A ECU–IG

AA

12

F F

J34 A , J35 B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

W–B

16 A

J 8

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J15

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

RA

A3

2A

UT

OM

AT

IC L

IGH

TC

ON

TRO

L S

EN

SO

R

J 5

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

B

42

5

R–W R–W

AA

F18FUEL LID OPENERMOTOR

L 1

LUG

GA

GE

CO

MP

AR

TM

EN

TD

OO

R O

PE

NE

R M

AIN

SW

T 3 A , T 4 B

THEFT DETERRENT ECU

L 7

LUG

GA

GE

CO

MP

AR

TM

EN

TD

OO

R O

PE

NE

R M

OT

OR

J34

A,

J35

B

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

F13

FU

EL

LID

AN

D L

UG

GA

GE

CO

MP

AR

TM

EN

TD

OO

R O

PE

NE

R S

W3

75

36

R–G

I13

IGN

ITIO

N S

W

100A

ALT

F 6

A,

F 8

C,

F11

F

FU

SIB

LE

LIN

KB

LOC

K

To Door Courtesy SWFront LH<8–4

25A DOOR

SHORT PIN7. 5A DOME

J10JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

R

12

TH

CT

YA

IGB

TO

TS

W

1B

2B

3B

4B

1S7

1J8

1J7

See TillightSystem<6–1>

See HeadlightSystem<4–1><5–2>

10A GAUGE

See Interior LightSystem<8–3>6

10

7

W–B

W–B

1

I15

B

INT

EG

RA

TIO

NR

EL

AY

CB

Ba

ckpa

nel

cent

er

1A

4AE

+B

2

J16

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

AW

–B

W–B

L–W

L–W

BF LF

LL

BL

W–B

W–B

W–B

A

M1 2

12

Po

we

r S

ou

rce

Au

tom

ati

c L

igh

t C

on

tro

lL

igh

t A

uto

Tu

rn O

ffF

ue

l L

id a

nd

Lu

gg

ag

eC

om

pa

rtm

en

t D

oo

r O

pe

ne

r

K

Page 262: Wiring Diagram

12

34

11

ES

30

0( C

ont

. n

ext

pag

e)

2

AC

C

IG1

AM

14

1D1

1K

2

1B

11B

42A

1 1C

1F

2F

1A

CB

AA

17A

16A

1A

12IO

213

IO2

12IE

213

IE2

AA

AA

CB

CB

9A

2IF

37

IF3

6IF

3

4B

Q1

5B

Q1

10

BQ

1

41

M

9B

Q1

3IP

11

IP1

2IP

1

4B

R1

10

BR

15

BR

1

IM

9B

R1

41

M

CB

BB

BA

CA

41

M

3IO

17

IO1

BB

CA

CA

BA

CB

7A

12

A2

5A

11IO

2

BO

IL

IO2

20

2J

12

R

W

L–W

B–Y

L–W L–W

7. 5A DOME

100A ALT

B–G

FL

MA

IN3.

0W B

AT

TE

RY

B–R B–R

B–R B–R

B–R

B

B–R

41

33

4

2

1

G

LG

G

LG

G

LG

G

LG

ED

ED

D E

G

LG

J34

A,

J35

B

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J10 A , J11 BJUNCTIONCONNECTOR

From TheftDeterrent ECU<12–3>

D18DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOORUNLOCK DETECTIONSW REAR LH

L–Y

L–R

L–B L–B

L–R

L–Y

L–B

L–R

L–Y W–B

L–Y

L–B

L–R L–R

L–B

L–Y

L–R

L–B

L–Y W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

L–B

Y

L–R

Y

L–R

L–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–

B

W–

B

A

23

CC

J33

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

From Theft DeterrentECU<12–3>

BBB

B J38

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

R

B–

R

Y

L–R

L–R

L–B

L–R

J12 A , J13 BJUNCTION CONNECTOR

SHORT PIN

25A DOOR

40A

AM

1

12

W–B

W–B

L–Y

L–Y

23

32

D19DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOORUNLOCK DETECTIONSW REAR RH

J 7JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

P 9DOOR LOCK CONTROL SWFRONT LH [POWER WINDOWMASTER SW]

D15DOOR LOCK CONTROL SWFRONT RH

D17DOOR LOCK MOTOR ANDDOOR UNLOCK DETECTIONSW FRONT RH

J37

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

A B C D E

L–B

F 6

A,

F 8

C

FU

SIB

LE L

INK

BL

OC

KFF

11I13

IGN

ITIO

N S

W

L–Y

LOCK

UNLOCK

LOCK

UNLOCK

BN

Und

er t

he le

ftce

nter

pill

arR

ight

kick

pane

l

Rig

htki

ckpa

nel

Und

er

the

right

cent

er p

illar

3A

I14

A

INT

EG

RA

TIO

NR

ELA

Y

See

Po

wer

Win

dow

Sys

tem

<13

–1>

Y

1K1

7

1D

8

BB

BB

CA

10A

GA

UG

E15

AE

CU

–IG

B–R

B–

RB

–R

B–

Y

B–R

J 5

A,

J 6

B

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

C

12

Po

we

r S

ou

rce

Do

or

Lo

ck

Co

ntr

ol

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

Page 263: Wiring Diagram

56

78

11

ES

30

0(C

ont

’d

)

14

M

3IE

18

IE1

11IE

23

IE2

4IE

23

IO2

4IO

2

IE2

207 1G

3 1V

IF

11A

5A

19A

18A

20A

AB

AA

BA

BB

BA

BB

CA

AB

10IG

12

IF2

8IJ

12

IJ1

13

IM3

9IM

3

12

IGB

P

R

B–

R

L–R

W–B

W–B

L–R

L–B

L–R W–B

B

BB

B W–B

W–

B

32

32

32

11

R–G

L–W

L

L–W

W–B

W–B

R–G

L–W

L

L–W

L–R

L–R

R–G

L–W

L

L–R

L

L–R

FF

B

FB

B

L–R

R–G

BA

BB

BA

L–W

L

L–W

L–W

J 5

A,

J 6

B

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

R

B–R

13

8

R 11

71

54

141

01

53

2

L–R

R–G

L–W

G–R

R–W

L–B

W–B

G–W

Y–B

G

LG

G G

LGLG

G–W G–W

G–R G–R

L–B

W–B

W–BW–B

CA

2 2

A

13

A

J34 A , J35 B

J10 A , J11 B

J34 A , J35 B

L

R–G

B

J36

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

D14DOOR KEY LOCKAND UNLOCK SWFRONT RH

D13DOOR KEY LOCKAND UNLOCK SWFRONT LH

D16DOOR LOCK MOTORAND DOOR UNLOCKDETECTIONSW FRONT LH

J 7JUNCTION CONNECTOR

Fro

m T

heft

Det

erre

ntE

CU

<1

2–2>

Fro

m T

heft

Det

erre

nt

EC

U<

12–

3>

W 8

WIR

ELE

SS

DO

OR

LO

CK

EC

U

W 7WIRELESS DOOR LOCKBUZZER VOLUME SW

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

To Door Courtesy SW< 8–3>

From Taillight Relay<6–1>

To Unlock Warning SW(Ignition Key)<14–3>

From Theft Deterrent ECU<12–2>

W 6WIRELESS DOOR LOCKBUZZER

L 5LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOORKEY UNLOCK SW

J16JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BUZZER

A B D EC

F

From TheftDeterrentECU<12–2>

I14

A

INTE

GR

AT

ION

RE

LAY

W–

B

Co

wl s

ide

pan

el L

HLe

ft k

ick

pane

lB

ack

pan

el c

ent

er

B

J33JUNCTION CONNECTOR

A

G–W1W

11G

81J

7

R

R

W–B

10

1

IIIn

stru

men

t p

anel

brac

e LH

J15

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

W–B

A

UNLOCK

LOCK

UNLOCK

LOCK

Wir

ele

ss

Do

or

Lo

ck

Co

ntr

ol

Do

or

Lo

ck

Co

ntr

ol

K

Page 264: Wiring Diagram

12

34

12

ES

30

0

2

AC

C

IG1

AM

1

3 4

2F

1F

1C

1A

1K2

1D1

1B1

1B4

1K1

1K6

1D8

1T1

BB

CA

12B

13

B1

A

2J12

1G

8

1W1

2A1

AB

AA

11B

3A

9A

8A

2A

14B

15B

2B

3B

5IJ

1

4IM

1

2F3

10A

HO

RN

10

IG1

DB

FA

7A

7IJ

1

6A

11IG

1

1B

16

B4

B10

B4

A1

8B

17B

8B

6B

7B

9B

5B

IG

4IJ

11

IJ1

3IM

1

21 EC

W

L–W

B–R

B–R

B

B–R

B–R

P–L

B–R B–R

L–W

P–L

L–W

B

B–Y

L–R

B–

R

AC

AC

15A CIG

15A ECU–IG

J35JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 7JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

25A DOOR

I13

IGN

ITIO

N S

W

SHORT PIN7. 5A DOME

R

R

100A ALT

FL

MA

IN3

. 0W

BA

TT

ER

Y

B–G

F 6 A , F 8 C , F11 F

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

B B

J10JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

L–B L–B

R–G

R–W

R–G

G–W

L–R

R–G

L–W

L

Y

L–Y

R–Y

W–B W–B

AAJ1

6JU

NC

TIO

NC

ON

NE

CT

OR

R

R

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

J 5 A , J 6 B

T 1THEFT DETERRENTHORN

12

W–LW–LW–LW

BB

G–RG–RG–R

J34JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

W–B

R–B R–B R–BFrom HEADRelay<4–2> <5–3>

From ST Relay<1–2>

From TaillightRelay<6–1>

J10

A,

J11

B

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

G–BG–BFrom HORN Relay<14–4>

See Fuel Lid and LuggageCompartment Door OpenerSystem<10–4>

To Luggage CompartmentLight SW<8–4>

To Door Unlock Detection SW Rear LH, RH<11–2>

To Door Unlock Detection SW Front RH<11–4>

To Door Key Lock andUnlock SW Front RH<11–6>

To Door Key Lock andUnlock SW FrontLH, RH<11–6>

To Door Key Lock andUnlock SW Front LH<11–5>

To Door Unlock DetectionSW Front LH<11–5>

To Luggage CompartmentDoor Key Unlock SW< 11–8>

To Door Courtesy SWFront RH<8–3>

To Door Courtesy SWFront LH, RH Rear LH, RH<8–3>

To Door Courtesy SWFront LH<8–4>

To Unlock Warning SW(Ignition Key)<14–3>

B B B W–B

R–Y R–Y To A/C ControlAssembly<27–8>

E 5

EN

GIN

E H

OO

DC

OU

RT

ES

Y S

W

J 5 A , J 6 BJUNCTIONCONNECTOR

2 1

40A

A

M1

KS

WD

SW

DC

TY

DS

WP

LUG

LS

WD

UL

3L2

UL2

LSW

RD

SW

LE

IND

DS

WH

LSW

P

IGA

CC

+B

2+B

1S

HT

AIL

SR

LYH

EA

DH

OR

NTO

TS

W

T 3

A, T

4B

Left

kick

pa

nel

Lef

t ra

dia

tor

side

sup

port

TH

EF

T D

ET

ER

RE

NT

EC

U

21

6IF

2 R–Y

Po

we

r S

ou

rce

Th

eft

De

terr

en

t S

ys

tem

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

Page 265: Wiring Diagram

12

34

13

ES

30

0

40A

AM

1

2

AC

C

IG1

AM

14 10A GAUGE

30A

PO

WE

R

1K

2

1K1

1G5

1B

41G

12

1B

1

1S

7

1J7

1S

31G

12IE

1

8IP

1

3B

R1

6IE

1

6IP

1

BR

12

9IE

1

5IF

2

BQ

13

7IE

1

2IF

2

BQ

12

5IE

1

IO1

5

11

IE1

IO1

4

M2

1M

21

M2

1

1B

R1

1B

Q1

6IO

1

IP1

10

M1

2

II

10IE

1

P1

3P

OW

ER

WIN

DO

W M

OT

OR

RE

AR

RH

P1

2P

OW

ER

WIN

DO

W M

OT

OR

RE

AR

LH

P11

PO

WE

R W

IND

OW

MO

TO

RF

RO

NT

RH

P10

PO

WE

R W

IND

OW

MO

TO

RF

RO

NT

LH

P 9

PO

WE

R W

IND

OW

MA

ST

ER

SW

1F

2F

1A

6A3

A

R–B R–B R–BR–B

BA

TT

ER

Y

FL

MA

IN3.

0W

100A ALT

I13

IGN

ITIO

N S

W

I14 A

INTEGRATIONRELAY

See Interior LightSystem<8–2 <8–3

J 4

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

B–GB–R

B–RB–R

B–R

W

R–B

B–R

L

W–B

L

W–B

G

R

G

R

G

R

G

R

G

R

G–B G–B G–B G–B

R–Y R–Y R–Y R–Y

G–Y G–Y G–Y G–Y

L

R–L

G–W

L

G–W

R–LR–L

G–W

L

R–

B

L

1

6

2

22

2

A

2

7

1

A

41

41

41

16

13

125

10

911

14

55

5

A

L

W–B

LL L

33

3

L

7

L

F 6 A , F11 F

FUSIBLE LINKBLOCK

L

B–

R

J36

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

P 6POWER WINDOW CONTROLSW FRONT RH

P 7POWER WINDOW CONTROLSW REAR LH

P 8POWER WINDOW CONTROLSW REAR RH

1G

7

1V3

IFIn

stru

men

t pa

nel

brac

e LH

B

AJ1

5JU

NC

TIO

NC

ON

NE

CT

OR

W–B

15

23

PO

WE

RR

EL

AY

B

UD

SU

SD

SD

SU

DU

B

SD

D

SU

U

B

ED

UD

D

PU

PD

RL

UR

LDR

RU

RR

D

BW

UP

DOWN

WINDOWLOCK SW

UP

DOWN

UP

DOWN

UP

DOWN

RE

AR

RH

RE

AR

LH

FR

ON

TP

AS

SE

NG

ER

’S

DR

IVE

R’

S

20IE

2

Co

wl s

ide

pan

el L

H

B

W–B W–B

25A DOOR

1D

1

1A

AA

CB

J34 A , J35 B

JUNCTION CONNECTORL–W

L–W

13UP

DOWN

UP

DOWN

UP

DOWN

B–Y

10

Po

we

r W

ind

ow

Pow

erS

ourc

e

K

Page 266: Wiring Diagram

12

34

14

ES

30

0

1F

2F

1C

1A1B

1

40A

AM

1

1K2

2

AC

C

IG1

ST

1

IG2

ST

2

AM

14

AM

2

M

IFC

owl s

ide

pane

l LH

BQ

Roo

f lef

t

1V3

1F3

R–L

G–W

R

G

43

65

121

53

7

LS2

LS1

LIM

ITS

W2

LIM

ITS

W1

MO

TO

R+

MO

TO

R–

M 3MOON ROOF MOTORAND LIMIT SW

21

35

1G5

1J7

30A

PO

WE

R

1B

4

25A

DO

OR

1D

1 CB

AA

1A

IIIn

stru

me

nt p

anel

brac

e LH

1J7

1M3

21

U 1UNLOCK WARNING SW(Ignition Key)

1M5

1D

7

From Wireless Door LockECU<11–7>From Theft DeterrentECU<12–1>

BN

Und

er

the

left

cent

er p

illar

21

5B

S2

1S4

1S

7

1

6

11

R–Y

(*2)

J37

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

B 4BUCKLE SW

D 9DOOR COURTESY SWFRONT LH

To Theft Deterrent ECU<12–4>

C12HORN SW[COMB. SW]

3A

1T

3

9

8A

3D1D

2

R–WR–LR–L

1K

1

W–B

10A

GA

UG

E

1W1

2J12

7. 5

AD

OM

E

21

21

3510A

HO

RN

2A

1

2K

102

F1

FL M

AIN

3. 0

W

B

B–R

B–R

B–RB–R

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

L

L–W L–W

R–B

R

G–B

G–W

G–B

G–B

B–

R

B

B–Y

R–

B

W–B

W–B

L–B

L–B

R–Y R–Y

R–B

G–W

B

BA

TT

ER

Y

B–G100

AA

LT

12

I13

IGN

ITIO

N S

W

M 2

MO

ON

RO

OF

CO

NTR

OL

SW

AN

D M

OO

N R

OO

F C

ON

TR

OL

RE

LAY

2GN

D

4IG

W–B

W–B

W–

B

W–B

POWER RELAY

21

D DSHORT PIN

1

AA A

J 2

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

105

86

AA

W–B

(* 1) (* 1)

H 7

HO

RN

LH

H 8

HO

RN

RH

J34 A , J35 B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 4

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

C 7

A,

C1

0D

SE

AT

BE

LTW

AR

NIN

G L

IGH

T[C

OM

B.

ME

TE

R]

I14

A

INT

EG

RA

TIO

NR

ELA

Y

HO

RN

RE

LAY

J15

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

* 1

: w

/ D

rivin

g P

ositi

on M

em

ory

* 2

: w

/o D

rivi

ng P

ositi

on M

emor

y

7

W

F 6

A,

F 8

C,

F11

F

FU

SIB

LE L

INK

BLO

CK

8B

S2

(*2)

W–B

W–B

( *1)

( *1)

Po

we

r S

ou

rce

Un

loc

k a

nd

Se

at

Be

ltW

arn

ing

Ho

rnM

oo

n R

oo

f

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

Page 267: Wiring Diagram

12

34

15

ES

30

0

2

AC

C

IG1

AM

14

1K1

1B4

1W3

1D8

1D3

1V1

0

4IF

18

IF2

5ID

1

3B

S2

7B

S2

4B

S2

IHL

eft

kick

pan

el

9B

S2

11B

13B

4

L–B

12B

8

L

16B

10

L–Y

17B

9

L–R

14B

2

Y–G

15B

3

G–W

19B

5

G–B

18B

1

G

3B

GR

4B

2B

1

LG–B

10B

1

LG–R7

B6

B5

B7

A

8B

S2

BN

4A

M2

1

3A

10

A

M2

1

9A

6A

M2

1

5A

2A

M1

2

1A

22B

1B

S2G–W G–W

8B

2B

S2R–G R–G

21B

10B

S2G–W G–W

1B

1

LG

1A

1C

1F

2F

100A ALT

2A

11B

1

2J7

1K2

20B

8A

9B

B–R

L–W

W–R

B–R B–R B–R

S14

A,

S15

B

SE

AT

PO

SIT

ION

CO

NT

RO

L E

CU

B

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–RW

W–R

B–R

W–R

L–W

W–R

L–W

W–RW–R

LG

V–W

LG–R

V–W

LG–B

V–W

V–W V–W V–W

R–B

R–G

R

L–Y

L–R

R–L

L–B

L

W–B W–B

P

V

Y

BR BR BR BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

B–Y

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

B–G

12

CB

CB

34

1

2

12

31

33

3

GR

22

22

A

I13

IGN

ITIO

N S

W

BA

TTE

RY

FL

MA

IN3.

0W

B–R

10A ECU–BSHORT PIN

40A AM1

15A ECU–IG

30A POWER

J 5

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J 3JUNCTIONCONNECTOR From Park/Neutral

Position SW<3–4>

To Door CourtesySW Front LH<8–3>

From Stop Light SW<6–4>

P20

PO

WE

R S

EA

T M

OTE

R( D

river

’s

Sea

t R

eclin

ing

Con

tro

l)

P1

9P

OW

ER

SE

AT

MO

TE

R( D

river

’s

Se

at R

ear

Ver

tical

Con

trol

)

P17

PO

WE

R S

EA

T M

OT

ER

( Driv

er’

s S

eat

Fro

nt V

ert

ical

Con

tro

l)

P21

PO

WE

R S

EA

T M

OT

ER

( Driv

er’

s S

eat

Slid

e C

ont

rol)

J37

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

BR

P15

PO

WE

R S

EA

T C

ON

TR

OL

SW

( Driv

er’

s S

eat)

P29POWER SEAT POSITION SENSOR(Driver’ s Seat Slide Control)

P26POWER SEAT POSITION SENSOR(Driver’ s Seat Front Vertical Control)

P27POWER SEAT POSITION SENSOR(Driver’ s Seat Rear Vertical Control)

P28POWER SEAT POSITIONSENSOR(Driver’ s SeatReclining Control)

21

S13

SE

AT

ME

MO

RY

SW

PD

CT

YS

TO

PR

CL–

RC

L+R

RV

–R

RV

+F

RV

–F

RV

+S

LD–

SLD

+G

ND

SW

1S

W2

MM

RY

IG+B

SY

SB

SS

RS

SS

FV

SS

RV

PV

CC

SS

RR

RC

LFR

CLR

RD

WN

RU

PF

DW

NF

UP

SL

DF

SLD

RS

GN

D

E

1

2

SET

12

MM

RY

RC

LFR

CLR

RD

WN

RU

PF

DW

WF

UP

SL

DF

SL

DR

REAR

FRONT

RECLINING

REAR

DOWN

REARVERTICAL

UP

FRONTVERTICAL

DOWN

UP

SLIDE

FRONT

Und

er t

hele

ft ce

nter

pilla

r

FRONT

REAR

21

M

W–B

W–

BL–W

LG

L

34

1

2

P1

8P

OW

ER

SE

AT

MO

TO

R( D

rive

r’s

Se

at L

umbe

r S

uppo

rt C

ontr

ol)

P14POWER SEAT CONTROL SW(Driver’ s Seat Lumber Support Control)

F 6

A,

F 8

C,

F1

1F

FU

SIB

LE

LIN

K B

LOC

K

12

Po

we

r S

ou

rce

Po

we

r S

ea

t(D

riv

er’

s S

ea

t w

/ D

riv

ing

Po

siti

on

Me

mo

ry)

K

Page 268: Wiring Diagram

12

34

16

ES

30

0

2

AC

C

IG1

IG2

ST

2

AM

14

AM

2

1F

2F

1B1

40A

AM

1

1K2

30A

PO

WE

R

1B4

1D3

1A

11

84

15

23

7

8IF

2

2B

S1

12 M

21

M

12 M1

BS

1

BN

Und

er t

he le

ftce

nter

pill

ar

11

84

15

32

7

5IP

1

2B

T1

12 M

21 M

12 M1

BT1 IM

Rig

ht k

ick

pane

lB

OU

nde

rth

e r

ignt

cen

ter

pill

ar

IGL

eft

kick

pane

l

2II121

21

444

II1

A62

62

A

A

W–BW–BW–BW–B

L–Y1K

1

20A

SE

AT

–HE

AT

ER

1T4

W–B

B

W–B

W–B

LLL

F 6 A , F11 F

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

W B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–G

B–R

L–W L–W L–W

L–W L–W L–W

L–B

R–B

R

W–B

L–B

R–B

R

W–B

L

R–G

L–Y

L

R–G

L–Y

W–B W–B

W–B

L–Y

R–G

L

W–B

L–Y

R–G

L

L–W

B–Y

L–W

W–

BW

–B

L

I13

IGN

ITIO

N S

W

100

AA

LT

FL

MA

IN3.

0W B

AT

TE

RY

P1

5P

OW

ER

SE

AT

CO

NT

RO

L S

W( D

rive

r’s

Sea

t)

P21POWER SEAT MOTOR(Driver’ s Seat Slide Control)

P20POWER SEAT MOTOR(Driver’ s Seat Reclining Control)

P19POWER SEAT MOTOR(Driver’ s Seat Rear Vertical Control)

J37JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J16

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

S 4SEAT HEATER SW(Front Passenger’ s Seat)

S 3SEAT HEATER SW(Driver’ s Seat)

S11SEAT HEATER(Driver’ s Seat)

S12SEAT HEATER(Front Passenger’ s Seat)

P1

6P

OW

ER

SE

AT

CO

NT

RO

L S

W( F

ront

Pas

seng

er’

s S

eat)

P25POWER SEAT MOTOR(Front Passenger’ s Seat Slide Control)

P24POWER SEAT MOTOR(Front Passenger’ s Seat Reclining Control)

P23POWER SEAT MOTOR(Front Passenger’ s Seat Rear Vertical Control)

Po

we

r S

ou

rce

Po

we

r S

ea

t(D

riv

er’

s S

ea

tw

/o D

riv

ing

Po

siti

on

Me

mo

ry)

Se

at

He

ate

r

P17POWER SEAT MOTOR(Driver’ s Seat Front Vertical Control)

109 12 M

L–R

R–L

R–L

UP

DOWN

FRONT

REAR

FRONT

REAR

UP

DOWN

910 12 M

L–R

R–L

R–L

P22POWER SEAT MOTOR(Front Passenger’ s Seat Front Vertical Control)

REAR

FRONT

DOWN

UP

FRONT

REAR

UP

DOWN

Po

we

r S

ea

t( F

ron

t P

as

se

ng

er’

s S

ea

t)

12

SLD

FFU

PF

DW

NS

LDR

RC

LFR

CL

RR

UP

RD

WN

E

B

FU

PF

DW

NS

LDF

SLD

RR

CLF

RC

LRR

UP

RD

WN

E

B

21

EE

IGIG

HI

HI

B–Y

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

Page 269: Wiring Diagram

12

34

17

ES

30

0 2

AC

C

IG1

IG2

ST

2

AM

1

3 4

AM

2

1K1

1K

2

40A

AM

1

20A

WIP

ER

1B

1

1C

41

A1

1F

2F

1A

EA

EB

12 M

11IM

2

M

IIIn

stru

men

t pa

nel

brac

e LH

1K6

15A

CIG

1T1

IGL

eft

kick

pan

el

MM

MM

16IE

214

IE2

15

IE2

16IO

21

4IO

21

5IO

2

2J10

2F4

EC

87

23

10

9

C

A

1

A

1716

78

211

AA

4

A

2

CC

A2

31

23

1

A 4

5

B–Y

L–R

L

W

L–R P–L P–L

L

L

L–Y

L–B

L–O

W–B

L–WLL

L

W–B

W–BW–B

W–B

B–GB–RB–R

B–R

BR–W

BR–Y

LG–R

BR–R

LG–B

LG–R

W–BW–B

LG–RLG–R

LG–B

BR–R

LG–R

BR–Y

BR–W

BR–R

BR–Y

LG

–B

WF

EW

+B

+2+1

+S

INT

1IN

T2

B1

OF

F

INT

LOW

HIG

H

WA

SH

ER

WIP

ER

RE

LAY

I13

IGN

TIO

N S

W

F 6 A , F11 F

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

J31 A , J32 B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

W 2WASHERMOTOR

100

AA

LT

FL

MA

IN3

. 0W

J17

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J15

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

C13

FR

ON

T W

IPE

R A

ND

WA

SH

ER

SW

[CO

MB

. S

W]

F 5

FR

ON

T W

IPE

R M

OT

OR

BA

TT

ER

Y

J 4JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 7

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

R 4

RE

MO

TE

CO

NT

RO

L M

IRR

OR

SW

OPERATIONSW

SELECTSW

B

EM

+M

LVM

LH

MR

VM

RH

LEF

TU

PL

EF

T/

UP

RIG

HT

DO

WN

RIG

HT

/D

OW

N

J16

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

R16

RE

MO

TE

CO

NT

RO

LM

IRR

OR

LH

R17

RE

MO

TE

CO

NT

RO

LM

IRR

OR

RH

Po

we

rS

ou

rce

Wip

er

an

d W

as

he

rR

em

ote

Co

ntr

ol

Mir

ror

L–W

A

13

2

Left

radi

ator

side

su

ppor

t

K

Page 270: Wiring Diagram

12

34

18

ES

30

0

1F

1F

1

1A

40

AA

M1

1B

1

1K

2

2

AC

C

IG1

IG2

ST

2

AM

14

AM

2

10

AM

IRR

OR

–H

EA

TE

R

10A HEATER

15A ECU–IG

40A DEF

30

AR

DI

30

AC

DS

1T

51

D4

1J

71

R3

1A

6

2H

2

5IO

25

IE2

46

46

8ID

1

1L

11

J1

2

1V

3

ILR

igh

tki

ckp

an

el

IFC

ow

ls

ide

pa

nel

LH

IIIn

str

um

en

tp

an

el

bra

ce L

H

20

IE2

20

IO2

1K

11

B4

2K

62

B2

12

M21

34

21

35

35

21

4

2F

42

C2

1J

13

1G

7

23 12

2E

A1

1E

A1

12

53

4

11

11

1

2G

72

F2

2C

12

G1

12

53

12 M

11

11

5IM

1

L–B L–B

B–R

1

1

EC

Left

rad

iato

rs

ide

sup

port

G–

W B–

R

W–

R

W–

BW

–B

B–

R

W–

B

B–

R

W–

B

L

L

G–

W

L–W L–W W–B

W–B

B–R

W–B

W–B

W–R

B–R

R

G–W

L

L

B–R

BB

Y–G

W–BW–B

B

11

1 2

B

22

FAN NO. 2 RELAY

R 1RADIATOR FANMOTOR

FAN NO. 3 RELAY

W 5WATER TEMP. SW NO. 2

To Diode(A/C)<27–3

A 4A/C SINGLEPRESSURE SW

W 4WATER TEMP. SW NO. 1

J20JUNCTION CONNECTOR

FA

N N

O.

1R

ELA

Y

A 2A/C CONDENSERFAN MOTOR

DE

FO

GG

ER

RE

LAY

BB

BB

C17CHOKE COIL

To A/C Control Assembly<27–5>

J36JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J38JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

R16MIRROR HEATER LH[REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR LH]

R17MIRROR HEATER RH[REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR RH]

NOISE FILTER

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B W–B

W–B

B–G100A ALTB–R

B–R

B–RW

I13

IGN

ITIO

N S

W

BA

TT

ER

Y

FL

MA

IN3

. 0

W

F1

1F

FU

SIB

LE L

INK

BLO

CK

F 6

A,

F 7

B

W

B–

R

B–

R

B–

Y

B–R

Po

we

r S

ou

rce

Re

ar

Win

do

w D

efo

gg

er

an

dM

irro

r H

ea

ter

Ra

dia

tor

Fa

n a

nd

Co

nd

en

se

r F

an

1B

B–R

J1

5J

UN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

A

ENGINEMAIN RELAY

L L

B–R

IK1

B–R

B–R

L

12

1J

11

To Engine Control Module< 2–11>

21

B–Y

B–

Y

2J

13

G–W

To

En

gin

e C

on

trol

Mo

du

le<

2–

11>

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

Page 271: Wiring Diagram

12

34

19

ES

30

0

16B

22A

2IM

1

23A

5IM

2

9A

12IM

2

15A

10

C9

C10

B9

B2

B1

B1

8A

17A

4A

5A

11B

5B

13B

14

BB

6B

15B

12B

4B

3

EA

9IN

13

IN1

3ID

19

ID1

6IM

21

IM2

14

AA

AB

1J8

1J7

IIIn

stru

men

t pa

nel

brac

e L

H

J 8 A , J 9 B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

A19

A,

A20

B,

A2

1C

AB

S A

ND

TR

AC

TIO

NE

CU

11IK

3LG–R LG–R LG–RLG–R

8IM

2

4IK

3

11A

A24

A1

214

3

33

1

2

33

33

3

2A

14A

3A

10A

5A

13

A

9B

26A

3B

25A

10B

12A

4B

2C

12

B

1C

6B

8C

11B

7C

5B

5C

7B

4C

2B

12C

8B

6C

1B

R–W

R

R–B

W–R

G–Y

LG–B

L–B

W–L

W–R

R–G

B–R

B–Y

Y–R

Y–B

4A

2

AC

C

IG1

AM

14

C 8 B , C10 D

COMBINATION METER

4B

7D

6D

18IJ

112

IJ1

19IJ

1

A A A A

C BT

o D

ata

Lin

kC

onne

ctor

2<

2–3>

To

Dat

a Li

nk

Con

nect

or 1

<2–

4>

J28

A,

J29

B

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

1A

1D

1F

2F

B–G31B

1

1K2

3D1K

1

1D

21J

9

R–L

8B

1A

EA

B–G

B–R

B–RB–RW

B–R

R–L

L

G–B

LG

W–B

L

G–B G–B

L

G

B

W

BR–W

L

G–B

LG

W–B

LG

R

G

W

B

G

R

W

B

W–B

W–B

W–B

B

R

G

W–B

R

G

W

W–B

R–Y

R–L

G–W

R–Y

R–L

R–Y

R–L

G–W

B–Y

G–

B

L

G–

BW

–B

W–B

W–B

GR

–R

GR

–R

R–

L

GR

GR

–L

100A ALT

112

2

DDA

A

B–R

5IK

3

CCC

W–B

A

W–B

W–B

A 7

A,

A 8

B

AB

S A

ND

TR

AC

TIO

NA

CT

UA

TO

R

W–L

W–R

56

3R–L R–L

LG–R

F

BF

F 6

A,

F 9

D,

F1

1F

FU

SIB

LE L

INK

BL

OC

K

BA

TT

ER

Y

FL

MA

IN3

. 0W

I13

IGN

ITIO

N S

W

60A ABS

40A

AM

1

10A GAUGE

15A ECU–IG

TRACOFF

ABS

SLIP

J 4JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 3JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

G–B

L

J15JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

T 5TRAC OFF SW

A 9ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH

A10ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT RH

A33ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR LH

A34ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR RH

From Data LinkConnector 1<2–4>

J 1JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

From Stop Light SW<6–4>

To Data Link Connector 2<2–3>

To Data Link Connector 1<2–4>

To Data Link Connector 2<2–4>

To Engine Control Module<2–8>

AB

S S

OL

RE

LA

Y

AB

SM

OTO

RR

EL

AY

J30

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

34

8IK

3

BB

R–Y

J30JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

19A

6A

To Absorber ControlECU<22–3>

GR–R

GR–L

GR

GR–L

GR–R

GN

D1

GN

D2

GN

D3

RR

–R

R+

RL+

RL–

FR

–F

R+

FL

–F

L+

CS

WT

RC

–T

RC

+E

FI–

EF

I+N

EO

WT

WA

IND

IG1

SM

C2

SM

C1

SR

C2

SR

C1

SR

RR

SR

RH

SFL

RS

FLH

SR

LR

SR

LHS

FR

RS

FR

HA

ST

MT

ST

PD

/GT

ST

CF

RO

RR

OS

RM

RR

+

Rig

htra

dia

tor

sid

e su

ppor

t

EB

Rig

ht r

adia

tor

side

sup

port

W–B

21

21

21

12

EB

W–B

M

W–B

Rig

ht

radi

ato

rsi

desu

ppor

t

Rig

ht r

adia

tor

side

su

ppor

t

AB

S a

nd

Tra

cti

on

Co

ntr

ol

Po

we

rS

ou

rce

K

Page 272: Wiring Diagram

12

34

20

ES

30

0

2

AC

C

IG1

IG2

ST

2

AM

14

AM

2

40A

AM

1

60A

AB

S

43

21

31

64

2

33

33

33

33

3

1K

2

1B

1

7B

18

B8

B2

A1K1

1J9

1D

2

1F

2F

1D

5IK

38

IK3

11IK

3

4A

8A

12IJ

1

12

12

6IM

21

IM2

20

B1

9B

14B

3B

11A

12A

9A

IM28

1A

4B

1B

10

B11

B21

B22

B5

B12

B16

B9

B

1A

5A

3A

7A

4A

8A

2A

6A

5B

3B

EA

Rig

ht r

adi

ator

side

su

ppor

t

M

1B

4B

2B

3A

10

A1

A7

A13

B2

B

9IN

13

IN1

9ID

13

ID1

21

21

EA

Rig

ht r

adia

tor

side

sup

port

BC

7DA

BB

CC

3DA

W–L

W–

RW

–B

GR

–R

B–

Y

B–R B–R

B–R

B–G

B–GW

B–G

W–R

GR–L

W–B

W–L

GR GR–L

GR

GR–R

B–RB–R

R–L R–L G–B

G–BG–B

R–Y

G–B

R–Y

LG–R

B–Y

LG–R

LG–R

R–L

LG–R

G–W

G

R

G

R

B

W

R–L

R–B

W–R

L–B

W–L

W–R

R–G

G–Y

LG–B

R

R–W

W–R

W–B W–B

B

W

G

RR

G

W

B

W–B

W–B

W–B

125

SF

RH

SF

RR

SF

LHS

FL

RS

RR

HS

RR

RS

RL

HS

RLR

AS

TM

T

G–B

J 3JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 4JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

ABS SOL RELAY

ABS MOTOR RELAY

J30JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 8JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

C10ABS WARNING LIGHT[COMB. METER]

I13

IGN

ITIO

N S

W

100

AA

LT

F 6

A,

F 9

D

FU

SIB

LE

LIN

K B

LOC

K,

FF

11

FL

MA

IN3

. 0W

15A ECU–IG

10A GAUGE

BA

TT

ER

Y

A 5

A, A

6B

AB

S A

CT

UA

TO

R

A22

A,

A23

B

AB

S E

CU

A10

AB

S S

PE

ED

SE

NS

OR

FR

ON

T R

H

A 9

AB

S S

PE

ED

SE

NS

OR

FRO

NT

LH

From Stop LightSW<6–4>

A34

AB

S S

PE

ED

SE

NS

OR

RE

AR

RH

A3

3A

BS

SP

EE

D S

EN

SO

RR

EA

R L

H

Po

we

rS

ou

rce

AB

S

R–Y

F F

12

15B

6B

To Absorber ControlECU<22–3>

To Data LinkConnector 1<2–4>

To Data LinkConnector 2<2–3> <2–4>

IK34

Fro

m D

ata

Lin

k C

onne

ctor

1<

2–4>

R–

L

MR

SR

R+

IG1

WA

TS

TC

D/G

STP

FR

OR

RO

FL–

FL+

FR

–FR

+

GN

DG

ND

RL+

RL–

RR

+R

R–

R–

L

GR–R

GR–L

EB

Rig

ht r

adia

tor

side

sup

port

W–B

EB

Rig

ht r

adia

tor

side

sup

port

W–B

W–

B

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

Page 273: Wiring Diagram

12

34

21

ES

30

0

2

AC

C

IG1

IG2

ST

2

AM

14

AM

2

15A

ST

OP

40A

AM

1

1B

41B

1

1C

71K

2 1F

2F

1A

1C

10A

GA

UG

E

1K1

15A

EC

U–I

G

1J1

1D

21

J9

10A

EC

U–B

2A1

2J

7

10

1V

3 1W

DA

FB

9IK

2

5IG

2

11IK

3

7IK

2

AA

AA

AA

AB II

Inst

rum

ent

pan

el b

race

LH

1J

8

1J

7

M

1R4

1R5

AB

D

DB

A

A

14

27

151

611

54

10

A

1

BD

D

DB

A

2A

32 A

32

1

4

3A

5

2

81

413

63

91

B

B

O

W–R

WB

–Y

R–L

R–L

R–Y

W–

B

W–B

G–W

W

G–B

LG

–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R B–R

W–R

R–LR–L

O

LG–R LG–R

O

O

B–G

W–R

G–W G–W

R–B

R–G

W–B

W–L

LG–R

B–R

R–LR–L

L–B

L–R

Y–B

L–B

W

R–Y

W–B W–B

W–B

ST

P–

MC

MO

GN

DC

MS

TC

PI

10 4

W

CC

S

CC

S

EP

CM

S

B–R

G–W

W

D

I13

IGN

ITIO

N S

W SHORT PIN

CRUISE CONTROL INDICATORLIGHT[COMB. METER]

J 4JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 3JUNCTION CONNECTOR

J30

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J 2JUNCTION CONNECTOR

J28

A,

J29

B

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J25

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J 1JUNCTION CONNECTOR

100

AA

LT

FL

MA

IN3

. 0W

BA

TT

BD

EC

T

BA

TT

ER

Y

C12CRUISE CONTROL SW[COMB. SW]

To Data LinkConnector 1<2–4>

S10STOP LIGHT SW

J27JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

C14

CR

UIS

E C

ON

TR

OL

EC

U

IDL

OD

L

To E

ngin

e C

ontr

ol M

odul

e <

3–2>

<3–

3>

RE

S/

AC

CE

L

SE

T/

CO

AS

T

CA

NC

EL

CRUISE

J 8 A , J 9 B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

C 3CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR

J15

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

Cru

ise

Co

ntr

ol

Po

we

r S

ou

rce

F 6 A , F 8 C

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

, F11 F

C 7 A , C10 D

3D

4A

2IK

2

V–W

12

SP

DTo Speedometer[Comb. Meter]<26–2>

B–R

A

To Data LinkConnector 2<2–3><2–4>

P 1

D P

OS

ITIO

N S

W[P

AR

K/N

EU

TRA

L P

OS

ITIO

N S

W]

12

K

Page 274: Wiring Diagram

12

34

22

ES

30

0

2

AC

C

IG1

AM

14

1K2

1K1

1B1

1J9

2IM

3

7IM

3

3IM

3

8IM

3

L

L–W

L–B

L–Y

EA

Rig

ht r

adia

tor

side

sup

port

A B A B

A A

W–B

J 8

A,

J 9

B

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

6ID

1

4ID

1

10

ID1

2ID

1

R–Y

L–R

R–W

R

Und

er t

hele

ft ce

nter

pilla

r

BN

2IN

1

5IN

1

6IN

1

1IN

1

R–Y

L–R

R–W

R

Rig

htki

ckp

anel

IM

R

R–Y

R–W

L–R

R

R–Y

R–W

L–R

DE

FB

IIIn

stru

men

tpa

nel

bra

ceLH

BO

7 1J

8 1J

1F

2F

1A

100A ALT

B–R

1IM

3 GR–R

20

6IM

3 GR–L18

26

G–W

14

B–O

4

P

22

LG–R

19

R–Y

14

F 6 A , F11 F

FUSIBLE LINKBLOCK

B–GB–R

B–R

B–RW

B–R

R–G

R

L–Y

L

L–B

L–W

L–Y

L

L–B

L–W

R

R–Y

R–W

L–R

W–B

V

Y

B–R

B–Y

L–B

L–Y

L–W

W–B

W–

B

W–B

W–

B

12

AAA

1716

1311

10

12

56

78

1

321

L

E C F

52

31

52

31

45

23

45

23

44

11

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

A

B F E D

AA

A

2

W–B

B–R

2

2

78

W–B

FC

E

FC

E

CCC

DE

FB

J 3JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BA

TT

ER

Y

FL

MA

IN3.

0W

I13

IGN

ITIO

N S

W

15A ECU–IG

J 3

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

S 6

ST

EE

RIN

GS

EN

SO

R

J27JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J27

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

A11ABSORBER CONTROLACTUATOR FRONT LH

A12ABSORBER CONTROLACTUATOR FRONT RH

A35ABSORBER CONTROLACTUATOR REAR LH

A36ABSORBER CONTROLACTUATOR REAR RH

J37

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J15

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

A25

AB

SO

RB

ER

CO

NTR

OL

SW

From ABS ECU<20–3From ABS and TractionECU< 19–4>

From Stop LightSW<6–4>

From Engine ControlModule<2–11>

To Data LinkConnector 2<2–4>

To Data LinkConnector 1<2–>

W–B

1

40A

AM

1

A2

4A

BS

OR

BE

R C

ON

TR

OL

EC

U

11IK

3

LG–R

LG–R

BB

B

J 1

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

GN

D

EC

U2

EC

U1

+BT

ST

CT

EM

NE

OS

TP

RR

OF

RO

SW

1S

W2

RA

+R

A–

RB

+R

B–

FA

–F

B–

FB

+F

A+

SS

1S

S2

GN

D

Un

der

the

right

cen

ter

pilla

r

FS

S

SS

1S

S2

IG

GR–L

GR–R

Po

we

rS

ou

rce

Ele

ctr

ic M

od

ula

ted

Su

sp

en

sio

n

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

Page 275: Wiring Diagram

12

34

23

ES

30

0

2

AC

C

IG1

IG2

ST2

AM

1

3 67

AM

2

1A

1F1B

41B

1 2F

1C

40A AM1

12

53

7.

5AP

AN

EL

1D5

1C6

1K2

2A1

7. 5A DOME

10A ECU–B

2J

12

2J7

2L4

30A

AM

2

B–G

1B

5

1K

5

SH

OR

TP

IN

TAILLIGHTRELAY

100A

ALT

1K3

1K6

15A

PO

WE

R–

OU

TLE

T

5A

IGN

15A

CIG

1J

5

1N

4

1W3

1G2

II1N1

1J7

Co

wl s

ide

pan

elLH

IF1N3

1V3

12

SP

IRA

LC

AB

LE

12

1V4

11IK

37

IK3

To

Da

ta L

ink

Con

nect

or 1

<2

–4

2IG

2

1J

61T

1

IIIn

stru

men

t pa

nel

bra

ce L

HIG

Left

kick

pane

l

1N2

See TaillightSystem<6–1>

AB

AA

AA

AB1G

8

1W

1

B–RB–R

B–R B–R

B

W–R

W–R

R

W

G

B–

R

WB

–R

L–R

W–

R

RG

B–O

1615

10

76

32

98

5

BA

BA

AB

–Y

B–Y

B–Y

P–B

W–B

W–R

W–B

W–B

LG–R

LG LG

LG–R

E1

D+

D–

P+

E2

P–

TC

LA

Y–B

Y

Y–R

Y–G

W–B

W–

BB

AT

TE

RY

FL

MA

IN3.

0W

12

I13

IGN

ITIO

N S

W

A29

AIR

BA

G S

EN

SO

R A

SS

EM

BLY

IG2

AC

CGR98

AJ1

5JU

NC

TIO

NC

ON

NE

CT

OR

A31

AIR

BA

G S

QU

IB( S

tee

ring

Whe

el P

ad)

A30

AIR

BA

G S

QU

IB( F

ron

t P

asse

nge

r A

irba

g A

ssem

bly)

W–R

L–R

GR

R R

G

P–L

P–L

W–R

V

R

P–L

W–B

W–B

AA

22

13 2

4

1

C10SRS WARNING LIGHT[COMB. METER]

J 1

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

P 4POWER OUTLET

C 6CLOCK

C 5CIGARETTE LIGHTER

G

J 5 A , J 6 B

J12 A , J13 B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

J 7JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

W–B

W–B

A

A

A

J15

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J16

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

F 6 A , F 8 C , F11 F

FUSIBLE LINKBLOCK

Inst

rum

ent

pane

lb

race

LH

B

To Data LinkConnector 2<2–4>

AC

C+

EA

RT

H–

B+

ILL+

LG–R

4

12

Po

we

r S

ou

rce

SR

SP

ow

er

Ou

tle

tC

iga

rett

e L

igh

ter

an

d C

loc

k

K

Page 276: Wiring Diagram

12

34

24

ES

30

0

40A

AM

1

15A ECU–IG

5A TE

L15

AC

IG

2

AC

C

IG1

AM

1

3 4

12

10B

2A

B4 1

A

B8 1

B

A1

1 2B

A6 4

B

A1 5

B

A8 6

B

B3 3

B

B2 7

B

A2 8

B

B11

A12

9B

1B

6B

3A

5B

12

B4

A

7B

7A

5A

2ID

23

ID2

4ID

21

ID2

1J8

1J7

5IG

1

IGII

BN

3A

1F

2F

1C

1K2

1B1

1A

4IF

1

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

FL

MA

IN3

. 0W

BA

TTE

RY

100A ALT

B

B–R

B–RB–RW

B–R B–R B–R

O

W

Y

O

R

BR

R–W

B

GR

W–B

G–B

W

R

L–RL–R

R

W

G–B

B–R

B–R

P–L

L–B

W–B

L–B

W–B

W–B

G–W

W–B

W–

B

B–

R

B–

R

1

21

34

A

2

51

2

AA

AA

L–R

B–Y

2A1

2J

11D

8

1K1

J37

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

See Radio and PlayerSystem<25–4

To A/C ControlAssembly<27–7>

See Radio and PlayerSystem<25–4>

C12

TELE

PH

ON

EM

ICR

OP

HO

NE

[CO

MB

. S

W]

PH

+P

H–

+BP

H+

PH

–T

EL

1R

LO+

RL

I–M

UT

E

IGH

OO

KG

ND

2P

WR

D2

D3

GN

D3

D1

TA

F+

TA

F–

RA

F+

RA

F–R

LO

+R

LO–

B

T 7

A,

T 8

B

TE

LEP

HO

NE

TR

AN

SC

EIV

ER

AN

D S

PE

AK

ER

RE

LAY

C15

A, C

16B

CE

LLU

LA

R P

HO

NE

( HA

ND

SE

T)

L–R

P–L

AAJ 7JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

Fro

m S

top

Ligh

t S

W<

6–4>

A

J15

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J16

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J 8

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

S 5

SH

IFT

LO

CK

CO

NT

RO

LE

CU

K 3KEY INTERLOCKSOLENOID

W–B

1K

6

1T1

B–G

CCC

J 5

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

GN

D1

PW

RD

2D

3G

ND

2D

1T

AF

+R

AF

+

I13

IGN

ITIO

N S

W

F 6 A , F 8 C , F11 F

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

Un

der

the

left

cent

erp

illar

Lef

t ki

ck p

anel

EK

LS+

IGA

CC

ST

P

Inst

rum

ent

pane

lbr

ace

LH

GN

D

IG+

HO

OK

GN

D

Ce

llula

r M

ob

ile T

ele

ph

on

eS

hif

t L

oc

kP

ow

er

So

urc

e

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

Page 277: Wiring Diagram

12

34

25

ES

30

0

2

AC

C

IG1

AM

1

3

10

A4

A

4A

1A

1A

3A

3A

11A

11A

5A

5A

6A

6A

7A

7A

12A

12A

13A

13A

14A

14A

15

A

15

A

9B

10B

3B

2B

7B

1B

6B

4B

7C

2C

9IE

2

6C

1IE

2

1C

9IO

2

5C

1IO

2

4B

9IF

1

5B

8IF

1

1B

4IP

1

3B

11

IP1

2B

10IF

1

6B

11

IF1

5B

12B

4A

12A

5A

6B

R1

7B

R1

21

12

21

12

21

12

BQ

1

6

BQ

1

721

7IF

1

1A

1C

1F

2F

1K

61W

5

1H3

1G6

3C

4C

IJIn

stru

men

tpa

nel b

race

RH

J36JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J38JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

F14

FR

ON

T D

OO

RS

PE

AK

ER

LH

F1

6F

RO

NT

TW

EE

TE

RS

PE

AK

ER

LH

F15

FR

ON

T D

OO

RS

PE

AK

ER

RH

F1

7F

RO

NT

TW

EE

TE

RS

PE

AK

ER

RH

W 9

WO

OF

ER

SP

EA

KE

RR

13R

EA

R D

OO

RS

PE

AK

ER

RH

R10REAR DOORSPEAKER LH

BA

TT

ER

Y

FL

MA

IN3.

0W

100A ALT

F 6 A , F 8 C , F11 F

FUSIBLE LINKBLOCK

J14

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

B–GB

B–R

B–R

L–Y

W

L–Y L–Y

GR GR

L–Y

L–Y

GR

BR

BR

BR

P

V

LG

L

LG–B

LG–R

R

W

B

Y Y

B

W

R

W

R

LG–R

LG–B

L

LG

V

P

V

P

L

LG

V

P

Y–B Y–B

R

G

B

W

G–W

46

17

21

09

G–W

W

B

G

R

G–W W B G R R W

B

W

R

BR

L

B

W

R

Y

G

BA

AC

AC

BA

AC

AC

512

8

C A

C A

2 11K2

2K11

1B1

2A1

L–R

A B

AC

C+

B

EF

L+F

L–F

R+

FR

–W

F+

WF

–R

R+

RR

–R

L+R

L–

RR

RL

BE

EP

SG

ND

FR

FL

MU

TE

GN

DR

AC

CA

MP

++

B

L–L+

TX

+T

X–

BR

Y B

Y B

LG

L

R 2

A,

R 3

B

RA

DIO

AN

D P

LA

YE

R

C 4

CD

AU

TO

MA

TIC

CH

AN

GE

R

S 7

A,

S 8

B,

S 9

C

STE

RE

O C

OM

PO

NE

NT

AM

PL

IFIE

R

T 7

A, T

8B

TE

LEP

HO

NE

TR

AN

SC

EIV

ER

AN

DS

PE

AK

ER

RE

LAY

TX

–T

X+

GN

DC

DL+

CD

L–

CD

R+

CD

R–

MU

TE

TE

L M

UT

ER

RR

LB

EE

PG

ND

FR

FL

MU

TE

GN

DA

CC

AM

P+

+B

I13

IGN

ITIO

N S

W

20ARADIO NO. 1

40A AM1

7. 5A RAD–NO. 2

MU

TE

R–

R+

GN

DA

CC

+B

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

RL

O–

RLO

+

RL

I+R

LI–

MU

TE

Ra

dio

an

d P

lay

er

Po

we

r S

ou

rce

K

Page 278: Wiring Diagram

12

34

26

ES

30

0( C

ont

. n

ext

pag

e)

2

AC

C

IG1

AM

14

7A

10A

5D

5B

4A

6D

4B

7D

8A

3B

10D

3A

1A

13A

13

D12

D11

D4

D9

C

21

1

EA

Rig

ht r

adi

ator

side

su

ppor

tE

ER

ear

side

of

surg

e ta

nkIJ

Inst

rum

ent

pane

l bra

ce R

H

12

7IL

12

IL1

3IF

34

IF3

1IF

3

6IJ

1

3IL

11

5IL

1

1A

1F

2F

1K2

1B1

1K

1

1D2

1J1 D

A

FB

2IK

2

F 6 A , F11 F

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

3D

10C

2B

WASHER LEVEL

OIL

SEAT BELT

ABS

TRAC OFF

CRUISE

O/D OFF

MALFANCTIONINDICATOR LAMP

CHARGE

REAR LIGHT

SLIP

3IJ

1

C 7

A,

C 8

B, C

9C

D,

C10

CO

MB

INA

TIO

N M

ET

ER

J28 A , J29 B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

V–W V–W

R–L

W B–R B–R

B–R

B–G

R–L R–L R–L R–L

R–L

L

P

Y–R

G–W

B–O

BR

Y–G

BR

P–L

Y–G

Y–B

P–L W–B

Y–B

R–

L

B–Y

2

A

D

1

D

C

A

CC

32

3

L

P

Y–R

G–W

BR

BR

1

9IJ

1

3IM

2P–L

WATER TEMP.

TACHOMETER

FUEL

FUEL

ODO CPU

SPEEDOMETER

BA

TT

ER

Y

FL

MA

IN3.

0W

V 2

VE

HIC

LE

SP

EE

D S

EN

SO

R( C

ombi

natio

n M

eter

)

F1

9F

UE

L S

EN

DE

R

J25JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 4

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

10A GAUGE

I13

IGN

ITIO

N S

W

J17

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

Fro

m E

ngin

e C

ontr

ol M

odul

e<

2–7>

Fro

m A

/C C

ont

rol A

ssem

bly

<27

–5>

BR

W 3WATER TEMP. SENDER

W 1WASHER LEVELWARNING SW

O 1OIL PRESSURE SW

40A

AM

1

V–W

V–W

See Taillight System<6–4>

See Charging System<1–4>

See Engine Control System<2–2>

See Electronically Controlled Transmissionand A/T Indicator System< 3–3>

See Cruise Control System<21–2>

See ABS and Traction ControlSystem<19–1>

See ABS System<20–2>See ABS and Traction Control System<19–1>

See Unlock and Seat Belt WarningSystem<14–3>

See Charging System<1–4>

100A

AL

T

6IL

1

V–W

C

Fro

m C

ruis

e C

ontr

ol E

CU

<21

–4>

IG+

SI

SE

From Engine ControlModule<2–11>

B–O

Po

we

rS

ou

rce

Co

mb

ina

tio

n M

ete

r

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

Page 279: Wiring Diagram

56

7

26

ES

30

0(C

ont

’d

)

1

16B

2D

1D

7C

6C

5C

9A

IIIn

stru

men

tpa

nel b

race

LH

21

3IG

2

4IK

1

4IL

1

1J8

1J7

8C

D8

3C

B11

13

BB

121

4B

C1

2C

10B

9B

7B

8B

IGLe

ft k

ick

pane

l

9D

W–B

R–W ( *2

)

R–W R–W

15B

R–

W

W–B W–B

B–Y B–Y W–B W–B

R–W

C 7

A,

C 8

B,

C 9

C, C

10

D

CO

MB

INA

TIO

N M

ET

ER

(* 1)BBB B

R–W ( *2)

AA

W–B

A21 A

W–B

6IG

1 GRGR

AA

P 3PARKINGBRAKE SW

From DaytimeRunning LightRelay(Main)<5–1>

J 2JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

B 1BRAKE FLUID LEVELWARNING SW

E 6ENGINE OILLEVEL WARNING SW

J 8

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

See Interior LightSystem<8–4>

See SRS System<23–3>

See Headlight System<4–3><5–3>

J16

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

See Illumination System< 7–2>

See Interior LightSystem<8–4>

See SRS System<23–3>

See Headlight System<4–3> <5–3>

See Headlight System<4–3>

See ElectronicallyControlledTransmission and A/TIndicator System< 3–3><3–4>

See Turn Signal andHazard Warning LightSystem<9–2><9–3>

TAIL

HEAD

L

2

D

N

R

P

TURN RH

TURN LH

HIGH BEAM

SRS

DOOR

ENGINEOIL

DE

LAY

BLBE CHECKRELAY

BRAKE

From Park/NeutralPosition SW<1–2>

J15

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

(* 1) (*1)

(*2)

To

Day

time

Ru

nnin

g L

ight

Re

lay(

Mai

n)<

5–2>

OIL TEMP.

OIL LEVEL

See Illumination System<7–2>

(* 2)

Co

mb

ina

tio

n M

ete

r

*1: U

SA

*2: C

anad

a

K

Page 280: Wiring Diagram

12

34

27

ES

30

0( C

ont

. n

ext

pag

e)

2

AC

C

IG1

AM

14

1K

2

40A

AM

1

1B

1

1V1

0

1W

3

2J

7

21

35

4

11

11

1

10A

EC

U–B

2A1

1E

1F

2F

1A

1C

1E

B1

EC

Left

rad

iato

rsi

de s

uppo

rt

M2

1

IH15

IH11EB

2

2

21

2IH

1 IIIn

stru

men

t pa

nel

bra

ce L

H

1K

1

21

35

11

11

10A

HE

AT

ER

1R3

1W

2

2K5

2C9

IM27

B

A

1 A

3

B

4

B C D E G H I JF

2

L–B

L–B

L–R

B–Y

L–R

B–W

B–W

L–W

L–

W

W–

B

W–B

W–

B

W–

B

Y–

WB

–W

W–B

L–B

W–B

W–B

B–WL–

Y

L–W

L–B

L–Y

W–

RA

L–B

B–

Y

B

L–W

L–R

W–B

L–R

W–RW–R W–R

B–R B–R

B–R

L–B

B–G

B–W

L–W

B–W

B–W

Y–W

W–BW–B W–B

L–BL–B

L–B

L–B

W

W

I13

IGN

ITIO

N S

W

J 3

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

SH

OR

TP

IN

HT

RR

EL

AY

FL

MA

IN3

. 0W

B 2

BLO

WE

R M

OT

OR

B 3BLOWER RESISTOR

A13

A/C

BL

OW

ER

MO

TO

RL

INE

AR

CO

NT

RO

LLE

R

W–BW–B

AJ1

5JU

NC

TIO

NC

ON

NE

CTO

R

BA

TTE

RY

32

D 2

DIO

DE

( A/C

)

Po

we

r S

ou

rce

Au

tom

ati

c A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

BA

BB

BB

J20

A,

J21

B

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

F 6 A , F 8 C

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

, F10 E , F11 F

100A ALT

50A HTR

12

MG

CLT

RE

LAY

From FAN NO. 3Relay<18–3>

1L

12

IH16

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

Page 281: Wiring Diagram

56

78

27

ES

30

0(C

ont

’d

)

A F JIHGEDCB

13

A

26

A10

A2

B3

A1

6B

9B

9IM

2

41

12

IM3

7B

6A

4A

17A

18

A19

A20

A9

A8

A11

A1

4A

16

A13

B10

B14

B3

B4

B6

B5

B1

A8

B

12

12

12

11IM

38

IG1

9IG

110

IM3

10

IM2

M

M

1

2

2

56 2

1

1

45

67

8

21

43

5

GN

DIG

NA

C1

AC

TT

W2

TA

MT

RT

ES

GT

ST

PS

5A

MC

AM

HD

EF

F/D

FOO

TB

/LF

AC

ET

PI

AIF

PS

WB

LWLO

CK

MG

CR

HR

IG+

B–W

W–

B

L–B

W–

B

W–

B

B–WL–

Y

L–W

L–B

W–

R

L–B

W–B

W–B

W–R

W–B

B–O

B–Y

LG–B

V

Y Y W–R

W–R

W–R

LWW

B–Y

L

P

G–R

B–Y

L

P

G–R

L–O

B–L

L–R

L

L–W

P–L

L–Y

L–B

B–W

W–L

L–B

L–W

L–Y

W–L

B–W

L–B

15A

SP

D

W–R

V–W

B

4

VE

NT

B/L

FO

OT

F/D

DE

F

A14

A,

A1

5B

A/C

CO

NT

RO

L A

SS

EM

BLY

A 3

A/C

MA

GN

ET

ICC

LU

TC

H A

ND

LO

CK

SE

NS

OR

A 4A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW

A28

AIR

VE

NT

MO

DE

CO

NTR

OL

SE

RV

O M

OT

OR

A2

6A

IR I

NLE

T C

ON

TR

OL

SE

RV

O M

OT

OR

To Speedometer[Comb. Meter]<26–2>

IG GN

D

BA

CO

NT

RO

LC

IRC

UIT

A 1A/C AMBIENT TEMP. SENSOR

A16A/C ROOM TEMP. SENSOR

A18A/C THERMISTOR

A17A/C SOLAR SENSOR

A27AIR MIX CONTROLSERVO MOTOR

Au

tom

ati

c A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

From Engine ControlModule<2–7>

7A

7AIR R

3

DB

DB

DB

EA

EA

EA

CA

CA

AB

AB

G–Y

L–W

W–R

W–R

W–R

W–R

W–R

B–Y

L

L

W–R

LL

L

L

W–

R

1

W–R

W–R

W–R

W–

R

W–

R

J20 A , J21 B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J18 A , J19 B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

L–O

B–L

L–R

L

L–W

23A

25A

24A

L–R

B–

RY

–G

Fro

m D

efog

ger

Re

lay

<18

–2>

Fro

m R

heos

tat

<7–

2>F

rom

Tel

epho

ne T

rans

ceiv

eran

d S

peak

er R

elay

<24

–3>

5A

R–

YF

rom

The

ft D

eter

rent

EC

U<

12–4

>

From Engine ControlModule<2–11>

M

RD

FG

TC

TE

LI

SE

CU

WARM

COOL

To Engine ControlModule<2–7>

K